Nothing Special   »   [go: up one dir, main page]

US20140341913A1 - Methods and compositions for treating asthma using anti-il-13 antibodies - Google Patents

Methods and compositions for treating asthma using anti-il-13 antibodies Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20140341913A1
US20140341913A1 US14/232,356 US201214232356A US2014341913A1 US 20140341913 A1 US20140341913 A1 US 20140341913A1 US 201214232356 A US201214232356 A US 201214232356A US 2014341913 A1 US2014341913 A1 US 2014341913A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
antibody
antigen
binding portion
subject
dose
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Abandoned
Application number
US14/232,356
Inventor
Catherine Tripp
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
AbbVie Inc
Original Assignee
AbbVie Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by AbbVie Inc filed Critical AbbVie Inc
Priority to US14/232,356 priority Critical patent/US20140341913A1/en
Assigned to ABBVIE, INC. reassignment ABBVIE, INC. ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: TRIPP, Catherine
Publication of US20140341913A1 publication Critical patent/US20140341913A1/en
Abandoned legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K39/00Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
    • A61K39/395Antibodies; Immunoglobulins; Immune serum, e.g. antilymphocytic serum
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K16/00Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
    • C07K16/18Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans
    • C07K16/24Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against cytokines, lymphokines or interferons
    • C07K16/244Interleukins [IL]
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K39/00Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
    • A61K39/395Antibodies; Immunoglobulins; Immune serum, e.g. antilymphocytic serum
    • A61K39/39533Antibodies; Immunoglobulins; Immune serum, e.g. antilymphocytic serum against materials from animals
    • A61K39/3955Antibodies; Immunoglobulins; Immune serum, e.g. antilymphocytic serum against materials from animals against proteinaceous materials, e.g. enzymes, hormones, lymphokines
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K45/00Medicinal preparations containing active ingredients not provided for in groups A61K31/00 - A61K41/00
    • A61K45/06Mixtures of active ingredients without chemical characterisation, e.g. antiphlogistics and cardiaca
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A61P11/06Antiasthmatics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K39/00Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
    • A61K2039/505Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies comprising antibodies

Definitions

  • Asthma is a chronic inflammatory disorder of the airways characterized by wheezing, breathlessness, chest tightness, and cough. Asthma affects approximately 20 million people in the US, and about 75% of asthma patients are adults. Of the adult asthma patients, approximately 60% of asthma patients have mild disease, about 20% have moderate disease and the remaining 20% have severe disease.
  • Interleukin-13 is thought to be pivotal in the pathogenesis of human asthma, in that elevated levels of IL-13 are present in the lungs of asthma patients, and these levels correlate with disease severity ( FIG. 1 ). Likewise, increased IL-13 is present in both sputum and in lung biopsies of patients with moderate to severe asthma who are treated with inhaled corticosteroids (ICS) or systemic corticosteroids and continue to be symptomatic. Moreover, human IL-13 genetic polymorphisms are associated with asthma and atopy (allergic hypersensitivity). IL-13 binds to two receptors, IL-13R ⁇ 1 and IL-13R ⁇ 2. IL-13 is a well-validated target for asthma as efficacy has been demonstrated using various means of IL-13 antagonism in multiple, pre-clinical models of asthma.
  • the present invention provides methods and compositions for treating asthma, e.g., mild or moderate asthma, using an anti-IL-13 antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof.
  • the invention provides an isolated composition comprising an anti-IL-13 antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, wherein, when administered intravenously to a subject at a dose of about 0.3 mg/kg, the antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, is capable of exhibiting: (a) an area under the curve (AUC) of between about 1,500 and about 2,700 ⁇ gh/ml; (b) a volume of distribution of between about 65 and 125 mL/kg; (c) a peak concentration (C max ) of between about 5 and about 8 ⁇ g/ml; and (d) a clearance rate of between about 0.1 and about 0.2 ml/h/kg.
  • AUC area under the curve
  • C max peak concentration
  • the invention provides an isolated composition comprising an anti-IL-13 antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, wherein, when administered intravenously to a subject at a dose of about 3 mg/kg, the antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, is capable of exhibiting: (a) an area under the curve (AUC) of between about 21,000 and about 33,500 ⁇ gh/ml; (b) a volume of distribution of between about 55 and about 100 mL/kg; (c) a peak concentration (C max ) of between about 55 and about 90 ⁇ g/ml; and (d) a clearance rate of between about 0.08 and about 0.15 ml/h/kg.
  • AUC area under the curve
  • C max peak concentration
  • the invention provides an isolated composition comprising an anti-IL-13 antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, wherein, when administered intravenously to a subject at a dose of about 10 mg/kg, the antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, is capable of exhibiting: (a) an area under the curve (AUC) of between about 75 and about 100 ⁇ gh/ml; (b) a volume of distribution of between about 90 and about 130 mL/kg; (c) a peak concentration (C max ) of between about 185 and about 250 ⁇ g/ml; and (d) a clearance rate of between about 0.1 and about 0.15 ml/h/kg.
  • AUC area under the curve
  • C max peak concentration
  • the invention provides an isolated composition comprising an anti-IL-13 antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, wherein, when administered subcutaneously to a subject at a dose of about 0.3 mg/kg, the antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, is capable of exhibiting: (a) an area under the curve (AUC) of between about 125 and about 800 ⁇ gh/ml; and (b) a peak concentration (C max ) of between about 1.0 and about 6.0 ⁇ g/ml.
  • AUC area under the curve
  • C max peak concentration
  • the invention provides an isolated composition comprising an anti-IL-13 antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, wherein, when administered subcutaneously to a subject at a dose of about 3 mg/kg, the antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, is capable of exhibiting: (a) an area under the curve (AUC) of between about 1,100 and about 8,500 ⁇ gh/ml; and (b) a peak concentration (C max ) of between about 12 and about 60 ⁇ g/ml.
  • AUC area under the curve
  • C max peak concentration
  • the anti-IL-13 antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof is 13C5.5, or an antigen-binding portion thereof.
  • the composition is a pharmaceutical composition.
  • the invention provides methods of treating or preventing asthma in a subject by administering a composition of the invention to the subject, thereby treating or preventing asthma.
  • the composition is administered once.
  • the composition is administered weekly.
  • the composition is administered for about 3 weeks.
  • the asthma is mild to moderate asthma.
  • the subject is a human.
  • the method further comprises the administration of an additional agent.
  • the additional agent is selected from the group consisting of: a therapeutic agent, an imaging agent, a cytotoxic agent, an angiogenesis inhibitor, a kinase inhibitor, a co-stimulation molecule blocker, an adhesion molecule blocker, an anti-cytokine antibody or functional fragment thereof; methotrexate, a cyclosporin, a rapamycin, an FK506, a detectable label or reporter, a TNF antagonist, an anti-rheumatic, a muscle relaxant, a narcotic, a non-steroid anti-inflammatory drug (NTHE), an analgesic, an anesthetic, a sedative, a local anesthetic, a neuromuscular blocker, an antimicrobial, an antipsoriatic, a corticosteroid, an anabolic steroid, an erythropoietin, an immunization, an immunoglobulin,
  • the invention provides methods of treating asthma in a subject by intravenously administering to the subject an anti-IL-13 antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, wherein at least one pharmacokinetic characteristic selected from the group consisting of: (a) a maximum serum concentration (C max ) of between about 5 and about 235 ⁇ g/mL, and (b) an area under the serum concentration-time curve (AUC) of between about 1,500 and about 98,000 ⁇ gh/mL, is achieved following administration of the antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof to the subject.
  • C max maximum serum concentration
  • AUC area under the serum concentration-time curve
  • the antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof is administered at a dose of about 0.3 mg/kg.
  • the C max is between about 5 and about 10 ⁇ g/mL.
  • the AUC is between about 1,500 and about 2,700 ⁇ gh/mL.
  • the antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof is administered at a dose of about 3 mg/kg.
  • the C max is between about 55 and about 90 ⁇ g/mL.
  • the AUC is between about 20,000 and about 34,000 ⁇ gh/mL.
  • the antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof is administered at a dose of about 10 mg/kg.
  • the C max is between about 190 and about 235 ⁇ g/mL.
  • the AUC is between about 75,000 and about 100,000 ⁇ gh/mL.
  • the C max value is between about 20 and about 30 ( ⁇ g/mL)/(mg/kg) after dose normalization.
  • the AUC is between about 6,000 and about 10,000 ( ⁇ gh/mL)/(mg/kg) after dose normalization.
  • the invention provides methods of treating asthma in a subject by subcutaneously administering to the subject an anti-IL-13 antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, wherein at least one pharmacokinetic characteristic selected from the group consisting of: (a) a maximum serum concentration (C max ) of between about 1 and about 60 ⁇ g/mL, and (b) an area under the serum concentration-time curve (AUC) of between about 125 and about 8,100 ⁇ gh/mL, is achieved following to administration of the antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof to the subject.
  • C max maximum serum concentration
  • AUC area under the serum concentration-time curve
  • the antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof is administered at a dose of about 0.3 mg/kg.
  • the C max is between about 1 and about 6 ⁇ g/mL.
  • the AUC is between about 100 and about 800 ⁇ gh/mL.
  • the antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof is administered at a dose of about 3 mg/kg.
  • the C max is between about 12 and about 60 ⁇ g/mL.
  • the AUC is between about 1,100 and about 8,100 ⁇ gh/mL.
  • the anti-IL-13 antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof is 13C5.5, or an antigen-binding portion thereof.
  • the subject is a human.
  • the anti-IL-13 antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof is administered once.
  • the anti-IL-13 antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof is administered weekly.
  • the anti-IL-13 antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof is administered for three weeks.
  • the asthma is mild to moderate asthma.
  • the method further comprises the administration of an additional agent.
  • the additional agent is selected from the group consisting of: a therapeutic agent, an imaging agent, a cytotoxic agent, an angiogenesis inhibitor, a kinase inhibitor, a co-stimulation molecule blocker, an adhesion molecule blocker, an anti-cytokine antibody or functional fragment thereof; methotrexate, a cyclosporin, a rapamycin, an FK506, a detectable label or reporter, a TNF antagonist, an anti-rheumatic, a muscle relaxant, a narcotic, a non-steroid anti-inflammatory drug (NTHE), an analgesic, an anesthetic, a sedative, a local anesthetic, a neuromuscular blocker, an antimicrobial, an antipsoriatic, a corticosteroid, an anabolic steroid, an erythropoietin, an immunization, an immunoglobulin,
  • the invention provides methods for treating asthma in a subject by subcutaneously administering to the subject an anti-IL-13 antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, at a dose of about 0.3 mg/kg, wherein at least one pharmacokinetic characteristic selected from the group consisting of: (a) a half-life of between about 24 and 31 days; (b) a T max of between about 3 and about 5 days; and (c) a bioavailability of at least about 60% is achieved following administration of the antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof to the subject. In one embodiment, the bioavailability is at least about 70%.
  • the invention provides methods of treating asthma in a subject by subcutaneously administering to the subject an anti-IL-13 antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, at a dose of about 3 mg/kg, wherein at least one pharmacokinetic characteristic selected from the group consisting of: (a) a half-life of between about 23 and 26 days; (b) a T max of less than or equal to about 5 days; and (c) a bioavailability of at least about 60% is achieved following administration of the antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof to the subject. In one embodiment, the bioavailability is at least about 70%.
  • the invention provides methods of treating asthma in a subject comprising intravenously administering to the subject an anti-IL-13 antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, at a dose of about 0.3 mg/kg, wherein at least one pharmacokinetic characteristic selected from the group consisting of: (a) a clearance rate of between about 0.11 to about 0.19 mL/hr/kg; and (b) a volume of distribution of between about 70 to about 130 mL/kg is achieved following administration of the antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof to the subject.
  • the invention provides methods treating asthma in a subject by intravenously administering to the subject an anti-IL-13 antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, at a dose of about 3 mg/kg, wherein at least one pharmacokinetic characteristic selected from the group consisting of: (a) a clearance rate of between about 0.08 to about 0.14 mL/hr/kg; and (b) a volume of distribution of between about 55 to about 100 mL/kg is achieved following administration of the antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof to the subject.
  • the invention provides methods of treating asthma in a subject comprising intravenously administering to the subject an anti-IL-13 antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, at a dose of about 10 mg/kg, wherein at least one pharmacokinetic characteristic selected from the group consisting of: (a) a clearance rate of between about 0.09 to about 0.13 mL/hr/kg; and (b) a volume of distribution of between about 85 to about 130 mL/kg is achieved following administration of the antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof to the subject.
  • the anti-IL-13 antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof is 13C5.5, or an antigen-binding portion thereof.
  • the subject is a human.
  • the anti-IL-13 antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof is administered once.
  • the anti-IL-13 antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof is administered weekly.
  • the anti-IL-13 antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof is administered for 3 weeks.
  • the asthma is mild to moderate asthma.
  • the methods further comprise the administration of an additional agent.
  • the additional agent is selected from the group consisting of: a therapeutic agent, an imaging agent, a cytotoxic agent, an angiogenesis inhibitor, a kinase inhibitor, a co-stimulation molecule blocker, an adhesion molecule blocker, an anti-cytokine antibody or functional fragment thereof; methotrexate, a cyclosporin, a rapamycin, an FK506, a detectable label or reporter, a TNF antagonist, an anti-rheumatic, a muscle relaxant, a narcotic, a non-steroid anti-inflammatory drug (NTHE), an analgesic, an anesthetic, a sedative, a local anesthetic, a neuromuscular blocker, an antimicrobial, an antipsoriatic, a corticosteroid, an anabolic steroid, an erythropoietin, an immunization, an immunoglobulin,
  • the subject is a human.
  • the invention provides an isolated composition comprising an anti-IL-13 antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, wherein, when administered intravenously to a subject at a dose of about 0.3 mg/kg, 1 mg/kg, 3 mg/kg or 10 mg/kg, the antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, is capable of exhibiting any of the pharmacokinetic parameters set forth in the specification, Tables or Figures.
  • the invention provides an isolated composition comprising an anti-IL-13 antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, wherein, when administered subcutaneously to a subject at a dose of about 0.3 mg/kg, 1 mg/kg or 3 mg/kg, the antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, is capable of exhibiting any of the pharmacokinetic parameters set forth in the specification, Tables or Figures.
  • the invention provides methods of treating or preventing asthma in a subject by intravenously administering to the subject an anti-IL-13 antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, at a dose of about 0.3 mg/kg, 1 mg/kg, 3 mg/kg or 10 mg/kg, wherein at least one of the pharmacokinetic characteristics set forth in the specification, Tables or Figures is achieved following administration of the antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, to the subject.
  • the invention provides methods of treating or preventing asthma in a subject by subcutaneously administering to the subject an anti-IL-13 antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, at a dose of about 0.3 mg/kg, 1 mg/kg, 3 mg/kg or 10 mg/kg, wherein at least one of the pharmacokinetic characteristics set forth in the specification, Tables or Figures is achieved following administration of the antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, to the subject.
  • FIG. 1 is a graph depicting that IL-13 expression precedes pulmonary dysfunction.
  • FIG. 2 depicts that 13C5.5, an anti-IL-13 antibody, is derived from a hybridoma with a unique epitope and lineage.
  • FIG. 3 depicts that 13C5.5, an anti-IL-13 antibody, neutralizes IL-13 in the lung.
  • FIG. 4 depicts the schematic of first in human (FIH) dosing used in the Phase I Clinical Trial.
  • FIG. 5 depicts the mean 13C5.5 serum concentration-time profile after single 0.3 mg/kg, 1 mg/kg, 3 mg/kg, and 10 mg/kg intravenous infusions of 13C5.5 to healthy subjects on a linear scale.
  • FIG. 6 depicts the pharmacokinetic parameters of 13C5.5, an anti-IL-13 antibody.
  • FIG. 7 depicts the mean 13C5.5 serum concentration-time profile after single 0.3 mg/kg, 1 mg/kg, 3 mg/kg and 10 mg/kg intravenous infusions of 13C5.5 to healthy and asthma subjects on a linear scale.
  • FIG. 8 depicts the pharmacokinetic parameters of 13C5.5, an anti-IL-13 antibody.
  • FIG. 9 depicts the pharmacokinetic parameters of 13C5.5, an anti-IL-13 antibody.
  • FIG. 10 depicts the pharmacokinetic parameters of 13C5.5, an anti-IL-13 antibody. Bioavailability following subcutaneous administration was estimated to be about 70%.
  • FIG. 11 depicts the mean dose normalized Cmax values following three weekly 0.3 mg/kg (Group 8) and 3 mg/kg (Group 9) subcutaneous injections of 13C5.5 (Part 3 of the Clinical Trial).
  • FIG. 12 depicts the mean dose normalized AUC 0-168 values following three weekly 0.3 mg/kg (Group 8) and 3 mg/kg (Group 9) subcutaneous injections of 13C5.5 (Part 3 of the Clinical Trial).
  • the present invention provides methods and compositions for treating asthma, e.g., mild or moderate asthma, using an anti-IL-13 antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof.
  • polypeptide refers to any polymeric chain of amino acids.
  • peptide and protein are used interchangeably with the term polypeptide and also refer to a polymeric chain of amino acids.
  • polypeptide encompasses native or artificial proteins, protein fragments and polypeptide analogs of a protein sequence.
  • a polypeptide may be monomeric or polymeric.
  • isolated protein or “isolated polypeptide” is a protein or polypeptide that by virtue of its origin or source of derivation is not associated with naturally associated components that accompany it in its native state; is substantially free of other proteins from the same species; is expressed by a cell from a different species; or does not occur in nature.
  • a polypeptide that is chemically synthesized or synthesized in a cellular system different from the cell from which it naturally originates will be “isolated” from its naturally associated components.
  • a protein may also be rendered substantially free of naturally associated components by isolation, using protein purification techniques well known in the art.
  • recovering refers to the process of rendering a chemical species such as a polypeptide substantially free of naturally associated components by isolation, e.g., using protein purification techniques well known in the art.
  • IL-13 and “IL-13 wild type” include a cytokine that is secreted primarily by T helper 2 cells.
  • the term includes a monomeric protein of 13 kDa polypeptide.
  • the structure of IL-13 is described further in, for example, Moy, Diblasio et al. 2001 J Mol Biol 310 219-30.
  • the term IL-13 is intended to include recombinant human IL-13 (rh IL-13), which can be prepared by standard recombinant expression methods.
  • the amino acid sequence of human IL-13, SEQ ID NO. 1, is known in the art.
  • IL-13 variant (abbreviated herein as IL-13v), as used herein, includes a variant of IL-13 wherein amino acid residue 130 of SEQ ID NO:1 is changed from Arginine to Glutamine (R130Q).
  • Bio activity refers to all inherent biological properties of the cytokine.
  • Biological properties of IL-13 include but are not limited to binding IL-13 receptor; (other examples include immunoglobulin isotype switching to IgE in human B cells and suppressing inflammatory cytokine production).
  • telomere binding in reference to the interaction of an antibody, a protein, or a peptide with a second chemical species, mean that the interaction is dependent upon the presence of a particular structure (e.g., an antigenic determinant or epitope) on the chemical species; for example, an antibody recognizes and binds to a specific protein structure rather than to proteins generally. If an antibody is specific for epitope “A”, the presence of a molecule containing epitope A (or free, unlabeled A), in a reaction containing labeled “A” and the antibody, will reduce the amount of labeled A bound to the antibody.
  • a particular structure e.g., an antigenic determinant or epitope
  • antibody broadly refers to any immunoglobulin (Ig) molecule comprised of four polypeptide chains, two heavy (H) chains and two light (L) chains, or any functional fragment, mutant, variant, or derivation thereof, which retains the essential epitope binding features of an Ig molecule. Such mutant, variant, or derivative antibody formats are known in the art. Nonlimiting embodiments of which are discussed herein.
  • the antibody used in the compositions and methods of the invention is the anti-IL-13 antibody 13C5.5 described in U.S. Pat. No. 7,915,388, incorporated by reference herein.
  • the antibody used in the compositions and methods of the invention is the antibody 6A1, 3G4, tralokinumab, lebrikizumab, QAZ-576, IMA-638 or IMA-026.
  • each heavy chain is comprised of a heavy chain variable region (abbreviated herein as HCVR or VH) and a heavy chain constant region.
  • the heavy chain constant region is comprised of three domains, CH1, CH2 and CH3.
  • Each light chain is comprised of a light chain variable region (abbreviated herein as LCVR or VL) and a light chain constant region.
  • the light chain constant region is comprised of one domain, CL.
  • the VH and VL regions can be further subdivided into regions of hypervariability, termed complementarity determining regions (CDR), interspersed with regions that are more conserved, termed framework regions (FR).
  • CDR complementarity determining regions
  • Each VH and VL is composed of three CDRs and four FRs, arranged from amino-terminus to carboxy-terminus in the following order: FR1, CDR1, FR2, CDR2, FR3, CDR3, FR4.
  • Immunoglobulin molecules can be of any type (e.g., IgG, IgE, IgM, IgD, IgA and IgY), class (e.g., IgG 1, IgG2, IgG 3, IgG4, IgA1 and IgA2) or subclass.
  • antibody portion refers to one or more fragments of an antibody that retain the ability to specifically bind to an antigen (e.g., IL-13). It has been shown that the antigen-binding function of an antibody can be performed by fragments of a full-length antibody. Such antibody embodiments may also be bispecific, dual specific, or multi-specific formats; specifically binding to two or more different antigens.
  • binding fragments encompassed within the term “antigen-binding portion” of an antibody include (i) a Fab fragment, a monovalent fragment consisting of the VL, VH, CL and CH1 domains; (ii) a F(ab′) 2 fragment, a bivalent fragment comprising two Fab fragments linked by a disulfide bridge at the hinge region; (iii) a Fd fragment consisting of the VH and CH1 domains; (iv) a Fv fragment consisting of the VL and VH domains of a single arm of an antibody, (v) a dAb fragment (Ward et al., (1989) Nature 341:544-546, Winter et al., PCT publication WO 90/05144 A1 herein incorporated by reference), which comprises a single variable domain; and (vi) an isolated complementarity determining region (CDR).
  • CDR complementarity determining region
  • the two domains of the Fv fragment, VL and VH are coded for by separate genes, they can be joined, using recombinant methods, by a synthetic linker that enables them to be made as a single protein chain in which the VL and VH regions pair to form monovalent molecules (known as single chain Fv (scFv); see e.g., Bird et al. (1988) Science 242:423-426; and Huston et al. (1988) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 85:5879-5883).
  • single chain Fv single chain Fv
  • Such single chain antibodies are also intended to be encompassed within the term “antigen-binding portion” of an antibody.
  • Other forms of single chain antibodies, such as diabodies are also encompassed.
  • Diabodies are bivalent, bispecific antibodies in which VH and VL domains are expressed on a single polypeptide chain, but using a linker that is too short to allow for pairing between the two domains on the same chain, thereby forcing the domains to pair with complementary domains of another chain and creating two antigen binding sites (see e.g., Holliger, P., et al. (1993) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 90:6444-6448; Poljak, R. J., et al. (1994) Structure 2:1121-1123).
  • Such antibody binding portions are known in the art (Kontermann and Dubel eds., Antibody Engineering (2001) Springer-Verlag. New York. 790 pp. (ISBN 3-540-41354-5).
  • antibody construct refers to a polypeptide comprising one or more the antigen binding portions of the invention linked to a linker polypeptide or an immunoglobulin constant domain.
  • Linker polypeptides comprise two or more amino acid residues joined by peptide bonds and are used to link one or more antigen binding portions.
  • Such linker polypeptides are well known in the art (see e.g., Holliger, P., et al. (1993) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 90:6444-6448; Poljak, R. J., et al. (1994) Structure 2:1121-1123).
  • An immunoglobulin constant domain refers to a heavy or light chain constant domain. Human IgG heavy chain and light chain constant domain amino acid sequences are known in the art and disclosed in Table 2 of U.S. Pat. No. 7,915,388, the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • an antibody or antigen-binding portion thereof may be part of a larger immunoadhesion molecules, formed by covalent or noncovalent association of the antibody or antibody portion with one or more other proteins or peptides.
  • immunoadhesion molecules include use of the streptavidin core region to make a tetrameric scFv molecule (Kipriyanov, S. M., et al. (1995) Human Antibodies and Hybridomas 6:93-101) and use of a cysteine residue, a marker peptide and a C-terminal polyhistidine tag to make bivalent and biotinylated scFv molecules (Kipriyanov, S. M., et al. (1994) Mol.
  • Antibody portions such as Fab and F(ab′) 2 fragments, can be prepared from whole antibodies using conventional techniques, such as papain or pepsin digestion, respectively, of whole antibodies.
  • antibodies, antibody portions and immunoadhesion molecules can be obtained using standard recombinant DNA techniques, as described herein.
  • an “isolated antibody”, as used herein, is intended to refer to an antibody that is substantially free of other antibodies having different antigenic specificities (e.g., an isolated antibody that specifically binds IL-13 is substantially free of antibodies that specifically bind antigens other than IL-13).
  • An isolated antibody that specifically binds IL-13 may, however, have cross-reactivity to other antigens, such as IL-13 molecules from other species.
  • an isolated antibody may be substantially free of other cellular material and/or chemicals.
  • human antibody is intended to include antibodies having variable and constant regions derived from human germline immunoglobulin sequences.
  • the human antibodies of the invention may include amino acid residues not encoded by human germline immunoglobulin sequences (e.g., mutations introduced by random or site-specific mutagenesis in vitro or by somatic mutation in vivo), for example in the CDRs and in particular CDR3.
  • the term “human antibody”, as used herein, is not intended to include antibodies in which CDR sequences derived from the germline of another mammalian species, such as a mouse, have been grafted onto human framework sequences.
  • recombinant human antibody is intended to include all human antibodies that are prepared, expressed, created or isolated by recombinant means, such as antibodies expressed using a recombinant expression vector transfected into a host cell (described further in U.S. Pat. No. 7,915,388, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference), antibodies isolated from a recombinant, combinatorial human antibody library (Hoogenboom H. R., (1997) TIB Tech. 15:62-70; Azzazy H., and Highsmith W. E., (2002) Clin. Biochem. 35:425-445; Gavilondo J. V., and Larrick J. W.
  • Such recombinant human antibodies have variable and constant regions derived from human germline immunoglobulin sequences.
  • such recombinant human antibodies are subjected to in vitro mutagenesis (or, when an animal transgenic for human Ig sequences is used, in vivo somatic mutagenesis) and thus the amino acid sequences of the VH and VL regions of the recombinant antibodies are sequences that, while derived from and related to human germline VH and VL sequences, may not naturally exist within the human antibody germline repertoire in vivo.
  • One embodiment provides fully human antibodies capable of binding human IL-13 which can be generated using techniques well known in the art, such as, but not limited to, using human Ig phage libraries such as those disclosed in Jermutus et al., PCT publication No. WO 2005/007699 A2.
  • chimeric antibody refers to antibodies which comprise heavy and light chain variable region sequences from one species and constant region sequences from another species, such as antibodies having murine heavy and light chain variable regions linked to human constant regions.
  • CDR-grafted antibody refers to antibodies which comprise heavy and light chain variable region sequences from one species but in which the sequences of one or more of the CDR regions of VH and/or VL are replaced with CDR sequences of another species, such as antibodies having murine heavy and light chain variable regions in which one or more of the murine CDRs (e.g., CDR3) has been replaced with human CDR sequences.
  • humanized antibody refers to antibodies which comprise heavy and light chain variable region sequences from a non-human species (e.g., a mouse) but in which at least a portion of the VH and/or VL sequence has been altered to be more “human-like”, i.e., more similar to human germline variable sequences.
  • a CDR-grafted antibody in which human CDR sequences are introduced into non-human VH and VL sequences to replace the corresponding nonhuman CDR sequences.
  • humanized anti human IL-13 antibodies and antigen binding portions are provided. Such antibodies were generated by obtaining murine anti-IL-13 monoclonal antibodies using traditional hybridoma technology followed by humanization using in vitro genetic engineering, such as those disclosed in Kasaian et al PCT publication No. WO 2005/123126 A2.
  • Kabat numbering “Kabat definitions” and “Kabat labeling” are used interchangeably herein. These terms, which are recognized in the art, refer to a system of numbering amino acid residues which are more variable (i.e. hypervariable) than other amino acid residues in the heavy and light chain variable regions of an antibody, or an antigen binding portion thereof (Kabat et al. (1971) Ann. NY Acad, Sci. 190:382-391 and, Kabat, E. A., et al. (1991) Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, Fifth Edition, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, NIH Publication No. 91-3242).
  • the hypervariable region ranges from amino acid positions 31 to 35 for CDR1, amino acid positions 50 to 65 for CDR2, and amino acid positions 95 to 102 for CDR3.
  • the hypervariable region ranges from amino acid positions 24 to 34 for CDR1, amino acid positions 50 to 56 for CDR2, and amino acid positions 89 to 97 for CDR3.
  • the terms “acceptor” and “acceptor antibody” refer to the antibody or nucleic acid sequence providing or encoding at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or 100% of the amino acid sequences of one or more of the framework regions.
  • the term “acceptor” refers to the antibody amino acid or nucleic acid sequence providing or encoding the constant region(s).
  • the term “acceptor” refers to the antibody amino acid or nucleic acid sequence providing or encoding one or more of the framework regions and the constant region(s).
  • the term “acceptor” refers to a human antibody amino acid or nucleic acid sequence that provides or encodes at least 80%, preferably, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, at least 98%, or 100% of the amino acid sequences of one or more of the framework regions.
  • an acceptor may contain at least 1, at least 2, at least 3, least 4, at least 5, or at least 10 amino acid residues that does (do) not occur at one or more specific positions of a human antibody.
  • acceptor framework region and/or acceptor constant region(s) may be, e.g., derived or obtained from a germline antibody gene, a mature antibody gene, a functional antibody (e.g., antibodies well-known in the art, antibodies in development, or antibodies commercially available).
  • CDR refers to the complementarity determining region within antibody variable sequences. There are three CDRs in each of the variable regions of the heavy chain and the light chain, which are designated CDR1, CDR2 and CDR3, for each of the variable regions.
  • CDR set refers to a group of three CDRs that occur in a single variable region capable of binding the antigen. The exact boundaries of these CDRs have been defined differently according to different systems. The system described by Kabat (Kabat et al., Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest (National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Md.
  • CDR boundary definitions may not strictly follow one of the above systems, but will nonetheless overlap with the Kabat CDRs, although they may be shortened or lengthened in light of prediction or experimental findings that particular residues or groups of residues or even entire CDRs do not significantly impact antigen binding.
  • the methods used herein may utilize CDRs defined according to any of these systems, although preferred embodiments use Kabat or Chothia defined CDRs.
  • canonical residue refers to a residue in a CDR or framework that defines a particular canonical CDR structure as defined by Chothia et al. (J. Mol. Biol. 196:901-907 (1987); Chothia et al., J. Mol. Biol. 227:799 (1992), both are incorporated herein by reference). According to Chothia et al., critical portions of the CDRs of many antibodies have nearly identical peptide backbone confirmations despite great diversity at the level of amino acid sequence. Each canonical structure specifies primarily a set of peptide backbone torsion angles for a contiguous segment of amino acid residues forming a loop.
  • the terms “donor” and “donor antibody” refer to an antibody providing one or more CDRs.
  • the donor antibody is an antibody from a species different from the antibody from which the framework regions are obtained or derived.
  • the term “donor antibody” refers to a non-human antibody providing one or more CDRs.
  • the term “framework” or “framework sequence” refers to the remaining sequences of a variable region minus the CDRs. Because the exact definition of a CDR sequence can be determined by different systems, the meaning of a framework sequence is subject to correspondingly different interpretations.
  • the six CDRs (CDR-L1, CDR-L2, and CDR-L3 of light chain and CDR-H1, CDR-H2, and CDR-H3 of heavy chain) also divide the framework regions on the light chain and the heavy chain into four sub-regions (FR1, FR2, FR3 and FR4) on each chain, in which CDR1 is positioned between FR1 and FR2, CDR2 between FR2 and FR3, and CDR3 between FR3 and FR4.
  • a framework region represents the combined FR's within the variable region of a single, naturally occurring immunoglobulin chain.
  • a FR represents one of the four sub-regions, and FRs represents two or more of the four sub-regions constituting a framework region.
  • Human heavy chain and light chain acceptor sequences are known in the art.
  • the human heavy chain and light chain acceptor sequences are selected from the sequences described in Table 3 and Table 4 disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 7,915,388, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • the term “germline antibody gene” or “gene fragment” refers to an immunoglobulin sequence encoded by non-lymphoid cells that have not undergone the maturation process that leads to genetic rearrangement and mutation for expression of a particular immunoglobulin. (See, e.g., Shapiro et al., Crit. Rev. Immunol. 22(3): 183-200 (2002); Marchalonis et al., Adv Exp Med. Biol. 484:13-30 (2001)).
  • One of the advantages provided by various embodiments of the present invention stems from the recognition that germline antibody genes are more likely than mature antibody genes to conserve essential amino acid sequence structures characteristic of individuals in the species, hence less likely to be recognized as from a foreign source when used therapeutically in that species.
  • key residues refer to certain residues within the variable region that have more impact on the binding specificity and/or affinity of an antibody, in particular a humanized antibody.
  • a key residue includes, but is not limited to, one or more of the following: a residue that is adjacent to a CDR, a potential glycosylation site (can be either N- or O-glycosylation site), a rare residue, a residue capable of interacting with the antigen, a residue capable of interacting with a CDR, a canonical residue, a contact residue between heavy chain variable region and light chain variable region, a residue within the Vernier zone, and a residue in the region that overlaps between the Chothia definition of a variable heavy chain CDR1 and the Kabat definition of the first heavy chain framework.
  • humanized antibody is an antibody or a variant, derivative, analog or fragment thereof which immunospecifically binds to an antigen of interest and which comprises a framework (FR) region having substantially the amino acid sequence of a human antibody and a complementary determining region (CDR) having substantially the amino acid sequence of a non-human antibody.
  • FR framework
  • CDR complementary determining region
  • substantially in the context of a CDR refers to a CDR having an amino acid sequence at least 80%, preferably at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98% or at least 99% identical to the amino acid sequence of a non-human antibody CDR.
  • a humanized antibody comprises substantially all of at least one, and typically two, variable domains (Fab, Fab′, F(ab′) 2 , FabC, Fv) in which all or substantially all of the CDR regions correspond to those of a non-human immunoglobulin (i.e., donor antibody) and all or substantially all of the framework regions are those of a human immunoglobulin consensus sequence.
  • a humanized antibody also comprises at least a portion of an immunoglobulin constant region (Fc), typically that of a human immunoglobulin.
  • a humanized antibody contains both the light chain as well as at least the variable domain of a heavy chain.
  • the antibody also may include the CH1, hinge, CH2, CH3, and CH4 regions of the heavy chain.
  • a humanized antibody only contains a humanized light chain. In some embodiments, a humanized antibody only contains a humanized heavy chain. In specific embodiments, a humanized antibody only contains a humanized variable domain of a light chain and/or humanized heavy chain.
  • the humanized anti-IL-13 antibody is 13C5.5.
  • 13C5.5 has the sequences SEQ ID NO:2 (heavy chain variable region) and SEQ ID NO:3 (light chain variable region). See also U.S. Pat. No. 7,915,388, the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • the humanized antibody can be selected from any class of immunoglobulins, including IgM, IgG, IgD, IgA and IgE, and any isotype, including without limitation IgG 1, IgG2, IgG3 and IgG4.
  • the humanized antibody may comprise sequences from more than one class or isotype, and particular constant domains may be selected to optimize desired effector functions using techniques well-known in the art.
  • the framework and CDR regions of a humanized antibody need not correspond precisely to the parental sequences, e.g., the donor antibody CDR or the consensus framework may be mutagenized by substitution, insertion and/or deletion of at least one amino acid residue so that the CDR or framework residue at that site does not correspond to either the donor antibody or the consensus framework. In a preferred embodiment, such mutations, however, will not be extensive. Usually, at least 80%, preferably at least 85%, more preferably at least 90%, and most preferably at least 95% of the humanized antibody residues will correspond to those of the parental FR and CDR sequences.
  • the term “consensus framework” refers to the framework region in the consensus immunoglobulin sequence.
  • the term “consensus immunoglobulin sequence” refers to the sequence formed from the most frequently occurring amino acids (or nucleotides) in a family of related immunoglobulin sequences (See e.g., Winnaker, From Genes to Clones (Verlagsgesellschaft, Weinheim, Germany 1987). In a family of immunoglobulins, each position in the consensus sequence is occupied by the amino acid occurring most frequently at that position in the family. If two amino acids occur equally frequently, either can be included in the consensus sequence.
  • Vernier zone refers to a subset of framework residues that may adjust CDR structure and fine-tune the fit to antigen as described by Foote and Winter (1992, J. Mol. Biol. 224:487-499, which is incorporated herein by reference). Vernier zone residues form a layer underlying the CDRs and may impact on the structure of CDRs and the affinity of the antibody.
  • multivalent binding protein is used in this specification to denote a binding protein comprising two or more antigen binding sites.
  • the multivalent binding protein is preferably engineered to have the three or more antigen binding sites, and is generally not a naturally occurring antibody.
  • multispecific binding protein refers to a binding protein capable of binding two or more related or unrelated targets.
  • Dual variable domain (DVD) binding proteins as used herein, are binding proteins that comprise two or more antigen binding sites and are tetravalent or multivalent binding proteins. Such DVDs may be monospecific, i.e. capable of binding one antigen or multispecific, i.e. capable of binding two or more antigens.
  • DVD binding proteins comprising two heavy chain DVD polypeptides and two light chain DVD polypeptides are referred to a DVD Ig.
  • Each half of a DVD Ig comprises a heavy chain DVD polypeptide, and a light chain DVD polypeptide, and two antigen binding sites.
  • Each binding site comprises a heavy chain variable domain and a light chain variable domain with a total of 6 CDRs involved in antigen binding per antigen binding site.
  • neutralizing refers to neutralization of biological activity of a cytokine when a binding protein specifically binds the cytokine.
  • a neutralizing binding protein is a neutralizing antibody whose binding to IL-13 and/or IL-13 results in inhibition of a biological activity of IL-13 and/or IL-13.
  • the neutralizing binding protein binds IL-13 and/or IL-13 and reduces a biologically activity of IL-13 and/or IL-13 by at least about 20%, 40%, 60%, 80%, 85% or more Inhibition of a biological activity of IL-13 and/or IL-13 by a neutralizing binding protein can be assessed by measuring one or more indicators of IL-13 and/or IL-13 biological activity well known in the art. For example, inhibition of human IL-13 induced production of TARC(CCL-17) by A-549 cells can be measured (see Example 1.1.0 of U.S. Pat. No. 7,915,388, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference).
  • activity includes activities such as the binding specificity/affinity of an antibody for an antigen, for example, an anti-IL-13 antibody that binds to an IL-13 antigen and/or the neutralizing potency of an antibody, for example, an anti-IL-13 antibody whose binding to IL-13 inhibits the biological activity of IL-13, e.g. For example inhibition of human IL-13 induced production of TARC(CCL-17) by A-549 cells (see Example 1.1.0 of U.S. Pat. No. 7,915,388, the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference).
  • epitope includes any polypeptide determinant capable of specific binding to an immunoglobulin or T-cell receptor.
  • epitope determinants include chemically active surface groupings of molecules such as amino acids, sugar side chains, phosphoryl, or sulfonyl, and, in certain embodiments, may have specific three dimensional structural characteristics, and/or specific charge characteristics.
  • An epitope is a region of an antigen that is bound by an antibody.
  • an antibody is said to specifically bind an antigen when it preferentially recognizes its target antigen in a complex mixture of proteins and/or macromolecules.
  • surface plasmon resonance refers to an optical phenomenon that allows for the analysis of real-time biospecific interactions by detection of alterations in protein concentrations within a biosensor matrix, for example using the BIAcore system (Pharmacia Biosensor AB, Uppsala, Sweden and Piscataway, N.J.).
  • BIAcore Phharmacia Biosensor AB, Uppsala, Sweden and Piscataway, N.J.
  • k on is intended to refer to the on rate constant for association of an antibody to the antigen to form the antibody/antigen complex as is known in the art.
  • k off is intended to refer to the off rate constant for dissociation of an antibody from the antibody/antigen complex as is known in the art.
  • K D is intended to refer to the dissociation constant of a particular antibody-antigen interaction as is known in the art.
  • label binding protein refers to a protein with a label incorporated that provides for the identification of the binding protein.
  • the label is a detectable marker, e.g., incorporation of a radiolabeled amino acid or attachment to a polypeptide of biotinyl moieties that can be detected by marked avidin (e.g., streptavidin containing a fluorescent marker or enzymatic activity that can be detected by optical or colorimetric methods).
  • labels for polypeptides include, but are not limited to, the following: radioisotopes or radionuclides (e.g., 3H, 14C, 35S, 90Y, 99Tc, 111In, 125I, 131I, 177Lu, 166Ho, or 153Sm); fluorescent labels (e.g., FITC, rhodamine, lanthanide phosphors), enzymatic labels (e.g., horseradish peroxidase, luciferase, alkaline phosphatase); chemiluminescent markers; biotinyl groups; predetermined polypeptide epitopes recognized by a secondary reporter (e.g., leucine zipper pair sequences, binding sites for secondary antibodies, metal binding domains, epitope tags); and magnetic agents, such as gadolinium chelates.
  • radioisotopes or radionuclides e.g., 3H, 14C, 35S, 90Y, 99Tc, 111
  • antibody conjugate refers to a binding protein, such as an antibody, chemically linked to a second chemical moiety, such as a therapeutic or cytotoxic agent.
  • agent is used herein to denote a chemical compound, a mixture of chemical compounds, a biological macromolecule, or an extract made from biological materials.
  • the therapeutic or cytotoxic agents include, but are not limited to, pertussis toxin, taxol, cytochalasin B, gramicidin D, ethidium bromide, emetine, mitomycin, etoposide, tenoposide, vincristine, vinblastine, colchicin, doxorubicin, daunorubicin, dihydroxy anthracin dione, mitoxantrone, mithramycin, actinomycin D, 1-dehydrotestosterone, glucocorticoids, procaine, tetracaine, lidocaine, propranolol, and puromycin and analogs or homologs thereof.
  • crystal refers to an antibody, or antigen binding portion thereof, that exists in the form of a crystal.
  • Crystals are one form of the solid state of matter, which is distinct from other forms such as the amorphous solid state or the liquid crystalline state.
  • Crystals are composed of regular, repeating, three-dimensional arrays of atoms, ions, molecules (e.g., proteins such as antibodies), or molecular assemblies (e.g., antigen/antibody complexes). These three-dimensional arrays are arranged according to specific mathematical relationships that are well-understood in the field.
  • the fundamental unit, or building block, that is repeated in a crystal is called the asymmetric unit.
  • Repetition of the asymmetric unit in an arrangement that conforms to a given, well-defined crystallographic symmetry provides the “unit cell” of the crystal. Repetition of the unit cell by regular translations in all three dimensions provides the crystal. See Giege, R. and Ducruix, A. Barrett, Crystallization of Nucleic Acids and Proteins, a Practical Approach, 2nd ea., pp. 20 1-16, Oxford University Press, New York, N.Y., (1999).”
  • polynucleotide as referred to herein means a polymeric form of two or more nucleotides, either ribonucleotides or deoxynucleotides or a modified form of either type of nucleotide.
  • the term includes single and double stranded forms of DNA but preferably is double-stranded DNA.
  • isolated polynucleotide shall mean a polynucleotide (e.g., of genomic, cDNA, or synthetic origin, or some combination thereof) that, by virtue of its origin, the “isolated polynucleotide”: is not associated with all or a portion of a polynucleotide with which the “isolated polynucleotide” is found in nature; is operably linked to a polynucleotide that it is not linked to in nature; or does not occur in nature as part of a larger sequence.
  • vector is intended to refer to a nucleic acid molecule capable of transporting another nucleic acid to which it has been linked.
  • plasmid refers to a circular double stranded DNA loop into which additional DNA segments may be ligated.
  • viral vector Another type of vector is a viral vector, wherein additional DNA segments may be ligated into the viral genome.
  • Certain vectors are capable of autonomous replication in a host cell into which they are introduced (e.g., bacterial vectors having a bacterial origin of replication and episomal mammalian vectors).
  • vectors e.g., non-episomal mammalian vectors
  • vectors can be integrated into the genome of a host cell upon introduction into the host cell, and thereby are replicated along with the host genome.
  • certain vectors are capable of directing the expression of genes to which they are operatively linked.
  • Such vectors are referred to herein as “recombinant expression vectors” (or simply, “expression vectors”).
  • expression vectors of utility in recombinant DNA techniques are often in the form of plasmids.
  • plasmid and vector may be used interchangeably as the plasmid is the most commonly used form of vector.
  • the invention is intended to include such other forms of expression vectors, such as viral vectors (e.g., replication defective retroviruses, adenoviruses and adeno-associated viruses), which serve equivalent functions.
  • operably linked refers to a juxtaposition wherein the components described are in a relationship permitting them to function in their intended manner.
  • a control sequence “operably linked” to a coding sequence is ligated in such a way that expression of the coding sequence is achieved under conditions compatible with the control sequences.
  • “Operably linked” sequences include both expression control sequences that are contiguous with the gene of interest and expression control sequences that act in trans or at a distance to control the gene of interest.
  • expression control sequence refers to polynucleotide sequences which are necessary to effect the expression and processing of coding sequences to which they are ligated.
  • Expression control sequences include appropriate transcription initiation, termination, promoter and enhancer sequences; efficient RNA processing signals such as splicing and polyadenylation signals; sequences that stabilize cytoplasmic mRNA; sequences that enhance translation efficiency (i.e., Kozak consensus sequence); sequences that enhance protein stability; and when desired, sequences that enhance protein secretion.
  • the nature of such control sequences differs depending upon the host organism; in prokaryotes, such control sequences generally include promoter, ribosomal binding site, and transcription termination sequence; in eukaryotes, generally, such control sequences include promoters and transcription termination sequence.
  • control sequences is intended to include components whose presence is essential for expression and processing, and can also include additional components whose presence is advantageous, for example, leader sequences and fusion partner sequences.
  • Protein constructs of the present invention may be expressed, and purified using expression vectors and host cells known in the art, including expression cassettes, vectors, recombinant host cells and methods for the recombinant expression and proteolytic processing of recombinant polyproteins and pre-proteins from a single open reading frame (e.g., WO 2007/014162, the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference).
  • Transformation refers to any process by which exogenous DNA enters a host cell. Transformation may occur under natural or artificial conditions using various methods well known in the art. Transformation may rely on any known method for the insertion of foreign nucleic acid sequences into a prokaryotic or eukaryotic host cell. The method is selected based on the host cell being transformed and may include, but is not limited to, viral infection, electroporation, lipofection, and particle bombardment. Such “transformed” cells include stably transformed cells in which the inserted DNA is capable of replication either as an autonomously replicating plasmid or as part of the host chromosome. They also include cells which transiently express the inserted DNA or RNA for limited periods of time.
  • host cell is intended to refer to a cell into which exogenous DNA has been introduced. It should be understood that such terms are intended to refer not only to the particular subject cell, but, to the progeny of such a cell. Because certain modifications may occur in succeeding generations due to either mutation or environmental influences, such progeny may not, in fact, be identical to the parent cell, but are still included within the scope of the term “host cell” as used herein.
  • host cells include prokaryotic and eukaryotic cells selected from any of the Kingdoms of life. Preferred eukaryotic cells include protist, fungal, plant and animal cells.
  • host cells include but are not limited to the prokaryotic cell line E. coli ; mammalian cell lines CHO, HEK 293 and COS; the insect cell line Sf9; and the fungal cell Saccharomyces cerevisiae.
  • Standard techniques may be used for recombinant DNA, oligonucleotide synthesis, and tissue culture and transformation (e.g., electroporation, lipofection).
  • Enzymatic reactions and purification techniques may be performed according to manufacturer's specifications or as commonly accomplished in the art or as described herein.
  • the foregoing techniques and procedures may be generally performed according to conventional methods well known in the art and as described in various general and more specific references that are cited and discussed throughout the present specification. See e.g., Sambrook et al. Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual (2d ed., Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y. (1989)), which is incorporated herein by reference for any purpose.
  • Transgenic organism refers to an organism having cells that contain a transgene, wherein the transgene introduced into the organism (or an ancestor of the organism) expresses a polypeptide not naturally expressed in the organism.
  • a “transgene” is a DNA construct, which is stably and operably integrated into the genome of a cell from which a transgenic organism develops, directing the expression of an encoded gene product in one or more cell types or tissues of the transgenic organism.
  • the term “regulate” and “modulate” are used interchangeably, and, as used herein, refers to a change or an alteration in the activity of a molecule of interest (e.g., the biological activity of IL-13). Modulation may be an increase or a decrease in the magnitude of a certain activity or function of the molecule of interest. Exemplary activities and functions of a molecule include, but are not limited to, binding characteristics, enzymatic activity, cell receptor activation, and signal transduction.
  • a modulator is a compound capable of changing or altering an activity or function of a molecule of interest (e.g., the biological activity of IL-13).
  • a modulator may cause an increase or decrease in the magnitude of a certain activity or function of a molecule compared to the magnitude of the activity or function observed in the absence of the modulator.
  • a modulator is an inhibitor, which decreases the magnitude of at least one activity or function of a molecule.
  • Exemplary inhibitors include, but are not limited to, proteins, peptides, antibodies, peptibodies, carbohydrates or small organic molecules. Peptibodies are described, e.g., in WO01/83525.
  • agonist refers to a modulator that, when contacted with a molecule of interest, causes an increase in the magnitude of a certain activity or function of the molecule compared to the magnitude of the activity or function observed in the absence of the agonist.
  • agonists of interest may include, but are not limited to, IL-13 polypeptides or polypeptides, nucleic acids, carbohydrates, or any other molecules that bind to IL-13.
  • antagonists refer to a modulator that, when contacted with a molecule of interest causes a decrease in the magnitude of a certain activity or function of the molecule compared to the magnitude of the activity or function observed in the absence of the antagonist.
  • Particular antagonists of interest include those that block or modulate the biological or immunological activity of IL-13 and/or IL-13.
  • Antagonists and inhibitors of IL-13 and/or IL-13 may include, but are not limited to, proteins; nucleic acids, carbohydrates, or any other molecules, which bind to IL-13 and/or IL-13.
  • inhibit binding to the receptor refers to the ability of the binding protein to prevent the binding of IL-13 to one or more of its receptors. Such inhibition of binding to the receptor would result in diminishing or abolishing the biological activity mediated by binding of IL-13 to its receptor or receptors.
  • the term “effective amount” refers to the amount of a therapy which is sufficient to reduce or ameliorate the severity and/or duration of a disorder or one or more symptoms thereof, prevent the advancement of a disorder, cause regression of a disorder, prevent the recurrence, development, onset or progression of one or more symptoms associated with a disorder, detect a disorder, or enhance or improve the prophylactic or therapeutic effect(s) of another therapy (e.g., prophylactic or therapeutic agent).
  • sample includes, but is not limited to, any quantity of a substance from a living thing or formerly living thing.
  • living things include, but are not limited to, humans, mice, rats, monkeys, dogs, rabbits and other animals.
  • substances include, but are not limited to, blood, serum, urine, synovial fluid, cells, organs, tissues, bone marrow, lymph nodes and spleen.
  • C max refers to the maximum or peak serum or plasma concentration of an agent observed in a subject after its administration.
  • the anti-IL-13 antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, of the invention is administered intravenously and exhibits a maximum serum concentration (C max ) of between about 5 and about 235 ⁇ g/mL; a peak concentration (C max ) of between about 5 and about 8 ⁇ g/ml; a C max of between about 5 and about 10 ⁇ g/mL; a peak concentration (C max ) of between about 55 and about 90 ⁇ g/ml; a peak concentration (C max ) of between about 185 and about 250 ⁇ g/ml; a C max of between about 190 and about 235 ⁇ g/mL.
  • C max maximum serum concentration
  • the C max is between about 5 and about 50, between about 50 and about 75, between about 75 and about 100, between about 100 and about 125, between about 125 and about 150, between about 150 and about 175, between about 175 and about 200, or between about 200 and about 235 ⁇ g/mL.
  • the anti-IL-13 antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof is administered intravenously and exhibits a C max value of between about 20 and about 30 ( ⁇ g/mL)/(mg/kg) after dose normalization.
  • the anti-IL-13 antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof is administered intravenously and exhibits a C max value of about 20, about 21, about 22, about 23, about 24, about 25, about 26, about 27, about 28, about 29 and about 30 ( ⁇ g/mL)/(mg/kg) after dose normalization.
  • the anti-IL-13 antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof is administered intravenously and exhibits a C max value of between about 10 and about 40 ( ⁇ g/mL)/(mg/kg) after dose normalization.
  • the anti-IL-13 antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, of the invention is administered subcutaneously and exhibits a maximum serum concentration (C max ) of between about 1 and about 60 ⁇ g/mL; a peak concentration (C max ) of between about 1.0 and about 6.0 ⁇ g/ml; a C max value of between about 6 and about 12 ⁇ g/ml; a peak concentration (C max ) of between about 12 and about 60 ⁇ g/ml; a C max value of between about 1 and about 10, between about 10 and about 20, between about 20 and about 30, between about 30 and about 40, between about 40 and about 50, between about 50 and about 60, between about 20 and about 60, or between about 40 and about 60 ⁇ g/ml.
  • C max maximum serum concentration
  • T max refers to the time at which C max occurred.
  • the anti-IL-13 antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, of the invention e.g., a humanized anti-IL-13 antibody such as 13C5.5, or an antigen-binding portion thereof
  • the anti-IL-13 antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, of the invention is administered intravenously or subcutaneously and exhibits a T max of between about 1 and about 5 days; a T max of between about 3 and about 5 days; a T max of less than or equal to about 5 days; a T max of about 1 day, a T max of about 2 days, a T max of about 3 days, a T max of about 4 days, a T max of about 5 days, a T max of about 6 days, a T max of about 7 days, a T max of about 8 days, a T max of about 9 days, or a T max of about 10 days.
  • bioavailability refers to a fraction or percent of a dose which is absorbed and enters the systemic circulation after administration of a given dosage form.
  • the dose of the anti-IL-13 antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof may be administered through any route, and, preferably, via intravenous or subcutaneous injection.
  • the anti-IL-13 antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, of the invention e.g., a humanized anti-IL-13 antibody such as 13C5.5, or an antigen-binding portion thereof
  • the antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof exhibits a bioavailability of at least about 35%, at least about 40%, at least about 45%, at least about 50%, at least about 60%, at least about 65%, at least about 70%, at least about 75%, at least about 80%, at least about 85%, at least about 90%, at least about 95%, or at least about 100%.
  • AUC area under the curve
  • the anti-IL-13 antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, of the invention is administered intravenously and exhibits an area under the curve (AUC) of between about 75 and about 100,000 ⁇ gh/mL; an AUC of between about 75 and about 100; between about 1,500 and about 2,700 ⁇ gh/ml; between about 1,500 and about 3,000; between about 21,000 and about 33,500 ⁇ gh/ml; between about 1,500 and 98,000; between about 20,000 and about 34,000 ⁇ gh/mL; between about 34,000 and about 40,000; between about 40,000 and about 50,000; between about 50,000 and about 60,000; between about 60,000 and about 75,000; between about 75,000 and about 100,000 ⁇ gh/mL; about 75, about 100, about 150, about 200, about 250, about 300, about 350, about 400, about 450, about 500, about 550, about 600, about 650
  • the AUC is between about 6,000 and about 10,000 ( ⁇ gh/mL)/(mg/kg) after dose normalization, between about 7,000 and about 9,000; about 6,000; about 6,500; about 7,000; about 7,500; about 8,000; about 8,500; about 9,000; about 9,500 or about 10,000 ( ⁇ gh/mL)/(mg/kg) after dose normalization.
  • the anti-IL-13 antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, of the invention is administered subcutaneously and exhibits an area under the curve (AUC) of between about 125 and about 8,100 ⁇ gh/mL; between about 125 and about 800 ⁇ gh/ml; between about 800 and about 1,100; between about 1,100 and about 8,100; about 100 and about 800 ⁇ gh/mL; about 125; about 150; about 175; about 200; about 250; about 300; about 350; about 400; about 450; about 500; about 550; about 600; about 650; about 700; about 750; about 800; about 850; about 900; about 950; about 1,000; about 1,100; about 1,200; about 1,300; about 1,400; about 1,500; about 1,600; about 1,700; about 1,800; about 1,900; about 2,000; about 2,250; about 2,500; about 3,000; about
  • AUC area under the curve
  • the term “clearance rate” is related to the AUC, or area under the curve. A higher clearance rate is related to a smaller AUC, and a lower clearance rate is related to a larger AUC value. The AUC higher values represent slower clearance rates.
  • the anti-IL-13 antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, of the invention is administered intravenously and exhibits a clearance rate of between about 0.08 and about 0.2 ml/h/kg, between about 0.08 and about 0.15 ml/h/kg; between about 0.1 and about 0.15 ml/h/kg; between about 0.11 to about 0.19 mL/hr/kg; between about 0.08 to about 0.14 mL/hr/kg; between about 0.09 to about 0.13 mL/hr/kg; about 0.08; about 0.09, about 0.1, about 0.11, about 0.12, about 0.13, about 0.14, about 0.15, about 0.16, about 0.17, about 0.18, about 0.19, about 2.0, about 2.1, about 2.2, about 2.3, about 2.4 or about 2.5 mL/h/kg.
  • volume of distribution is a term used to quantify the distribution of a drug, e.g., an anti-IL-13 antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, between plasma and the rest of the body after dosing.
  • the volume of distribution is the theoretical volume in which the total amount of drug would need to be uniformly distributed in order to produced the desired blood concentration of the drug.
  • the anti-IL-13 antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, of the invention is administered intravenously and exhibits a volume of distribution of between about 55 and about 130 mL/kg; between about 65 and 125 mL/kg; between about 55 and about 100 mL/kg; between about 90 and about 130 mL/kg; between about 70 to about 130 mL/kg; between about 85 to about 130 mL/kg; between about 100 to about 130; between about 110 to about 120; about 55, about 60, about 65, about 70, about 75, about 80, about 85, about 90, about 95, about 100, about 105, about 110, about 115, about 120, about 125, about 130 or about 135 mL/kg.
  • the anti-IL-13 antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, of the invention is administered intravenously or subcutaneously and has a half-life of between about 24 and 31 days; between about 23 and 26 days; between about 10 and about 40 days, between about 20 and about 30 days, about 10 days, about 15 days, about 16 days, about 17 days, about 18 days, about 19 days, about 20 days, about 21 days, about 22 days, about 23 days, about 24 days, about 25 days, about 26 days, about 27 days, about 28 days, about 29 days, about 30 days, about 31 days, about 32 days, about 33 days, about 34 days, about 35 days, about 36 days, about 37 days, about 38 days, about 39 days, or about 40 days.
  • a humanized anti-IL-13 antibody such as 13C5.5, or an antigen-binding portion thereof
  • dose refers to the administration of a substance (e.g., an anti-IL-13 antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof) to achieve a therapeutic objective (e.g., the treatment of asthma).
  • a substance e.g., an anti-IL-13 antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof
  • the composition of the invention is administered once. In another embodiment, the composition of the invention is administered weekly. In another embodiment, the composition of the invention is administered for two weeks. In another embodiment, the composition of the invention is administered for three weeks. In another embodiment, the composition is administered for four weeks, five weeks, six weeks, seven weeks, eight weeks, nine weeks, ten weeks, eleven weeks, three months, four months, five months, six months, seven months, eight months, nine months, ten months, eleven months, twelve months, thirteen months, fourteen months, fifteen months, sixteen months, seventeen months, eighteen months, nineteen months, twenty months, twenty-one months, twenty-two months, twenty-three months, two years, three years, four years, five years, ten years, or for the life of the subject.
  • a first agent in combination with a second agent includes co-administration of a first agent and a second agent, which for example may be dissolved or intermixed in the same pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, or administration of a first agent, followed by the second agent, or administration of the second agent, followed by the first agent.
  • the present invention includes methods of combination therapeutic treatment and combination pharmaceutical compositions.
  • concomitant as in the phrase “concomitant therapeutic treatment” includes administering an agent in the presence of a second agent.
  • a concomitant therapeutic treatment method includes methods in which the first, second, third, or additional agents are co-administered.
  • a concomitant therapeutic treatment method also includes methods in which the first or additional agents are administered in the presence of a second or additional agents, wherein the second or additional agents, for example, may have been previously administered.
  • a concomitant therapeutic treatment method may be executed step-wise by different actors.
  • one actor may administer to a subject a first agent and a second actor may to administer to the subject a second agent, and the administering steps may be executed at the same time, or nearly the same time, or at distant times, so long as the first agent (and additional agents) are after administration in the presence of the second agent (and additional agents).
  • the actor and the subject may be the same entity (e.g., human).
  • combination therapy refers to the administration of two or more therapeutic substances, e.g., an anti-IL-13 antibody and another drug.
  • the other drug(s) may be administered concomitant with, prior to, or following the administration of the anti-IL-13 antibody.
  • kit refers to a packaged product comprising components with which to administer the anti-IL-13 antibody of the invention for treatment of a IL-13 related disorder.
  • the kit preferably comprises a box or container that holds the components of the kit.
  • the box or container is affixed with a label or a Food and Drug Administration approved protocol.
  • the box or container holds components of the invention which are preferably contained within plastic, polyethylene, polypropylene, ethylene, or propylene vessels.
  • the vessels can be capped-tubes or bottles.
  • the kit can also include instructions for administering an anti-IL-13 antibody.
  • compositions which include and/or methods which use isolated murine monoclonal antibodies, or antigen-binding portions thereof, that bind to IL-13 with high affinity, a slow off rate and high neutralizing capacity.
  • the invention provides compositions which include and/or methods which use chimeric antibodies that bind IL-13.
  • the invention provides compositions which include and/or methods which use humanized antibodies, or antigen-binding portions thereof, that bind IL-13.
  • the antibodies, or portions thereof are isolated antibodies.
  • the antibodies are neutralizing anti-IL-13 and/or humanized or human anti-IL-13 antibodies.
  • Antibodies to be used in the compositions and/or methods of the present invention may be made by any of a number of techniques known in the art. For example, they can be made using the techniques disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 7,915,338, the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • Monoclonal antibodies can be prepared using a wide variety of techniques known in the art including the use of hybridoma, recombinant, and phage display technologies, or a combination thereof.
  • monoclonal antibodies can be produced using hybridoma techniques including those known in the art and taught, for example, in Harlow et al., Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual, (Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, 2nd ed. 1988); Hammerling, et al., in: Monoclonal Antibodies and T-Cell Hybridomas 563-681 (Elsevier, N.Y., 1981) (said references incorporated by reference in their entireties).
  • the term “monoclonal antibody” as used herein is not limited to antibodies produced through hybridoma technology.
  • the term “monoclonal antibody” refers to an antibody that is derived from a single clone, including any eukaryotic, prokaryotic, or phage clone, and not the method by which it is produced.
  • the present invention provides methods of generating monoclonal antibodies as well as antibodies produced by the method comprising culturing a hybridoma cell secreting an antibody of the invention wherein, preferably, the hybridoma is generated by fusing splenocytes isolated from a mouse immunized with an antigen of the invention with myeloma cells and then screening the hybridomas resulting from the fusion for hybridoma clones that secrete an antibody able to bind a polypeptide of the invention (See Example 1.2). Briefly, mice can be immunized with an IL-13 antigen.
  • the IL-13 antigen is administered with an adjuvant to stimulate the immune response.
  • adjuvants include complete or incomplete Freund's adjuvant, RIBI (muramyl dipeptides) or ISCOM (immunostimulating complexes).
  • RIBI muramyl dipeptides
  • ISCOM immunological complexes
  • Such adjuvants may protect the polypeptide from rapid dispersal by sequestering it in a local deposit, or they may contain substances that stimulate the host to secrete factors that are chemotactic for macrophages and other components of the immune system.
  • the immunization schedule will involve two or more administrations of the polypeptide, spread out over several weeks.
  • antibodies and/or antibody-producing cells may be obtained from the animal.
  • An anti-IL-13 antibody-containing serum is obtained from the animal by bleeding or sacrificing the animal.
  • the serum may be used as it is obtained from the animal, an immunoglobulin fraction may be obtained from the serum, or the anti-IL-13 antibodies may be purified from the serum.
  • Serum or immunoglobulins obtained in this manner are polyclonal, thus having a heterogeneous array of properties.
  • the mouse spleen is harvested and splenocytes isolated.
  • the splenocytes are then fused by well-known techniques to any suitable myeloma cells, for example cells from cell line SP20 available from the ATCC.
  • Hybridomas are selected and cloned by limited dilution.
  • the hybridoma clones are then assayed by methods known in the art for cells that secrete antibodies capable of binding IL-13.
  • Ascites fluid which generally contains high levels of antibodies, can be generated by immunizing mice with positive hybridoma clones.
  • antibody-producing immortalized hybridomas may be prepared from the immunized animal. After immunization, the animal is sacrificed and the splenic B cells are fused to immortalized myeloma cells as is well known in the art. See, e.g., Harlow and Lane, supra. In a preferred embodiment, the myeloma cells do not secrete immunoglobulin polypeptides (a non-secretory cell line). After fusion and antibiotic selection, the hybridomas are screened using IL-13, or a portion thereof, or a cell expressing IL-13.
  • the initial screening is performed using an enzyme-linked immunoassay (ELISA) or a radioimmunoassay (RIA), preferably an ELISA.
  • ELISA enzyme-linked immunoassay
  • RIA radioimmunoassay
  • An example of ELISA screening is provided in WO 00/37504, herein incorporated by reference.
  • Anti-IL-13 antibody-producing hybridomas are selected, cloned and further screened for desirable characteristics, including robust hybridoma growth, high antibody production and desirable antibody characteristics, as discussed further below.
  • Hybridomas may be cultured and expanded in vivo in syngeneic animals, in animals that lack an immune system, e.g., nude mice, or in cell culture in vitro. Methods of selecting, cloning and expanding hybridomas are well known to those of ordinary skill in the art.
  • the hybridomas are mouse hybridomas, as described above.
  • the hybridomas are produced in a non-human, non-mouse species such as rats, sheep, pigs, goats, cattle or horses.
  • the hybridomas are human hybridomas, in which a human non-secretory myeloma is fused with a human cell expressing an anti-IL-13 antibody.
  • Antibody fragments that recognize specific epitopes may be generated by known techniques.
  • Fab and F(ab′)2 fragments of the invention may be produced by proteolytic cleavage of immunoglobulin molecules, using enzymes such as papain (to produce Fab fragments) or pepsin (to produce F(ab′)2 fragments).
  • F(ab′)2 fragments contain the variable region, the light chain constant region and the CH1 domain of the heavy chain.
  • Recombinant antibodies for use in the compositions and/or methods of the present invention may also be generated from single, isolated lymphocytes using a procedure referred to in the art as the selected lymphocyte antibody method (SLAM), as described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 7,915,388 and 5,627,052, PCT Publication WO 92/02551 and Babcock, J. S. et al. (1996) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 93:7843-7848, the entire contents of each of which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • SLAM selected lymphocyte antibody method
  • single cells secreting antibodies of interest e.g., lymphocytes derived from any one of the immunized animals described above, are screened using an antigen-specific hemolytic plaque assay, wherein the antigen IL-13, a subunit of IL-13, or a fragment thereof, is coupled to sheep red blood cells using a linker, such as biotin, and used to identify single cells that secrete antibodies with specificity for IL-13.
  • a linker such as biotin
  • variable regions can then be expressed, in the context of appropriate immunoglobulin constant regions (e.g., human constant regions), in mammalian host cells, such as COS or CHO cells.
  • the host cells transfected with the amplified immunoglobulin sequences, derived from in vivo selected lymphocytes, can then undergo further analysis and selection in vitro, for example by panning the transfected cells to isolate cells expressing antibodies to IL-13.
  • the amplified immunoglobulin sequences further can be manipulated in vitro, such as by in vitro affinity maturation methods such as those described in PCT Publication WO 97/29131 and PCT Publication WO 00/56772.
  • Antibodies for use in the compositions and/or methods of the present invention may also be produced by immunizing a non-human animal comprising some, or all, of the human immunoglobulin locus with an IL-13 antigen.
  • the non-human animal is a XENOMOUSE transgenic mouse, an engineered mouse strain that comprises large fragments of the human immunoglobulin loci and is deficient in mouse antibody production. See, e.g., Green et al. Nature Genetics 7:13-21 (1994) and U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,916,771, 5,939,598, 5,985,615, 5,998,209, 6,075,181, 6,091,001, 6,114,598 and 6,130,364.
  • the XENOMOUSE transgenic mouse produces an adult-like human repertoire of fully human antibodies, and generates antigen-specific human Mabs.
  • the XENOMOUSE transgenic mouse contains approximately 80% of the human antibody repertoire through introduction of megabase sized, germline configuration YAC fragments of the human heavy chain loci and x light chain loci. See Mendez et al., Nature Genetics 15:146-156 (1997), Green and Jakobovits J. Exp. Med. 188:483-495 (1998), the disclosures of which are hereby incorporated by reference.
  • In vitro methods also can be used to make the antibodies for use in the compositions and/or methods of the invention, wherein an antibody library is screened to identify an antibody having the desired binding specificity.
  • Methods for such screening of recombinant antibody libraries are well known in the art and include methods described in, for example, Ladner et al. U.S. Pat. No. 5,223,409; Kang et al. PCT Publication No. WO 92/18619; Dower et al. PCT Publication No. WO 91/17271; Winter et al. PCT Publication No. WO 92/20791; Markland et al. PCT Publication No. WO 92/15679; Breitling et al.
  • the recombinant antibody library may be from a subject immunized with IL-13 or IL-13, or a portion of IL-13 or IL-13.
  • the recombinant antibody library may be from a naive subject, i.e., one who has not been immunized with IL-13, such as a human antibody library from a human subject who has not been immunized with human IL-13.
  • Antibodies of the invention are selected by screening the recombinant antibody library with the peptide comprising human IL-13 to thereby select those antibodies that recognize IL-13. Methods for conducting such screening and selection are well known in the art, such as described in the references in the preceding paragraph.
  • antibodies of the invention having particular binding affinities for IL-13 such as those that dissociate from human IL-13 with a particular k.sub.off rate constant
  • the art-known method of surface plasmon resonance can be used to select antibodies having the desired k.sub.off rate constant.
  • a particular neutralizing activity for IL-13 such as those with a particular an IC.sub.50
  • standard methods known in the art for assessing the inhibition of IL-13 activity may be used.
  • the invention pertains to an isolated antibody, or an antigen-binding portion thereof, that binds human IL-13.
  • the antibody is a neutralizing antibody.
  • the antibody is a recombinant antibody or a monoclonal antibody.
  • the antibodies of the present invention can also be generated using various phage display methods known in the art.
  • phage display methods functional antibody domains are displayed on the surface of phage particles which carry the polynucleotide sequences encoding them.
  • phage can be utilized to display antigen-binding domains expressed from a repertoire or combinatorial antibody library (e.g., human or murine).
  • Phage expressing an antigen binding domain that binds the antigen of interest can be selected or identified with antigen, e.g., using labeled antigen or antigen bound or captured to a solid surface or bead.
  • Phage used in these methods are typically filamentous phage including fd and M13 binding domains expressed from phage with Fab, Fv or disulfide stabilized Fv antibody domains recombinantly fused to either the phage gene III or gene VIII protein.
  • Examples of phage display methods that can be used to make the antibodies of the present invention include those disclosed in Brinkman et al., J. Immunol. Methods 182:41-50 (1995); Ames et al., J. Immunol. Methods 184:177-186 (1995); Kettleborough et al., Eur. J. Immunol.
  • the antibody coding regions from the phage can be isolated and used to generate whole antibodies including human antibodies or any other desired antigen binding fragment, and expressed in any desired host, including mammalian cells, insect cells, plant cells, yeast, and bacteria, e.g., as described in detail below.
  • RNA-protein fusions as described in PCT Publication No. WO 98/31700 by Szostak and Roberts, and in Roberts, R. W. and Szostak, J. W. (1997) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 94:12297-12302.
  • a covalent fusion is created between an mRNA and the peptide or protein that it encodes by in vitro translation of synthetic mRNAs that carry puromycin, a peptidyl acceptor antibiotic, at their 3′ end.
  • a specific mRNA can be enriched from a complex mixture of mRNAs (e.g., a combinatorial library) based on the properties of the encoded peptide or protein, e.g., antibody, or portion thereof, such as binding of the antibody, or portion thereof, to the dual specificity antigen.
  • Nucleic acid sequences encoding antibodies, or portions thereof, recovered from screening of such libraries can be expressed by recombinant means as described above (e.g., in mammalian host cells) and, moreover, can be subjected to further affinity maturation by either additional rounds of screening of mRNA-peptide fusions in which mutations have been introduced into the originally selected sequence(s), or by other methods for affinity maturation in vitro of recombinant antibodies, as described above.
  • the antibodies for use in the compositions and/or methods of the present invention can also be generated using yeast display methods known in the art.
  • yeast display methods genetic methods are used to tether antibody domains to the yeast cell wall and display them on the surface of yeast.
  • yeast can be utilized to display antigen-binding domains expressed from a repertoire or combinatorial antibody library (e.g., human or murine).
  • yeast display methods that can be used to make the antibodies of the present invention include those disclosed Wittrup, et al. U.S. Pat. No. 6,699,658 incorporated herein by reference.
  • Antibodies for use in the compositions and/or methods of the present invention may be produced by any of a number of techniques known in the art. For example, expression from host cells, wherein expression vector(s) encoding the heavy and light chains is (are) transfected into a host cell by standard techniques.
  • transfection are intended to encompass a wide variety of techniques commonly used for the introduction of exogenous DNA into a prokaryotic or eukaryotic host cell, e.g., electroporation, calcium-phosphate precipitation, DEAE-dextran transfection and the like.
  • the antibodies of the invention in either prokaryotic or eukaryotic host cells, expression of antibodies in eukaryotic cells is preferable, and most preferable in mammalian host cells, because such eukaryotic cells (and in particular mammalian cells) are more likely than prokaryotic cells to assemble and secrete a properly folded and immunologically active antibody.
  • Preferred mammalian host cells for expressing the recombinant antibodies of the invention include Chinese Hamster Ovary (CHO cells) (including dhfr-CHO cells, described in Urlaub and ChasM, (1980) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 77:4216-4220, used with a DHFR selectable marker, e.g., as described in R. J. Kaufman and P. A. Sharp (1982) Mol. Biol. 159:601-621), NSO myeloma cells, COS cells and SP2 cells.
  • Chinese Hamster Ovary CHO cells
  • dhfr-CHO cells described in Urlaub and ChasM, (1980) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 77:4216-4220, used with a DHFR selectable marker, e.g., as described in R. J. Kaufman and P. A. Sharp (1982) Mol. Biol. 159:601-621
  • NSO myeloma cells COS
  • the antibodies When recombinant expression vectors encoding antibody genes are introduced into mammalian to host cells, the antibodies are produced by culturing the host cells for a period of time sufficient to allow for expression of the antibody in the host cells or, more preferably, secretion of the antibody into the culture medium in which the host cells are grown. Antibodies can be recovered from the culture medium using standard protein purification methods.
  • Host cells can also be used to produce functional antibody fragments, such as Fab fragments or scFv molecules. It will be understood that variations on the above procedure are within the scope of the present invention. For example, it may be desirable to transfect a host cell with DNA encoding functional fragments of either the light chain and/or the heavy chain of an antibody of this invention. Recombinant DNA technology may also be used to remove some, or all, of the DNA encoding either or both of the light and heavy chains that is not necessary for binding to the antigens of interest. The molecules expressed from such truncated DNA molecules are also encompassed by the antibodies of the invention.
  • bifunctional antibodies may be produced in which one heavy and one light chain are an antibody of the invention and the other heavy and light chain are specific for an antigen other than the antigens of interest by crosslinking an antibody of the invention to a second antibody by standard chemical crosslinking methods.
  • a recombinant expression vector encoding both the antibody heavy chain and the antibody light chain is introduced into dhfr-CHO cells by calcium phosphate-mediated transfection.
  • the antibody heavy and light chain genes are each operatively linked to CMV enhancer/AdMLP promoter regulatory elements to drive high levels of transcription of the genes.
  • the recombinant expression vector also carries a DHFR gene, which allows for selection of CHO cells that have been transfected with the vector using methotrexate selection/amplification.
  • the selected transformant host cells are cultured to allow for expression of the antibody heavy and light chains and intact antibody is recovered from the culture medium.
  • Standard molecular biology techniques are used to prepare the recombinant expression vector, transfect the host cells, select for transformants, culture the host cells and recover the antibody from the culture medium.
  • the invention provides a method of synthesizing a recombinant antibody of the invention by culturing a host cell of the invention in a suitable culture medium until a recombinant antibody of the invention is synthesized. The method can further comprise isolating the recombinant antibody from the culture medium.
  • Table 5 of U.S. Pat. No. 7,195,388 (the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference) is a list of amino acid sequences of VH and VL regions of preferred anti-IL-13 antibodies to be used in the compositions and/or methods of the invention.
  • These isolated anti-IL-13 antibody CDR sequences establish a family of IL-13 binding proteins, isolated in accordance with this invention, and comprising polypeptides that include the CDR sequences listed in Table 6 of U.S. Pat. No. 7,195,388 (the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference).
  • the antibody used in the compositions and/or methods of the invention is the antibody 13C5.5 (see U.S. Pat. No. 7,915,388, the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference).
  • 13C5.5 is a humanized antibody that binds with great affinity to helices A and D of interleukin 13 (IL-13) (see FIG. 1 ).
  • the heavy and light chain variable region sequences of 13C5.5 are set forth above as SEQ ID NO:2 and SEQ ID NO:3, respectively.
  • a chimeric antibody is a molecule in which different portions of the antibody are derived from different animal species, such as antibodies having a variable region derived from a murine monoclonal antibody and a human immunoglobulin constant region.
  • Methods for producing chimeric antibodies are known in the art and discussed in to detail in Example 2.1. See e.g., Morrison, Science 229:1202 (1985); Oi et al., BioTechniques 4:214 (1986); Gillies et al., (1989) J. Immunol. Methods 125:191-202; U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,807,715; 4,816,567; and 4,816,397, which are incorporated herein by reference in their entireties.
  • the chimeric antibodies for use in the compositions and/or methods of the invention are produced by replacing the heavy chain constant region of the murine monoclonal anti human IL-13 antibodies described in section 1 with a human IgG1 constant region.
  • the chimeric antibody of the invention comprises a heavy chain variable region (VH) comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 34; SEQ ID NO: 36; SEQ ID NO: 41; SEQ ID NO: 42; SEQ ID NO: 46 and a light chain variable region (VL) comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 35; SEQ ID NO: 37; SEQ ID NO: 40; SEQ ID NO: 43; or SEQ ID NO: 47 disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 7,195,388.
  • VH heavy chain variable region
  • VL light chain variable region
  • Humanized antibodies are antibody molecules from non-human species antibody that binds the desired antigen having one or more complementarity determining regions (CDRs) from the non-human species and framework regions from a human immunoglobulin molecule.
  • CDRs complementarity determining regions
  • Known human Ig sequences are disclosed, e.g., Kabat et al., Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, U.S. Dept. Health (1983), entirely incorporated herein by reference. Such imported sequences can be used to reduce immunogenicity or reduce, enhance or modify binding, affinity, on-rate, off-rate, avidity, specificity, half-life, or any other suitable characteristic, as known in the art.
  • Framework residues in the human framework regions may be substituted with the corresponding residue from the CDR donor antibody to alter, preferably improve, antigen binding.
  • These framework substitutions are identified by methods well known in the art, e.g., by modeling of the interactions of the CDR and framework residues to identify framework residues important for antigen binding and sequence comparison to identify unusual framework residues at particular positions. (See, e.g., Queen et al., U.S. Pat. No. 5,585,089; Riechmann et al., Nature 332:323 (1988), which are incorporated herein by reference in their entireties.) Three-dimensional immunoglobulin models are commonly available and are familiar to those skilled in the art.
  • Antibodies can be humanized using a variety of techniques known in the art, such as but not limited to those described in Jones et al., Nature 321:522 (1986); Verhoeyen et al., Science 239:1534 (1988)), Sims et al., J. Immunol. 151: 2296 (1993); Chothia and Lesk, J. Mol. Biol. 196:901 (1987), Carter et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 89:4285 (1992); Presta et al., J. Immunol.
  • anti-IL-13 antibodies for use in the compositions and/or methods of the present invention exhibit a high capacity to reduce or to neutralize IL-13 activity, e.g., as assessed by any one of several in vitro and in vivo assays known in the art (e.g., see Example 1.1.0 of U.S. Pat. No. 7,195,388, the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.).
  • these antibodies neutralize IL-13-induced production of TARC by A-549 cells with IC 50 values in the range of at least about 10 ⁇ 8 M, about 10 ⁇ 9 M, or about 10 ⁇ 10 M.
  • the isolated antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof binds human IL-13, wherein the antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, dissociates from human IL-13 with a k off rate constant of about 0.1 s ⁇ 1 or less, as determined by surface plasmon resonance, or which inhibits human IL-13 and/or human IL-13 activity with an IC 50 of about 1 ⁇ 10.sup.-6M or less.
  • the antibody, or an antigen-binding portion thereof may dissociate from human IL-13 with a k off rate constant of about 1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 2 s ⁇ 1 or less, as determined by surface plasmon resonance, or may inhibit human IL-13 and/or human IL-13 activity with an IC 50 of about 1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 7 M or less.
  • the antibody, or an antigen-binding portion thereof may dissociate from human IL-13 with a k off rate constant of about 1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 3 s ⁇ 1 or less, as determined by surface plasmon resonance, or may inhibit human IL-13 and/or human IL-13 with an IC 50 of about 1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 8 M or less.
  • the antibody, or an antigen-binding portion thereof may dissociate from human IL-13 with a k off rate constant of about 1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 4 s ⁇ 1 or less, as determined by surface plasmon resonance, or may inhibit IL-13 and/or human L-13 activity with an IC 50 of about 1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 9 M or less.
  • the antibody, or an antigen-binding portion thereof may dissociate from human IL-13 with a k off rate constant of about 1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 5 s ⁇ 1 or less, as determined by surface plasmon resonance, or may inhibit IL-13 and/or human IL-13 activity with an IC 50 of about 1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 10 M or less.
  • the antibody, or an antigen-binding portion thereof may dissociate from human IL-13 with a k off rate constant of about 1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 5 s ⁇ 1 or less, as determined by surface plasmon resonance, or may inhibit IL-13 and/or human IL-13 activity with an IC 50 of about 1 ⁇ 10 11 M or less.
  • IL-13 exerts its actions by binding to the IL-13 receptor (IL-13R) on the cell surface, the heterodimer comprised of the IL-13R ⁇ 1 chain (IL-13R ⁇ 1) and the IL-4R chain (IL-4R).
  • IL-13R ⁇ 2 the IL-13R ⁇ 2 chain (IL-13R ⁇ 2), which binds to IL-13 with high affinity (0.25-1.2 nM) (Caput, et al 1996 J. Biol. Chem. 271, 16921-16926; Donaldson et al 1998 J. Immunol.
  • IL-13R2 is initially thought to act as a nonsignaling “decoy” receptor. However, it was later discovered that it can bind to IL-13 and signals through AP-1 pathway, leading to TNF-beta production in certain cell types including macrophages, which in turn leads to lung fibrosis (Fichtner-Feigl, 2006 Nat Med 12:99-106). Therefore both IL-13R ⁇ 1/IL-4R ⁇ and IL-13R ⁇ 2 pathways contribute to the overall pathophysiology of asthma and other pulmonary inflammatory conditions. Therefore, a therapeutic anti-IL-13 antibody that blocks IL-13 binding to both receptors will be more effective that those that blocks only one receptor.
  • the instant invention provides compositions and/or methods which use monoclonal antibodies that block IL-13 binding to both IL-13R ⁇ 1 and IL-13R ⁇ 2.
  • Both ELISA-based receptor binding assay and 125-1-labeled IL-13 binding assay on cell surface demonstrated that 13C5, both murine version and humanized version (i.e., 13C5.5), were able to effective block IL-13 binding to both receptors.
  • Epitope mapping of 13C5 indicated that its binding site(s) included the C-terminal Helix D region of human IL-13 (residues VRDTK IEVAQ FVKDL LLHLK KLFRE GR, corresponding to amino acid 104-130 of SEQ ID NO. 1).
  • the c-terminal helix D region has been proposed to be involved in interactions with the IL-13 receptor (Zuegg et al 2001 Immunol Cell Biol. 79:332-9).
  • Crystal structure of human IL-13 complexed with the Fab portion of 13C5.5 antibody indicated that 13C5.5 binds the C-terminal Helix D region as well as the N-terminal Helix A region of human IL-13.
  • the antibody, or antigen binding fragment thereof binds human IL-13 such to that IL-13 with said antibody, or antigen binding fragment thereof, bound to the epitope defined by the topographic regions Ser26-Thr27-Ala28-Leu29-Arg30-Glu31-Leu32-Ile33-Glu34-Glu35-Leu36-Val37-A-sn38 and Lys123-Lys124-Leu125-Phe126-Arg127-Glu-128-Gly129-Arg130 of SEQ ID No. 1 is inhibited from binding to the IL-13 receptor.
  • the antibody, or antigen binding fragment thereof binds human IL-13 such that IL-13 with said antibody, or antigen binding fragment thereof, bound to the epitope defined by the topographic regions Arg30-Glu3′-Leu32-Ile33-Glu34-Glu35-Leu36-Val37-Asn38 and Lys123-Lys124-Leu125-Phe126-Arg127 of SEQ ID No. 1 is inhibited from binding to the IL-13.alpha.2 receptor.
  • the antibody comprises a heavy chain constant region, such as an IgG1, IgG2, IgG3, IgG4, IgA, IgE, IgM or IgD constant region.
  • the heavy chain constant region is an IgG1 heavy chain constant region or an IgG4 heavy chain constant region.
  • the antibody can comprise a light chain constant region, either a kappa light chain constant region or a lambda light chain constant region.
  • the antibody comprises a kappa light chain constant region.
  • the antibody portion can be, for example, a Fab fragment or a single chain Fv fragment.
  • Fc portion of an antibody mediates several important effector functions e.g. cytokine induction, ADCC, phagocytosis, complement dependent cytotoxicity (CDC) and half-life/clearance rate of antibody and antigen-antibody complexes. In some cases these effector functions are desirable for therapeutic antibody but in other cases might be unnecessary or even deleterious, depending on the therapeutic objectives.
  • Neonatal Fc receptors are the critical components determining the circulating half-life of antibodies.
  • at least one amino acid residue is replaced in the constant region of the antibody, for example the Fc region of the antibody, such that effector functions of the antibody are altered.
  • the methods and compositions of the invention use a labeled binding protein wherein an antibody or antibody portion of the invention is derivatized or linked to another functional molecule (e.g., another peptide or protein).
  • a labeled binding protein of the invention can be derived by functionally linking an antibody or antibody portion of the invention (by chemical coupling, genetic fusion, noncovalent association or otherwise) to one or more other molecular entities, such as another antibody (e.g., a bispecific antibody or a diabody), a detectable agent, a cytotoxic agent, a pharmaceutical agent, and/or a protein or peptide that can mediate associate of the antibody or antibody portion with another molecule (such as a streptavidin core region or a polyhistidine tag).
  • Useful detectable agents with which an antibody or antibody portion of the invention may be derivatized include fluorescent compounds.
  • Exemplary fluorescent detectable agents include fluorescein, fluorescein isothiocyanate, rhodamine, 5-dimethylamine-1-napthalenesulfonyl chloride, phycoerythrin and the like.
  • An antibody may also be derivatized with detectable enzymes, such as alkaline phosphatase, horseradish peroxidase, glucose oxidase and the like. When an antibody is derivatized with a detectable enzyme, it is detected by adding additional reagents that the enzyme uses to produce a detectable reaction product.
  • the detectable agent horseradish peroxidase when the detectable agent horseradish peroxidase is present, the addition of hydrogen peroxide and diaminobenzidine leads to a colored reaction product, which is detectable.
  • An antibody may also be derivatized with biotin, and detected through indirect measurement of avidin or streptavidin binding.
  • compositions and methods of the invention use a crystallized binding protein.
  • the invention relates to crystals of whole anti-IL-13 antibodies and fragments thereof as disclosed herein, and formulations and compositions comprising such crystals.
  • the crystallized binding protein has a greater half-life in vivo than the soluble counterpart of the binding protein.
  • the binding protein retains biological activity after crystallization.
  • Crystallized binding protein of the invention may be produced according methods known in the art and as disclosed in WO 02072636, incorporated herein by reference.
  • compositions and/or methods of the invention use a glycosylated binding protein wherein the antibody or antigen-binding portion thereof comprises one or more carbohydrate residues.
  • Nascent in vivo protein production may undergo further processing, known as post-translational modification.
  • sugar (glycosyl) residues may be added enzymatically, a process known as glycosylation.
  • glycosylation The resulting proteins bearing covalently linked oligosaccharide side chains are known as glycosylated proteins or glycoproteins.
  • Antibodies are glycoproteins with one or more carbohydrate residues in the Fc domain, as well as the variable domain.
  • Carbohydrate residues in the Fc domain have important effect on the effector function of the Fc domain, with minimal effect on antigen binding or half-life of the antibody (R. Jefferis, Biotechnol. Prog. 21 (2005), pp. 11-16).
  • glycosylation of the variable domain may have an effect on the antigen binding activity of the antibody.
  • Glycosylation in the variable domain may have a negative effect on antibody binding affinity, likely due to steric hindrance (Co, M. S., et al., Mol. Immunol. (1993) 30:1361-1367), or result in increased affinity for the antigen (Wallick, S. C., et al., Exp. Med. (1988) 168:1099-1109; Wright, A., et al., EMBO J. (1991) 10:2717 2723).
  • One aspect of the present invention is directed to generating glycosylation site mutants in which the O- or N-linked glycosylation site of the binding protein has been mutated.
  • One skilled in the art can generate such mutants using standard well-known technologies.
  • Glycosylation site mutants that retain the biological activity, but have increased or decreased binding activity, are another object of the present invention.
  • the glycosylation of the antibody or antigen-binding portion of the invention is modified.
  • an aglycoslated antibody can be made (i.e., the antibody lacks glycosylation).
  • Glycosylation can be altered to, for example, increase the affinity of the antibody for antigen.
  • carbohydrate modifications can be accomplished by, for example, altering one or more sites of glycosylation within the antibody sequence.
  • one or more amino acid substitutions can be made that result in elimination of one or more variable region glycosylation sites to thereby eliminate glycosylation at that site.
  • Such aglycosylation may increase the affinity of the antibody for antigen.
  • Such an approach is described in further detail in PCT Publication WO2003016466A2, and U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,714,350 and 6,350,861, each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
  • a modified antibody of the invention can be made that has an altered type of glycosylation, such as a hypofucosylated antibody having reduced amounts of fucosyl residues or an antibody having increased bisecting GlcNAc structures.
  • altered glycosylation patterns have been demonstrated to increase the ADCC ability of antibodies.
  • carbohydrate modifications can be accomplished by, for example, expressing the antibody in a host cell with altered glycosylation machinery. Cells with altered glycosylation machinery have been described in the art and can be used as host cells in which to express recombinant antibodies of the invention to thereby produce an antibody with altered glycosylation. See, for example, Shields, R. L. et al. (2002) J. Biol. Chem.
  • Protein glycosylation depends on the amino acid sequence of the protein of interest, as well as the host cell in which the protein is expressed. Different organisms may produce different glycosylation enzymes (e.g., glycosyltransferases and glycosidases), and have different substrates (nucleotide sugars) available. Due to such factors, protein glycosylation pattern, and composition of glycosyl residues, may differ depending on the host system in which the particular protein is expressed. Glycosyl residues useful in the invention may include, but are not limited to, glucose, galactose, mannose, fucose, n-acetylglucosamine and sialic acid.
  • the glycosylated binding protein comprises glycosyl residues such that the glycosylation pattern is human.
  • a therapeutic protein produced in a microorganism host such as yeast
  • glycosylated utilizing the yeast endogenous pathway may be reduced compared to that of the same protein expressed in a mammalian cell, such as a CHO cell line.
  • Such glycoproteins may also be immunogenic in humans and show reduced half-life in vivo after administration.
  • Specific receptors in humans and other animals may recognize specific glycosyl residues and promote the rapid clearance of the protein from the bloodstream.
  • a practitioner may prefer a therapeutic protein with a specific composition and pattern of glycosylation, for example glycosylation composition and pattern identical, or at least similar, to that produced in human cells or in the species-specific cells of the intended subject animal.
  • glycosylated proteins different from that of a host cell may be achieved by genetically modifying the host cell to express heterologous glycosylation enzymes. Using techniques known in the art a practitioner may generate antibodies or antigen-binding portions thereof exhibiting human protein glycosylation. For example, yeast strains have been genetically modified to express non-naturally occurring glycosylation enzymes such that glycosylated proteins (glycoproteins) produced in these yeast strains exhibit protein glycosylation identical to that of animal cells, especially human cells (U.S. patent applications 20040018590 and 20020137134 and PCT publication WO2005100584 A2, the entire contents of each of which are incorporated by reference herein).
  • the methods and/or compositions of the present invention may also use an anti-idiotypic (anti-Id) antibody specific for such binding proteins of the invention.
  • An anti-Id antibody is an antibody, which recognizes unique determinants generally associated with the antigen-binding region of another antibody.
  • the anti-Id can be prepared by immunizing an animal with the binding protein or a CDR containing region thereof. The immunized animal will recognize, and respond to the idiotypic determinants of the immunizing antibody and produce an anti-Id antibody.
  • the anti-Id antibody may also be used as an “immunogen” to induce an immune response in yet another animal, producing a so-called anti-anti-Id antibody.
  • a protein of interest may be expressed using a library of host cells genetically engineered to express various glycosylation enzymes, such that member host cells of the library produce the protein of interest with variant glycosylation patterns.
  • a practitioner may then select and isolate the protein of interest with particular novel glycosylation patterns.
  • the protein to having a particularly selected novel glycosylation pattern exhibits improved or altered biological properties.
  • compositions comprising an antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, of the invention and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • the compositions of the invention comprise an anti-IL-13 antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, such that when administered intravenously to a subject at a dose of about 0.3 mg/kg, the antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, is capable of exhibiting: (a) an area under the curve (AUC) of between about 1,500 and about 2,700 ⁇ gh/ml; (b) a volume of distribution of between about 65 and 125 mL/kg; (c) a peak concentration (C max ) of between about 5 and about 8 ⁇ g/ml; and (d) a clearance rate of between about 0.1 and about 0.2 ml/h/kg.
  • AUC area under the curve
  • C max peak concentration
  • the invention provides an isolated composition comprising an anti-IL-13 antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, such that, when administered intravenously to a subject at a dose of about 3 mg/kg, the antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, is capable of exhibiting: (a) an area under the curve (AUC) of between about 21,000 and about 33,500 ⁇ gh/ml; (b) a volume of distribution of between about 55 and about 100 mL/kg; (c) a peak concentration (C max ) of between about 55 and about 90 ⁇ g/ml; and (d) a clearance rate of between about 0.08 and about 0.15 ml/h/kg.
  • AUC area under the curve
  • C max peak concentration
  • the invention provides an isolated composition comprising an anti-IL-13 antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, such that, when administered intravenously to a subject at a dose of about 10 mg/kg, the antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, is capable of exhibiting: (a) an area under the curve (AUC) of between about 75 and about 100 ⁇ gh/ml; (b) a volume of distribution of between about 90 and about 130 mL/kg; (c) a peak concentration (C max ) of between about 185 and about 250 ⁇ g/ml; and (d) a clearance rate of between about 0.1 and about 0.15 ml/h/kg.
  • AUC area under the curve
  • C max peak concentration
  • the invention provides an isolated composition comprising an anti-IL-13 antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, such that, when administered subcutaneously to a subject at a dose of about 0.3 mg/kg, the antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, is capable of exhibiting: (a) an area under the curve (AUC) of between about 125 and about 800 ⁇ gh/ml; and (b) a peak concentration (C max ) of between about 1.0 and about 6.0 ⁇ g/ml.
  • AUC area under the curve
  • C max peak concentration
  • the invention provides an isolated composition comprising an anti-IL-13 antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, such that, when administered subcutaneously to a subject at a dose of about 3 mg/kg, the antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, is capable of exhibiting: (a) an area under the curve (AUC) of between about 1,100 and about 8,500 ⁇ gh/ml; and (b) a peak concentration (C max ) of between about 12 and about 60 ⁇ g/ml.
  • AUC area under the curve
  • C max peak concentration
  • the invention provides an isolated composition comprising an anti-IL-13 antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, such that, when administered intravenously to a subject at a dose of about 0.3 mg/kg, 1 mg/kg, 3 mg/kg or 10 mg/kg, the antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, is capable of exhibiting any of the pharmacokinetic parameters set forth in the specification, Tables or Figures.
  • the invention provides an isolated composition comprising an anti-IL-13 antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, such that, when administered subcutaneously to a subject at a dose of about 0.3 mg/kg, 1 mg/kg or 3 mg/kg, the antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, is capable of exhibiting any of the pharmacokinetic parameters set forth in the specification, Tables or Figures.
  • compositions comprising antibodies of the invention are for use in, but not limited to, diagnosing, detecting, or monitoring a disorder, in preventing, treating, managing, or ameliorating of a disorder or one or more symptoms thereof, and/or in research.
  • a composition comprises one or more antibodies of the invention.
  • the pharmaceutical composition comprises one or more antibodies of the invention and one or more prophylactic or therapeutic agents other than antibodies of the invention for treating a disorder in which IL-13 activity is detrimental, such as asthma.
  • the composition may further comprise of a carrier, diluent or excipient.
  • a pharmaceutical composition of the invention comprises an anti-IL-13 antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable carrier includes any and all solvents, dispersion media, coatings, antibacterial and antifungal agents, isotonic and absorption delaying agents, and the like that are physiologically compatible.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable carriers include one or more of water, saline, phosphate buffered saline, dextrose, glycerol, ethanol and the like, as well as combinations thereof.
  • isotonic agents for example, sugars, polyalcohols such as mannitol, sorbitol, or sodium chloride in the composition.
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers may further comprise minor amounts of auxiliary substances such as wetting or emulsifying agents, preservatives or buffers, which enhance the shelf life or effectiveness of the antibody or antibody portion.
  • Various delivery systems are known and can be used to administer one or more antibodies of the invention or the combination of one or more antibodies of the invention and a prophylactic agent or therapeutic agent useful for preventing, managing, treating, or ameliorating a disorder or one or more symptoms thereof, e.g., encapsulation in liposomes, microparticles, microcapsules, recombinant cells capable of expressing the antibody or antibody fragment, receptor-mediated endocytosis (see, e.g., Wu and Wu, J. Biol. Chem. 262:4429-4432 (1987)), construction of a nucleic acid as part of a retroviral or other vector, etc.
  • a prophylactic agent or therapeutic agent useful for preventing, managing, treating, or ameliorating a disorder or one or more symptoms thereof, e.g., encapsulation in liposomes, microparticles, microcapsules, recombinant cells capable of expressing the antibody or antibody fragment, receptor-mediated endocytosis (see,
  • Methods of administering a prophylactic or therapeutic agent of the invention include, but are not limited to, parenteral administration (e.g., intradermal, intramuscular, intraperitoneal, intravenous and subcutaneous), epidurala administration, intratumoral administration, and mucosal administration (e.g., intranasal and oral routes).
  • parenteral administration e.g., intradermal, intramuscular, intraperitoneal, intravenous and subcutaneous
  • epidurala administration e.g., intratumoral administration
  • mucosal administration e.g., intranasal and oral routes.
  • pulmonary administration can be employed, e.g., by use of an inhaler or nebulizer, and formulation with an aerosolizing agent. See, e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos.
  • an antibody of the invention, combination therapy, or a composition of the invention is administered using Alkermes AIRTM pulmonary drug delivery technology (Alkermes, Inc., Cambridge, Mass.).
  • prophylactic or therapeutic agents of the invention are administered intramuscularly, intravenously, intratumorally, orally, intranasally, pulmonary, or subcutaneously.
  • the prophylactic or therapeutic agents may be administered by any convenient route, for example by infusion or bolus injection, by absorption through epithelial or mucocutaneous linings (e.g., oral mucosa, rectal and intestinal mucosa, etc.) and may be administered together with other biologically active agents. Administration can be systemic or local.
  • compositions of the invention may be desirable to administer the compositions of the invention locally to the area in need of treatment; this may be achieved by, for example, and not by way of limitation, local infusion, by injection, or by means of an implant, said implant being of a porous or non-porous material, including membranes and matrices, such as sialastic membranes, polymers, fibrous matrices (e.g., TissuelTM), or collagen matrices.
  • an effective amount of one or more antibodies of the invention antagonists is administered locally to the affected area to a subject to prevent, treat, manage, and/or ameliorate a disorder or a symptom thereof.
  • an effective amount of one or more antibodies of the invention is administered locally to the affected area in combination with an effective amount of one or more therapies (e.g., one or more prophylactic or therapeutic agents) other than an antibody of the invention of a subject to prevent, treat, manage, and/or ameliorate a disorder or one or more symptoms thereof.
  • therapies e.g., one or more prophylactic or therapeutic agents
  • the prophylactic or therapeutic agent of the invention can be delivered in a controlled release or sustained release system.
  • a pump may be used to achieve controlled or sustained release (see Langer, supra; Sefton, 1987, CRC Crit. Ref. Biomed. Eng. 14:20; Buchwald et al., 1980, Surgery 88:507; Saudek et al., 1989, N. Engl. J. Med. 321:574).
  • polymeric materials can be used to achieve controlled or sustained release of the therapies of the invention (see e.g., Medical Applications of Controlled Release, Langer and Wise (eds.), CRC Pres., Boca Raton, Fla.
  • polymers used in sustained release formulations include, but are not limited to, poly(2-hydroxy ethyl methacrylate), poly(methyl methacrylate), poly(acrylic acid), poly(ethylene-co-vinyl acetate), poly(methacrylic acid), polyglycolides (PLG), polyanhydrides, poly(N-vinyl pyrrolidone), poly(vinyl alcohol), polyacrylamide, poly(ethylene glycol), polylactides (PLA), poly(lactide-co-glycolides) (PLGA), and polyorthoesters.
  • the polymer used in a sustained release formulation is inert, free of leachable impurities, stable on storage, sterile, and biodegradable.
  • a controlled or sustained release system can be placed in proximity of the prophylactic or therapeutic target, thus requiring only a fraction of the systemic dose (see, e.g., Goodson, in Medical Applications of Controlled Release, supra, vol. 2, pp. 115-138 (1984)).
  • Controlled release systems are discussed in the review by Langer (1990, Science 249:1527-1533). Any technique known to one of skill in the art can be used to produce sustained release formulations comprising one or more therapeutic agents of the invention. See, e.g., U.S. Pat. No.
  • a pharmaceutical composition of the invention is formulated to be compatible with its intended route of administration.
  • routes of administration include, but are not limited to, parenteral, e.g., intravenous, intradermal, subcutaneous, oral, intranasal (e.g., inhalation), transdermal (e.g., topical), transmucosal, and rectal administration.
  • the composition is formulated in accordance with routine procedures as a pharmaceutical composition adapted for intravenous, subcutaneous, intramuscular, oral, intranasal, or topical administration to human beings.
  • compositions for intravenous administration are solutions in sterile isotonic aqueous buffer.
  • the composition may also include a solubilizing agent and a local anesthetic such as lignocamne to ease pain at the site of the injection.
  • compositions of the invention are to be administered topically, the compositions can be formulated in the form of an ointment, cream, transdermal patch, lotion, gel, shampoo, spray, aerosol, solution, emulsion, or other form well-known to one of skill in the art. See, e.g., Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences and Introduction to Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms, 19th ed., Mack Pub. Co., Easton, Pa. (1995).
  • viscous to semi-solid or solid forms comprising a carrier or one or more excipients compatible with topical application and having a dynamic viscosity preferably greater than water are typically employed.
  • Suitable formulations include, without limitation, solutions, suspensions, emulsions, creams, ointments, powders, liniments, salves, and the like, which are, if desired, sterilized or mixed with auxiliary agents (e.g., preservatives, stabilizers, wetting agents, buffers, or salts) for influencing various properties, such as, for example, osmotic pressure.
  • auxiliary agents e.g., preservatives, stabilizers, wetting agents, buffers, or salts
  • Other suitable topical dosage forms include sprayable aerosol preparations wherein the active ingredient, preferably in combination with a solid or liquid inert carrier, is packaged in a mixture with a pressurized volatile (e.g., a gaseous propellant, such as freon) or in a squeeze bottle.
  • a pressurized volatile e.g., a gaseous propellant, such as freon
  • humectants can also be added to pharmaceutical composition
  • the composition can be formulated in an aerosol form, spray, mist or in the form of drops.
  • prophylactic or therapeutic agents for use according to the present invention can be conveniently delivered in the form of an aerosol spray presentation from pressurized packs or a nebuliser, with the use of a suitable propellant (e.g., dichlorodifluoromethane, trichlorofluoromethane, dichlorotetrafluoroethane, carbon dioxide or other suitable gas).
  • a suitable propellant e.g., dichlorodifluoromethane, trichlorofluoromethane, dichlorotetrafluoroethane, carbon dioxide or other suitable gas.
  • the dosage unit may be determined by providing a valve to deliver a metered amount.
  • Capsules and cartridges for use in an inhaler or insufflator may be formulated containing a powder mix of the compound and a suitable powder base such as lactose or starch.
  • compositions of the invention can be formulated orally in the form of tablets, capsules, cachets, gelcaps, solutions, suspensions, and the like.
  • Tablets or capsules can be prepared by conventional means with pharmaceutically acceptable excipients such as binding agents (e.g., pregelatinised maize starch, polyvinylpyrrolidone, or hydroxypropyl methylcellulose); fillers (e.g., lactose, microcrystalline cellulose, or calcium hydrogen phosphate); lubricants (e.g., magnesium stearate, talc, or silica); disintegrants (e.g., potato starch or sodium starch glycolate); or wetting agents (e.g., sodium lauryl sulphate).
  • binding agents e.g., pregelatinised maize starch, polyvinylpyrrolidone, or hydroxypropyl methylcellulose
  • fillers e.g., lactose, microcrystalline cellulose, or calcium hydrogen phosphate
  • Liquid preparations for oral administration may take the form of, but not limited to, solutions, syrups or suspensions, or they may be presented as a dry product for constitution with water or other suitable vehicle before use.
  • Such liquid preparations may be prepared by conventional means with pharmaceutically acceptable additives such as suspending agents (e.g., sorbitol syrup, cellulose derivatives, or hydrogenated edible fats); emulsifying agents (e.g., lecithin or acacia); non-aqueous vehicles (e.g., almond oil, oily esters, ethyl alcohol, or fractionated vegetable oils); and preservatives (e.g., methyl or propyl-p-hydroxybenzoates or sorbic acid).
  • the preparations may also contain buffer salts, flavoring, coloring, and sweetening agents as appropriate.
  • Preparations for oral administration may be suitably formulated for slow release, controlled release, or sustained release of a prophylactic or therapeutic agent(s).
  • the methods of the invention may comprise pulmonary administration, e.g., by use of an inhaler or nebulizer, of a composition formulated with an aerosolizing agent.
  • pulmonary administration e.g., by use of an inhaler or nebulizer, of a composition formulated with an aerosolizing agent.
  • an antibody of the invention, combination therapy, and/or composition of the invention is administered using Alkermes AIRTM pulmonary drug delivery technology (Alkermes, Inc., Cambridge, Mass.).
  • the methods of the invention may also comprise administration of a composition formulated for parenteral administration by injection (e.g., by bolus injection or continuous infusion).
  • Formulations for injection may be presented in unit dosage form (e.g., in ampoules or in multi-dose containers) with an added preservative.
  • the compositions may take such forms as suspensions, solutions or emulsions in oily or aqueous vehicles, and may contain formulatory agents such as suspending, stabilizing and/or dispersing agents.
  • the active ingredient may be in powder form for constitution with a suitable vehicle (e.g., sterile pyrogen-free water) before use.
  • compositions formulated as depot preparations may additionally comprise of administration of compositions formulated as depot preparations.
  • long acting formulations may be administered by implantation (e.g., subcutaneously or intramuscularly) or by intramuscular injection.
  • the compositions may be formulated with suitable polymeric or hydrophobic materials (e.g., as an emulsion in an acceptable oil) or ion exchange resins, or as sparingly soluble derivatives (e.g., as a sparingly soluble salt).
  • compositions formulated as neutral or salt forms include those formed with anions such as those derived from hydrochloric, phosphoric, acetic, oxalic, tartaric acids, etc., and those formed with cations such as those derived from sodium, potassium, ammonium, calcium, ferric hydroxides, isopropylamine, triethylamine, 2-ethylamino ethanol, histidine, procaine, etc.
  • compositions are supplied either separately or mixed together in unit dosage form, for example, as a dry lyophilized powder or water free concentrate in a hermetically sealed container such as an ampoule or sachette indicating the quantity of active agent.
  • a hermetically sealed container such as an ampoule or sachette indicating the quantity of active agent.
  • composition can be dispensed with an infusion bottle containing sterile pharmaceutical grade water or saline.
  • an ampoule of sterile water for injection or saline can be provided so that the ingredients may be mixed prior to administration.
  • compositions of the invention may be packaged in a hermetically sealed container such as an ampoule or sachette indicating the quantity of the agent.
  • the compositions of the invention may be supplied as a dry sterilized lyophilized powder or water free concentrate in a hermetically sealed container and can be reconstituted (e.g., with water or saline) to the appropriate concentration for administration to a subject.
  • the compositions of the invention are supplied as a dry sterile lyophilized powder in a hermetically sealed container at a unit dosage of at least 5 mg, more preferably at least 10 mg, at least 15 mg, at least 25 mg, at least 35 mg, at least 45 mg, at least 50 mg, at least 75 mg, or at least 100 mg.
  • the lyophilized prophylactic or therapeutic agents or pharmaceutical compositions of the invention should be stored at between 2° C. and 8° C. in its original container and the prophylactic or therapeutic agents, or pharmaceutical compositions of the invention should be administered within 1 week, preferably within 5 days, within 72 hours, within 48 hours, within 24 hours, within 12 hours, within 6 hours, within 5 hours, within 3 hours, or within 1 hour after being reconstituted.
  • one or more of the prophylactic or therapeutic agents or pharmaceutical compositions of the invention is supplied in liquid form in a hermetically sealed container indicating the quantity and concentration of the agent.
  • the liquid form of the administered composition is supplied in a hermetically sealed container at least 0.25 mg/ml, more preferably at least 0.5 mg/ml, at least 1 mg/ml, at least 2.5 mg/ml, at least 5 mg/ml, at least 8 mg/ml, at least 10 mg/ml, at least 15 mg/kg, at least 25 mg/ml, at least 50 mg/ml, at least 75 mg/ml or at least 100 mg/ml.
  • the liquid form should be stored at between 2° C. and 8° C. in its original container.
  • compositions of the invention are preferably suitable for parenteral administration.
  • the compositions of the invention may be prepared as an injectable solution containing 0.1-250 mg/ml antibody.
  • the injectable solution can be composed of either a liquid or lyophilized dosage form in a flint or amber vial, ampule or pre-filled syringe.
  • the buffer can be L-histidine (1-50 mM), optimally 5-10 mM, at pH 5.0 to 7.0 (optimally pH 6.0).
  • Other suitable buffers include but are not limited to, sodium succinate, sodium citrate, sodium phosphate or potassium phosphate.
  • Sodium chloride can be used to modify the toxicity of the solution at a concentration of 0-300 mM (optimally 150 mM for a liquid dosage form).
  • Cryoprotectants can be included for a lyophilized dosage form, principally 0-10% sucrose (optimally 0.5-1.0%).
  • Other suitable cryoprotectants include trehalose and lactose.
  • Bulking agents can be included for a lyophilized dosage form, principally 1-10% mannitol (optimally 24%).
  • Stabilizers can be used in both liquid and lyophilized dosage forms, principally 1-50 mM L-Methionine (optimally 5-10 mM).
  • compositions comprising the antibodies and antibody-portions of the invention prepared as an injectable solution for parenteral administration, can further comprise an agent useful as an adjuvant, such as those used to increase the absorption, or dispersion of a therapeutic protein (e.g., antibody).
  • an agent useful as an adjuvant such as those used to increase the absorption, or dispersion of a therapeutic protein (e.g., antibody).
  • a particularly useful adjuvant is hyaluronidase, such as HylenexTM (recombinant human hyaluronidase).
  • hyaluronidase in the injectable solution improves human bioavailability following parenteral administration, particularly subcutaneous administration. It also allows for greater injection site volumes (i.e. greater than 1 ml) with less pain and discomfort, and minimum incidence of injection site reactions. (see WO2004078140, US2006104968 incorporated herein by reference).
  • compositions of this invention may be in a variety of forms. These include, for example, liquid, semi-solid and solid dosage forms, such as liquid solutions (e.g., injectable and infusible solutions), dispersions or suspensions, tablets, pills, powders, liposomes and suppositories.
  • liquid solutions e.g., injectable and infusible solutions
  • dispersions or suspensions tablets, pills, powders, liposomes and suppositories.
  • the preferred form depends on the intended mode of administration and therapeutic application. Typical preferred compositions are in the form of injectable or infusible solutions, such as compositions similar to those used for passive immunization of humans with other antibodies.
  • the preferred mode of administration is parenteral (e.g., intravenous, subcutaneous, intraperitoneal, intramuscular).
  • the antibody is administered by intravenous infusion or injection.
  • the antibody is administered by intramuscular or subcutaneous injection.
  • compositions typically must be sterile and stable under the conditions of manufacture and storage.
  • the composition can be formulated as a solution, microemulsion, dispersion, liposome, or other ordered structure suitable to high drug concentration.
  • Sterile injectable solutions can be prepared by incorporating the active compound (i.e., antibody or antibody portion) in the required amount in an appropriate solvent with one or a combination of ingredients enumerated above, as required, followed by filtered sterilization.
  • dispersions are prepared by incorporating the active compound into a sterile vehicle that contains a basic dispersion medium and the required other ingredients from those enumerated above.
  • the preferred methods of preparation are vacuum drying and spray-drying that yields a powder of the active ingredient plus any additional desired ingredient from a previously sterile-filtered solution thereof.
  • the proper fluidity of a solution can be maintained, for example, by the use of a coating such as lecithin, by the maintenance of the required particle size in the case of dispersion and by the use of surfactants.
  • Prolonged absorption of injectable compositions can be brought about by including, in the composition, an agent that delays absorption, for example, monostearate salts and gelatin.
  • compositions of the present invention can be administered by a variety of methods known in the art, although for many therapeutic applications, the preferred route/mode of administration is subcutaneous injection, intravenous injection or infusion. As will be appreciated by the skilled artisan, the route and/or mode of administration will vary depending upon the desired results.
  • the active compound may be prepared with a carrier that will protect the compound against rapid release, such as a controlled release formulation, including implants, transdermal patches, and microencapsulated delivery systems.
  • a controlled release formulation including implants, transdermal patches, and microencapsulated delivery systems.
  • Biodegradable, biocompatible polymers can be used, such as ethylene vinyl acetate, polyanhydrides, polyglycolic acid, collagen, polyorthoesters, and polylactic acid. Many methods for the preparation of such formulations are patented or generally known to those skilled in the art. See, e.g., Sustained and Controlled Release Drug Delivery Systems, J. R. Robinson, ed., Marcel Dekker, Inc., New York, 1978
  • compositions of the invention may be orally administered, for example, with an inert diluent or an assimilable edible carrier.
  • the compound (and other ingredients, if desired) may also be enclosed in a hard or soft shell to gelatin capsule, compressed into tablets, or incorporated directly into the subject's diet.
  • the compounds may be incorporated with excipients and used in the form of ingestible tablets, buccal tablets, troches, capsules, elixirs, suspensions, syrups, wafers, and the like.
  • an antibody or antibody portion of the invention is coformulated with and/or coadministered with one or more additional therapeutic agents that are useful for treating disorders in which IL-13 activity is detrimental.
  • an anti-IL-13 antibody or antibody portion of the invention may be coformulated and/or coadministered with one or more additional antibodies that bind other targets (e.g., antibodies that bind other cytokines or that bind cell surface molecules).
  • one or more antibodies of the invention may be used in combination with two or more of the foregoing therapeutic agents.
  • Such combination therapies may advantageously utilize lower dosages of the administered therapeutic agents, thus avoiding possible toxicities or complications associated with the various monotherapies.
  • an anti-1′-13 antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof is linked to a half-life extending vehicle known in the art.
  • vehicles include, but are not limited to, the Fc domain, polyethylene glycol, and dextran.
  • Such vehicles are described, e.g., in U.S. application Ser. No. 09/428,082 and published PCT Application No. WO 99/25044, which are hereby incorporated by reference for any purpose.
  • compositions of the invention may include a “therapeutically effective amount” or a “prophylactically effective amount” of an antibody or antibody portion of the invention.
  • a “therapeutically effective amount” refers to an amount effective, at dosages and for periods of time necessary, to achieve the desired therapeutic result.
  • a therapeutically effective amount of the antibody or antibody portion may be determined by a person skilled in the art and may vary according to factors such as the disease state, age, sex, and weight of the individual, and the ability of the antibody or antibody portion to elicit a desired response in the individual.
  • a therapeutically effective amount is also one in which any toxic or detrimental effects of the antibody, or antibody portion, are outweighed by the therapeutically beneficial effects.
  • prophylactically effective amount refers to an amount effective, at dosages and for periods of time necessary, to achieve the desired prophylactic result. Typically, since a prophylactic dose is used in subjects prior to or at an earlier stage of disease, the prophylactically effective amount will be less than the therapeutically effective amount.
  • Dosage regimens may be adjusted to provide the optimum desired response (e.g., a therapeutic or prophylactic response). For example, a single bolus may be administered, several divided doses may be administered over time or the dose may be proportionally reduced or increased as indicated by the exigencies of the therapeutic situation. It is especially advantageous to formulate parenteral compositions in dosage unit form for ease of administration and uniformity of dosage.
  • Dosage unit form as used herein refers to physically discrete units suited as unitary dosages for the mammalian subjects to be treated; each unit containing a predetermined quantity of active compound calculated to produce the desired therapeutic effect in association with the required pharmaceutical carrier.
  • An exemplary, non-limiting range for a therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount of an antibody or antibody portion of the invention is 0.1-20 mg/kg, more preferably 1-10 mg/kg. In one embodiment, a therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount of the antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, is 0.3 mg/kg. In another embodiment, a therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount of the antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, is 3 mg/kg. In another embodiment, a therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount of the antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, is 10 mg/kg.
  • a therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount of the antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof is 0.1 mg/kg, 0.2 mg/kg, 0.3 mg/kg, 0.4 mg/kg, 0.5 mg/kg, 0.6 mg/kg, 0.7 mg/kg, 0.8 mg/kg, 0.9 mg/kg, 1 mg/kg, 1.25 mg/kg, 1.5 mg/kg, 1.75 mg/kg, 2 mg/kg, 2.5 mg/kg, 3 mg/kg, 3.5 mg/kg, 4 mg/kg, 4.5 mg/kg, 5 mg/kg, 5.5 mg/kg, 6 mg/kg, 6.5 mg/kg, 7 mg/kg, 7.5 mg/kg, 8 mg/kg, 8.5 mg/kg, 9 mg/kg, 9.5 mg/kg, 10 mg/kg, 11 mg/kg, 12 mg/kg, 13 mg/kg, 14 mg/kg, 15 mg/kg, 16 mg/kg, 17 mg/kg, 18 mg/kg, 19 mg/kg or 20 mg/kg.
  • dosage values may vary with the type and severity of the condition to be alleviated. It is to be further understood that for any particular subject, specific dosage regimens should be adjusted over time according to the individual need and the professional judgment of the person administering or supervising the administration of the compositions, and that dosage ranges set forth herein are exemplary only and are not intended to limit the scope or practice of the claimed composition.
  • this application features a method of treating (e.g., curing, suppressing, ameliorating, delaying or preventing the onset of, or preventing recurrence or relapse of) or preventing an IL-13-associated disorder, such as asthma, in a subject.
  • the method includes: administering to the subject an IL-13 binding agent (particularly an antagonist), e.g., an anti-IL-13 antibody or antigen-biding portion thereof as described herein, in an amount sufficient to treat or prevent the IL-13-associated disorder, such as asthma.
  • the IL-13 antagonist e.g., the anti-IL-13 antibody or antigen-binding portion thereof, can be administered to the subject, alone or in combination with other therapeutic modalities as described herein.
  • the subject is a mammal, e.g., a human suffering from one or more IL-13-associated disorders, including, e.g., respiratory disorders (e.g., asthma (e.g., allergic and nonallergic asthma or mild asthma, or moderate asthma), chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), and other conditions involving airway inflammation, eosinophilia, fibrosis and excess mucus production; atopic disorders (e.g., atopic dermatitis and allergic rhinitis).
  • respiratory disorders e.g., asthma (e.g., allergic and nonallergic asthma or mild asthma, or moderate asthma), chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), and other conditions involving airway inflammation, eosinophilia, fibrosis and excess mucus production
  • COPD chronic obstructive pulmonary disease
  • atopic disorders e.g., atopic dermatitis and allergic rhinitis.
  • the disclosure includes the use of an IL-13 binding agent (such as an anti-IL-13 antibody or fragment thereof described herein) for a treatment described herein and the use of an IL-13 binding agent (such as an anti-IL-13 antibody or fragment thereof described herein) for preparing a medicament for a treatment described herein.
  • an IL-13 binding agent such as an anti-IL-13 antibody or fragment thereof described herein
  • an IL-13 binding agent such as an anti-IL-13 antibody or fragment thereof described herein
  • IL-13-associated disorders include, but are not limited to, a disorder chosen from one or more of: respiratory disorders, e.g., asthma (e.g., allergic and nonallergic asthma (e.g., asthma due to infection with, e.g., respiratory syncytial virus (RSV), e.g., in younger children)), chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), and other conditions involving airway inflammation, eosinophilia, fibrosis and excess mucus production, e.g., cystic fibrosis and pulmonary fibrosis.
  • respiratory disorders e.g., asthma (e.g., allergic and nonallergic asthma (e.g., asthma due to infection with, e.g., respiratory syncytial virus (RSV), e.g., in younger children)), chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), and other conditions involving airway inflammation, eosinophilia, fibrosis and excess mucus production,
  • this application provides a method of treating (e.g., reducing, ameliorating) or preventing one or more symptoms associated with a respiratory disorder, e.g., asthma (e.g., allergic and nonallergic asthma); allergies;
  • a respiratory disorder e.g., asthma (e.g., allergic and nonallergic asthma); allergies;
  • COPD chronic obstructive pulmonary disease
  • symptoms of asthma include, but are not limited to, wheezing, shortness of breath, bronchoconstriction, airway hyperreactivity, decreased lung capacity, fibrosis, airway inflammation, and mucus production.
  • the method comprises administering to the subject an IL-13 antagonist, e.g., an IL-13 antibody or a fragment thereof, in an amount sufficient to treat (e.g., reduce, ameliorate) or prevent one or more symptoms.
  • the IL-13 antibody can be administered therapeutically or prophylactically, or both.
  • the IL-13 antagonist e.g., the anti-IL-13 antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, can be administered to the subject, alone or in combination with other therapeutic modalities as described herein.
  • the subject is a mammal, e.g., a human suffering from an IL-13-associated disorder, such as asthma, as described herein.
  • this application provides a method for detecting the presence of IL-13 in a sample in vitro (e.g., a biological sample, such as serum, plasma, tissue, biopsy).
  • a sample in vitro e.g., a biological sample, such as serum, plasma, tissue, biopsy.
  • the subject method can be used to diagnose a disorder, e.g., asthma, e.g., mild or moderate asthma.
  • the method includes: (i) contacting the sample or a control sample with the anti-IL-13 antibody or fragment thereof as described herein; and (ii) detecting formation of a complex between the anti-IL-13 antibody or fragment thereof, and the sample or the control sample, wherein a statistically significant change in the formation of the complex in the sample relative to the control sample is indicative of the presence of the IL-13 in the sample.
  • this application provides a method for detecting the presence of IL-13 in vivo (e.g., in vivo imaging in a subject).
  • the subject method can be used to diagnose a disorder, e.g., an IL-13-associated disorder, e.g., asthma, e.g., mild or moderate asthma.
  • the method includes: (i) administering the anti-IL-13 antibody or fragment thereof as described herein to a subject or a control subject under conditions that allow binding of the antibody or fragment to IL-13; and (ii) detecting formation of a complex between the antibody or fragment and IL-13, wherein a statistically significant change in the formation of the complex in the subject relative to the control subject is indicative of the presence of IL-13.
  • Antibodies of the invention, or antigen binding portions thereof can be used alone or in combination to treat such diseases. It should be understood that the antibodies of the invention or antigen binding portion thereof can be used alone or in combination with an additional agent, e.g., a therapeutic agent, said additional agent being selected by the skilled artisan for its intended purpose.
  • the additional agent can be a therapeutic agent art-recognized as being useful to treat the disease or condition being treated by the antibody of the present invention.
  • the additional agent also can be an agent that imparts a beneficial attribute to the therapeutic composition e.g., an agent which effects the viscosity of the composition.
  • the combinations which are to be included within this invention are those combinations useful for their intended purpose.
  • the agents set forth below are illustrative for purposes and not intended to be limited.
  • the combinations, which are part of this invention can be the antibodies of the present invention and at least one additional agent selected from the lists below.
  • the combination can also include more than one additional agent, e.g., two or three additional agents if the combination is such that the formed composition can perform its intended function.
  • the combination therapy can include one or more IL-13 antagonists, e.g., anti-IL-13 antibodies or fragments thereof, coformulated with, and/or coadministered with, one or more additional therapeutic agents, e.g., one or more cytokine and growth factor inhibitors, immunosuppressants, anti-inflammatory agents (e.g., systemic anti-inflammatory agents), anti-fibrotic agents, metabolic inhibitors, enzyme inhibitors, and/or cytotoxic or cytostatic agents, as described in more herein.
  • additional therapeutic agents e.g., one or more cytokine and growth factor inhibitors, immunosuppressants, anti-inflammatory agents (e.g., systemic anti-inflammatory agents), anti-fibrotic agents, metabolic inhibitors, enzyme inhibitors, and/or cytotoxic or cytostatic agents, as described in more herein.
  • IL-13 antagonists examples include, but are not limited to, one or more of: inhaled steroids; beta-agonists, e.g., short-acting or long-acting beta-agonists; antagonists of leukotrienes or leukotriene receptors; combination drugs such as ADVAIR; IgE inhibitors, e.g., anti-IgE antibodies (e.g., XOLAIR); phosphodiesterase inhibitors (e.g., PDE4 inhibitors); xanthines; anticholinergic drugs; mast cell-stabilizing agents such as cromolyn; IL-4 inhibitors; IL-5 inhibitors; eotaxin/CCR3 inhibitors; antagonists of histamine or its receptors including H1, H2, H3, and H4, and antagonists of prostaglandin D or its receptors (DP1 and CRTH2).
  • inhaled steroids beta-agonists, e.g., short-acting or long-acting beta-agonists
  • TNF antagonists e.g., a soluble fragment of a TNF receptor, e.g., p55 or p75 human TNF receptor or derivatives thereof, e.g., 75 kD TNFR-IgG (75 kD TNF receptor-IgG fusion protein, ENBREL
  • TNF enzyme antagonists e.g., TNF converting enzyme (TACE) inhibitors
  • muscarinic receptor antagonists e.g., TGF-beta antagonists
  • interferon gamma perfenidone
  • chemotherapeutic agents e.g., methotrexate, leflunomide, or a sirolimus (rapamycin) or an analog thereof, e.g., CCI-779; COX2 and cPLA2 inhibitors
  • CCI-779 e.g., CCI-779
  • COX2 and cPLA2 inhibitors e.g., CCI-779
  • cytokine suppressive anti-inflammatory drug(s) CSAIDs
  • antibodies to or antagonists of other human cytokines or growth factors for example, IL-1, IL-2, IL-3, IL-4, IL-5, IL-6, IL-7, IL-8, IL-15, IL-16, IL-18, IL-21, IL-31, interferons, EMAP-II, GM-CSF, FGF, EGF, PDGF, and edothelin-1, as well as the receptors of these cytokines and growth factors.
  • Antibodies of the invention, or antigen binding portions thereof, can be combined with antibodies to cell surface molecules such as CD2, CD3, CD4, CD8, CD25, CD28, CD30, CD40, CD45, CD69, CD80 (B7.1), CD86 (B7.2), CD90, CTLA or their ligands including CD154 (gp39 or CD40L).
  • cell surface molecules such as CD2, CD3, CD4, CD8, CD25, CD28, CD30, CD40, CD45, CD69, CD80 (B7.1), CD86 (B7.2), CD90, CTLA or their ligands including CD154 (gp39 or CD40L).
  • Preferred combinations of therapeutic agents may interfere at different points in the inflammatory cascade; preferred examples include TNF antagonists like chimeric, humanized or human TNF antibodies, D2E7, (PCT Publication No. WO 97/29131), CA2 (RemicadeTM), CDP 571, and soluble p55 or p75 TNF receptors, derivatives, thereof, (p75TNFR1gG (EnbrelTM) or p55TNFR IgG (Lenercept), and also TNF converting enzyme (TACE) inhibitors; similarly IL-1 inhibitors (Interleukin-1-converting enzyme inhibitors, IL-1RA etc.) may be effective for the same reason.
  • TNF antagonists like chimeric, humanized or human TNF antibodies, D2E7, (PCT Publication No. WO 97/29131), CA2 (RemicadeTM), CDP 571, and soluble p55 or p75 TNF receptors, derivatives, thereof, (p75TNFR1gG (EnbrelTM)
  • Yet another preferred combination are other key players of the asthmatic response which may act parallel to, dependent on or in concert with IL-13 function; especially preferred are IL-9 antagonists including IL-9 antibodies. It has been shown that IL-13 and IL-9 have overlapping but distinct functions and a combination of antagonists to both may be most effective. Yet another preferred combination are anti-IL-5 antibodies. Yet other preferred combinations include antagonists of chemokines including MCP-1, MCP-4, eotaxins, RANTES, MDC, CCL-12 and CCL-17 (TARC) and chemokine receptors including CCR2, CCR3, CCR4, and CXCR4.
  • asthma mediators including acid mammalian chitinase, CRHT2, chymase, S1P1, S1P2, Tyk2, ROCKII, Stat6, p38, NFkB, phosphodiesterase 4 (PDE-4), mast cell trytase, NO, adenosine, IKK2, GATA3, ICAM-1, VCAM-1, and ICOS.
  • antagonists to asthma mediators including acid mammalian chitinase, CRHT2, chymase, S1P1, S1P2, Tyk2, ROCKII, Stat6, p38, NFkB, phosphodiesterase 4 (PDE-4), mast cell trytase, NO, adenosine, IKK2, GATA3, ICAM-1, VCAM-1, and ICOS.
  • a disorder in which IL-13 activity is detrimental is intended to include diseases and other disorders in which the presence of IL-13 in a subject suffering from the disorder has been shown to be or is suspected of being either responsible for the pathophysiology of the disorder or a factor that contributes to a worsening of the disorder.
  • the disorder in which IL-13 activity is detrimental is asthma, e.g., mild asthma or moderate asthma. Accordingly, a disorder in which IL-13 activity is detrimental is a disorder in which reduction of IL-13 activity is expected to alleviate the symptoms and/or progression of the disorder.
  • disorders may be evidenced, for example, by an increase in the concentration of IL-13 in a biological fluid of a subject suffering from the disorder (e.g., an increase in the concentration of IL-13 in serum, plasma, synovial fluid, etc. of the subject), which can be detected, for example, using an anti-IL-13 antibody as described above.
  • disorders that can be treated with the antibodies of the invention include asthma, e.g., mild or moderate asthma, as well as those disorders discussed in the section below pertaining to pharmaceutical compositions of the antibodies of the invention.
  • binding proteins of the invention may be incorporated into DVD-Ig proteins where in the DVD is capable of binding target pairs including, but not limited to, IL-13 and a pro-inflammatory cytokine, such as tumor necrosis factor- ⁇ (TNF- ⁇ ).
  • TNF- ⁇ tumor necrosis factor- ⁇
  • TNF- ⁇ may amplify the inflammatory response in asthma and may be linked to disease severity (McDonnell, et al., Progress in Respiratory Research (2001), 31(New Drugs for Asthma, Allergy and COPD), 247-250). This suggests that blocking both IL-13 and TNF- ⁇ may have beneficial effects, particularly in severe airway disease.
  • the DVD-Ig of the invention binds the targets IL-13 and TNF ⁇ and is used for treating asthma.
  • Asthma is a chronic inflammatory disorder of the airways characterized by wheezing, breathlessness, chest tightness, and cough. Asthma affects approximately 20 million people in the US, and about 75% of asthma patients are adults. Of the adult asthma patients, approximately 60% of asthma patients have mild disease, about 20% have moderate disease and the remaining 20% have severe disease.
  • Interleukin-13 is thought to be pivotal in the pathogenesis of human asthma, in that elevated levels of IL-13 are present in the lungs of asthma patients, and these levels correlate with disease severity ( FIG. 1 ). Likewise, increased IL-13 is present in both sputum and in lung biopsies of patients with moderate to severe asthma who are treated with inhaled corticosteroids (ICS) or systemic corticosteroids and continue to be symptomatic. Moreover, human IL-13 genetic polymorphisms are associated with asthma and atopy (allergic hypersensitivity). IL-13 binds to two receptors, IL-13R ⁇ 1 and IL-13R ⁇ 2. IL-13 is a well-validated target for asthma as efficacy has been demonstrated using various means of IL-13 antagonism in multiple, pre-clinical models of asthma.
  • 13C5.5 is a humanized recombinant immunoglobulin IgG1 (IgG1, ⁇ ) monoclonal antibody (mAb) specific for human wild-type and variant IL-13. 13C5.5 recognizes a unique epitope on IL-13 that blocks its binding to both IL-13 receptors ⁇ 1 and ⁇ 2 ( FIG. 2 ); other similar IL-13-binding antibodies analyzed to date only block the ⁇ 1 receptor as determined by crystallography and biochemical characterization. 13C5.5 is selective for IL-13, and does not recognize other cytokines. Two residues (L240A and L241A) in the heavy chain were mutated to prevent Fc gamma receptor and complement binding. Likewise, 13C5.5 does not bind or stimulate human whole blood cells to release cytokines.
  • the heavy and light chain variable regions are set forth above as SEQ ID NO:2 and SEQ ID NO:3, respectively.
  • 13C5.5 binds both human wild type and variant IL-13 with high affinity and potency; this is important because variant IL-13 is present in ⁇ 20% of human asthmatics. 13C5.5 does not cross-react with mouse, sheep, or dog IL-13. 13C5.5 does cross-react with cynomolgus monkey rIL-13 with a 51 fold lower in vitro potency and with rat rIL-13 with a 155 fold lower in vitro potency compared to human rIL-13.
  • 13C5.5 fully neutralizes cynomolgus monkey rIL-13 in vitro with a half maximal inhibitory concentration (IC 50 ) of 4.1 nM and rat IL-13 with an IC 50 of 12.4 nM.
  • 13C5.5 Sprague-Dawley rats and cynomolgus monkey ( FIG. 3 ). 13C5.5 generally exhibited low clearance, low volume of distribution, and high bioavailability. The half-life varied from approximately 12 to 16 days in rats and 6 to 11 days in monkeys. The pharmacokinetics of 13C5.5 was generally similar between female and male monkeys and rats.
  • NOAELs no-observed-adverse-effect-levels during the repeat dose toxicology studies were 1500 mg/kg/dose via intravenous (IV) administration in rats and cynomolgus monkey and 200 mg/kg/dose via subcutaneous (SC) administration in cynomologus monkey.
  • This study was a Phase 1 first-in-human study in adult subjects with or without mild to moderate controlled asthma.
  • This placebo-controlled study evaluated 4 single escalating doses (0.3, 1.0, 3.0, and 10.0 mg/kg) of 13C5.5 administered IV and 2 doses (0.3 and 3.0 mg/kg) of 13C5.5 administered as 3 weekly SC doses.
  • Part 1 of the study consisted of four groups (Groups 1 through 4), with 5 subjects in each group.
  • Part 2 of the study consisted of three groups (Groups 5 through 7), with 5 subjects randomized to each of Groups 5, 6 and 7.
  • dosing for a cohort in Part 2 was allowed to begin after all subjects of the same dose level in Part 1 and all lower dose levels in Part 2 had satisfactorily completed at least the minimum one-week safety assessments after the last dose.
  • Part 3 of the study consisted of two groups (Groups 8 and 9), with 6 subjects randomized to each of Groups 8 and 9.
  • Dosing for cohorts in Part 3 was allowed to begin after all subjects within the same dose level in Part 2, and one dose level higher in Part 1 and all lower dose levels in Part 3 had satisfactorily completed at least the minimum one-week safety assessments after the last dose ( FIG. 4 ).
  • study drug or placebo was administered on Study Day 1 for each dose group.
  • study drug or placebo was administered on Study Days 1, 8, and 15 for each dose group.
  • Study drug administration on Study Days 8 and 15 may have occurred within a 24-hour period of the scheduled dose in cohorts 8 and 9. A minimum of one week separated the different dose levels.
  • Subjects were confined to the study site and supervised for approximately 4 to 6 days if they were in an IV dose group (Parts 1 and 2) or approximately 6 to 8 days if they were in an SC dose group (Part 3). Confinement began in the afternoon, of the Baseline day which may have occurred anytime within a 3-day window (i.e., Study Day ⁇ 3 to Study Day ⁇ 1) prior to dosing on Study Day 1, and ended after the collection of the 48-hour blood samples (Study Day 3) for subject's enrolled in the IV dosing groups, or after the collection of the 96-hour blood sample (Study Day 5) for subject's enrolled in the SC dosing groups. Strenuous activity during confinement was not permitted.
  • subjects in Part 3 were confined to the study site on Study Days 8 and 15 for 24 hours. During confinement subjects received an SC dose of either 13C5.5 or placebo and were evaluated for vital signs, safety assessments, laboratory assessments, pharmacokinetics and ADA, Biomarker sampling, electrocardiograms (ECGs), and pulmonary function tests (PFTs).
  • SC dose either 13C5.5 or placebo and were evaluated for vital signs, safety assessments, laboratory assessments, pharmacokinetics and ADA, Biomarker sampling, electrocardiograms (ECGs), and pulmonary function tests (PFTs).
  • a subject was eligible for study participation if he/she met the following criteria:
  • a subject was not eligible for study participation if he/she met any of the following criteria:
  • a single dose of 13C5.5 or 13C5.5 placebo (0.3, 1.0, 3.0, or 10.0 mg/kg) was administered intravenously to each subject in the morning on Study Day 1.
  • a total of 3 doses of 13C5.5 or 13C5.5 placebo (0.3 or 3.0 mg/kg) were administered subcutaneously in the morning on Study Days 1, 8, and 15.
  • an indwelling catheter was inserted into a vein prior to dosing and was flushed with 1 mL of 13C5.5 placebo.
  • 13C5.5 or 13C5.5 placebo was administered intravenously by continuous infusion over approximately 120 minutes with the subjects in a supine position.
  • the study drug was administered subcutaneously into the left upper quadrant of the abdomen, avoiding any blood vessels, thickening or tenderness of skin, scars, fibrous tissue, stretch marks, bruising, redness, nevi, or other skin imperfections.
  • the subject remained in a supine position for at least 30 minutes following each injection.
  • Subjects were assigned to one of nine dose groups (Table 2). Within each IV infusion group, four subjects were randomized to receive 13C5.5 and one subject received placebo. Within each SC group, four subjects received 13C5.5 and two received placebo. Dose escalation took place for a new cohort only after all subjects within a dose cohort had satisfactorily completed the minimum one-week safety assessments.
  • study medication in the PFS was further diluted with 13C5.5 placebo and mixed in an injection syringe for administration.
  • 13C5.5 placebo For SC dosing, no dilution was required, however material was transferred to injection syringes for administration.
  • the study drug was stored at 2° to 8° C./36° to 46° F., protected from light, and was not frozen.
  • MRSD maximum recommended starting dose
  • FDA US Food and Drug Administration
  • the MRSD was determined to be 19 mg/kg.
  • NOAEL no adverse event effect level
  • the MRSD was determined to be 3 mg/kg.
  • the human MRSD was determined to be 1 mg/kg.
  • a range of doses were evaluated in this trial to establish dose-linearity, with the low dose selected to allow for an appropriate safety margin while minimizing the likelihood of immunogenicity.
  • the high dose was chosen to evaluate the safety margin of high doses in both a healthy and controlled asthma population prior to proceeding into Phase 2 to enable appropriate dose ranging design in the proof-of-concept study.
  • Safety and tolerability were established following single escalating doses prior to proceeding to multiple dosing. Subcutaneous multiple dosing was important for assessing bioavailability, potential exposure-response relationships in the asthmatic population, and immunogenicity.
  • beta agonist use as rescue therapy was permitted during the study.
  • Low to medium dose ICS use, and nasal corticosteroid use was permitted during the study.
  • Long-acting beta agonist use was allowed for patients as prescribed if LABA was being used concurrently with ICS at Screening. There should have been no plan to change asthma medications for the duration of the study.
  • Systemic corticosteroid use was permitted if needed for control of an asthma exacerbation but subjects were to be discontinued from any further treatment with 13C5.5. Subjects who required use of systemic corticosteroids were to remain in the study and followed for safety assessments.
  • non-essential medications Use of non-essential medications was discouraged but if a subject reported taking any over-the-counter or prescription medications, vitamins and/or herbal supplements or if administration of any medication became necessary from 30 days prior to study drug administration through the end of the study, the name of the medication, dosage information including dose and frequency, date(s) of administration including start and end dates, and reason for use were recorded, and the medical monitor was notified.
  • Additional blood samples for drug measurement may have been collected from subjects if they were discontinued due to adverse events; the clock time, and date the sample was taken were to be recorded.
  • Samples were to be collected within ⁇ 5 minutes of the scheduled times on Study Day 1, within ⁇ 1 hour of the scheduled times on Study Days 2 through 6, and within ⁇ 3 hours of the scheduled times on Study Days 7 through 127.
  • samples for 13C5.5 assay were collected at 0 hour (pre-dose) and at 8, 24, 48, 72, 96, 120, 168, 336, 360, 384, 408, 432, 456, 504, 672, 1008, 1344, 2016, 2352 and 3024 hours following study drug administration on Study Day 1.
  • the samples for hours 168 and 336 were collected immediately prior to dosing on Study Days 8 and 15, respectively.
  • a blood sample for 13C5.5 assay was obtained at the early termination visit, if applicable.
  • the serum volume needed for each sample is listed in Table 3. Blood was allowed to clot for 30 minutes at room temperature before centrifugation.
  • Blood samples for ADA assay were collected by venipuncture into appropriately labeled evacuated serum collection tubes without gel separator.
  • blood samples for ADA assay were collected on Study Day 1 at 0 hour (pre-dose) and on Study Days 15, 29, 57, 85 and 113.
  • blood samples for ADA assay were collected on Study Days 1 and 15 at 0 hour (pre-dose) and on Study Days 29, 43, 57, 85, 99 and 127.
  • a blood sample for ADA assay was also obtained at the early termination visit, if applicable.
  • the serum volume needed for each sample is listed in Table 3. Blood was allowed to clot for 30 minutes at room temperature before centrifugation.
  • C max maximum observed serum concentration
  • T max peak time
  • the value of the apparent terminal phase elimination rate constant ( ⁇ , Beta) was obtained from the slope of the least squares linear regression of the logarithms of the serum concentration versus time data from the terminal log-linear phase of the profile.
  • the terminal log-linear phase was identified using Phoenix TM WinNonlin® Version 6.1 to (Pharsight Corporation, Mountain View, Calif.) and visual inspection. A minimum of three concentration-time data points was used to determine ⁇ . The actual times used for each subject may be found in the tables of the calculated pharmacokinetic parameters.
  • the terminal phase elimination half-life (t 1/2 ) was calculated as ln(2)/ ⁇ .
  • the area under the plasma concentration-time curve (AUC) from time 0 to the time of the last measurable concentration (AUC t ) was calculated by the linear trapezoidal rule.
  • the AUC was extrapolated to infinite time by dividing the last measurable plasma concentration (C t ) by ⁇ . Denoting the extrapolated portion of the AUC by AUC ext , the AUC from time 0 to infinite time (AUC ⁇ , AUC inf ) was calculated as follows:
  • AUC ⁇ AUC t +AUC ext
  • the percentage of the contribution of the extrapolated AUC (AUC ext ) to the overall AUC ⁇ was calculated by dividing the AUC ext by the AUC ⁇ and multiplying this quotient by 100.
  • the clearance value (CL) was calculated by dividing the administered dose by the AUC ⁇ .
  • the volume of distribution (Vd ⁇ , VDB) value was calculated by dividing the CL by ⁇ .
  • An estimate of the volume of distribution at steady state (V ss ) was also presented.
  • C max , T max , and AUC from 0 to 168 hours post-dose were estimated after the first and third doses.
  • Beta and t 1/2 were estimated following the third SC dose.
  • dose-normalized C max and AUC 0-168 were calculated for Groups 8 and 9 in Part 3.
  • the accumulation ratio (Rac) for the AUC 0-168 for Study Day 15 relative to the AUC 0-168 for Study Day 1 was also calculated.
  • a 95% confidence interval as well as a point estimate, were provided for the ratio of the central value of the highest dose relative to that of the lowest dose.
  • the point estimate and the 95% confidence interval were obtained by exponentiation of the corresponding estimate and confidence limits for the difference of logarithm means. If at least four 13C5.5 dose levels were studied, a test was also performed at significance level 0.05 on a contrast in the dose level means, with the contrast chosen to be sensitive to an approximately linear trend with the logarithm of dose.
  • ANOVAs were also conducted for the single dose regimens in subjects with mild to moderate controlled asthma (Part 2). Within the framework of the model, the hypothesis of no difference between the highest and lowest doses was tested. The analyses could or could not have been performed jointly (analyses were not performed jointly) for the two populations (healthy subjects and subjects with mild to moderate controlled asthma). If analyses had been performed jointly for the two populations, then only data from the dose levels that the two populations had in common, were to be included. In this case, the model would have had effects for population, dose level and the interaction of population by dose level. Body weight or another measure of size could have been included in the model for C max and AUC. If the statistic on population-dose interaction had been significant at level of 0.10, then estimates and other inferences would have been provided for each population separately. Otherwise, estimates and other inferences were to have been based on the dose level main effects.
  • Part 3 ANOVA was also performed for the multiple-dose regimens (Part 3) for pharmacokinetic parameters corresponding to those of the single-dose regimens. The decision on whether to include a measure of size as a covariate was based in part on the results for Parts 1 and 2. For C max and AUC, point estimates and 95% confidence intervals were provided for the ratio of the central values of the two doses, as explained for Part 1.
  • Values of pharmacokinetic variables are normally determined without replacing missing individual concentration values, simply using the available data, and, if necessary, performing the analysis with some missing values for a pharmacokinetic variable. However, missing concentration values for isolated individual serum samples could have been replaced (imputed) if such might have affected study conclusions or meaningfully affected point estimates.
  • the mean ⁇ standard deviation (SD) serum concentration-time profiles after a single IV infusion of 0.3 mg/kg to 10 mg/kg 13C5.5 to healthy subjects (Groups 1 through 4) are presented in FIGS. 5 and 6 on linear and log-linear scales, respectively.
  • the mean ⁇ SD serum concentration-time profiles after a single IV infusion of 0.3 mg/kg, 3.0 mg/kg or 10 mg/kg 13C5.5 to healthy subjects and subjects with mild to moderate asthma (Groups 1, 3 through 7) are presented in FIGS. 7 and 8 on linear and log-linear scales, respectively.
  • Harmonic mean ⁇ pseduo SD half-lives of 13C5.5 ranged from 16.4 ⁇ 6.35 days to 26.7 ⁇ 4.52 days, and mean Vd ⁇ ranged from 72.8 to 108.9 mL/kg following IV infusions over the 0.3 mg/kg to 10.0 mg/kg dose range.
  • the mean ⁇ SD dose-normalized C max and AUC ⁇ values for 13C5.5 following administration of single IV infusions of 13C5.5 over the 0.3 to 10 mg/kg dose range are presented in Table 4.
  • the mean ⁇ SD dose-normalized C max and AUC ⁇ values of 13C5.5 versus dose level are presented in FIG. 9 .
  • the dose-normalized C max of the highest dose (10 mg/kg) was statistically significantly higher than that for the lowest dose of 0.3 mg/kg.
  • the dose-normalized AUC t and AUC ⁇ values of the highest dose were statistically significantly greater (p ⁇ 0.05) than those of the lowest dose.
  • the observed departure from dose proportionality was small with an estimate of the ratio of central values of 1.3 for C max and 1.4 for AUC over a 33-fold range of doses.
  • the mean ⁇ SD pharmacokinetic parameters of 13C5.5 following three weekly doses of 0.3 mg/kg or 3.0 mg/kg 13C5.5 SC are shown in Table 6.
  • the accumulation following 3 weekly doses of 13C5.5 appears to be linear as the C max and AUC values are approximately 3-fold greater following three 0.3 mg/kg or 3.0 mg/kg weekly doses of 13C5.5.
  • T max appears to be similar following the first and third 0.3 and 3.0 mg/kg doses of 13C5.5.
  • the harmonic mean ⁇ pseudo-SD half-life for 13C5.5 was 27.29 ⁇ 3.33 and 24.30 ⁇ 1.23 days after SC administration of 0.3 and 3.0 mg/kg for three days, respectively.
  • the estimated bioavailability of 13C5.5 was approximately 70%.
  • the mean ⁇ SD dose-normalized C max and AUC ⁇ values for 13C5.5 following administration of 3 weekly SC doses of 13C5.5 0.3 or 3.0 mg/kg are presented in Table 6.
  • the mean ⁇ SD dose-normalized C max and AUC ⁇ values of 13C5.5 versus dose level are presented in FIGS. 11 and 12 , respectively.
  • Subjects 1202 and 1304 prematurely discontinued from the study and their last assay blood samples were collected at Hour 672 and Hour 96, respectively. For these two subjects, pharmacokinetic parameters were not calculated except for C max and T max . Subject 1103 prematurely discontinued from the study and his last assay blood sample was collected at approximately 894 hours post dose. For this subject, pharmacokinetic parameters were calculated. The few cases of a missing concentration for an individual sampling time did not prevent a determination of values of the pharmacokinetic parameters in which there is confidence.
  • the pharmacokinetics of 13C5.5 after single dose administration were consistent with that of a IgG1 with a long half-life and small volume of distribution.
  • the systemic exposure (AUC and C max ) to 13C5.5 increased in a dose proportional manner over the dose range of 0.3 to 10 mg/kg for healthy subjects; however, for subjects with mild to moderate controlled asthma, AUC and C max increased in a slightly more (30 to 40%) than dose proportional manner over the same 33-fold dose range.
  • 13C5.5 pharmacokinetics were dose linear in both AUC and C max between the 0.3 and 3.0 mg/kg doses. The accumulation of 13C5.5 was as expected about 3-fold following three weekly SC doses.

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Biophysics (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
  • Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)
  • Microbiology (AREA)
  • Mycology (AREA)
  • Pulmonology (AREA)
  • Endocrinology (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Medicines Containing Antibodies Or Antigens For Use As Internal Diagnostic Agents (AREA)
  • Peptides Or Proteins (AREA)
  • Medicines That Contain Protein Lipid Enzymes And Other Medicines (AREA)

Abstract

The invention provides methods and compositions for treating asthma, e.g., mild or moderate asthma, in a subject using an anti-IL-13 antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof.

Description

    RELATED APPLICATIONS
  • This application claims priority to U.S. Provisional Application No. 61/507,347, filed on Jul. 13, 2011, the entire contents of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference.
  • BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
  • Asthma is a chronic inflammatory disorder of the airways characterized by wheezing, breathlessness, chest tightness, and cough. Asthma affects approximately 20 million people in the US, and about 75% of asthma patients are adults. Of the adult asthma patients, approximately 60% of asthma patients have mild disease, about 20% have moderate disease and the remaining 20% have severe disease.
  • Interleukin-13 (IL-13) is thought to be pivotal in the pathogenesis of human asthma, in that elevated levels of IL-13 are present in the lungs of asthma patients, and these levels correlate with disease severity (FIG. 1). Likewise, increased IL-13 is present in both sputum and in lung biopsies of patients with moderate to severe asthma who are treated with inhaled corticosteroids (ICS) or systemic corticosteroids and continue to be symptomatic. Moreover, human IL-13 genetic polymorphisms are associated with asthma and atopy (allergic hypersensitivity). IL-13 binds to two receptors, IL-13Rα1 and IL-13Rα2. IL-13 is a well-validated target for asthma as efficacy has been demonstrated using various means of IL-13 antagonism in multiple, pre-clinical models of asthma.
  • Due to the role of human IL-13 in a variety of human disorders, therapeutic strategies have been designed to inhibit or counteract IL-13 activity. In particular, antibodies that bind to, and neutralize, IL-13 have been sought as a means to inhibit IL-13 activity. However, there exists a need in the art for improved antibodies capable of binding IL-13 for treating asthma.
  • SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
  • The present invention provides methods and compositions for treating asthma, e.g., mild or moderate asthma, using an anti-IL-13 antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof.
  • In one aspect, the invention provides an isolated composition comprising an anti-IL-13 antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, wherein, when administered intravenously to a subject at a dose of about 0.3 mg/kg, the antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, is capable of exhibiting: (a) an area under the curve (AUC) of between about 1,500 and about 2,700 μgh/ml; (b) a volume of distribution of between about 65 and 125 mL/kg; (c) a peak concentration (Cmax) of between about 5 and about 8 μg/ml; and (d) a clearance rate of between about 0.1 and about 0.2 ml/h/kg.
  • In another aspect, the invention provides an isolated composition comprising an anti-IL-13 antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, wherein, when administered intravenously to a subject at a dose of about 3 mg/kg, the antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, is capable of exhibiting: (a) an area under the curve (AUC) of between about 21,000 and about 33,500 μgh/ml; (b) a volume of distribution of between about 55 and about 100 mL/kg; (c) a peak concentration (Cmax) of between about 55 and about 90 μg/ml; and (d) a clearance rate of between about 0.08 and about 0.15 ml/h/kg.
  • In another aspect, the invention provides an isolated composition comprising an anti-IL-13 antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, wherein, when administered intravenously to a subject at a dose of about 10 mg/kg, the antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, is capable of exhibiting: (a) an area under the curve (AUC) of between about 75 and about 100 μgh/ml; (b) a volume of distribution of between about 90 and about 130 mL/kg; (c) a peak concentration (Cmax) of between about 185 and about 250 μg/ml; and (d) a clearance rate of between about 0.1 and about 0.15 ml/h/kg.
  • In yet another aspect, the invention provides an isolated composition comprising an anti-IL-13 antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, wherein, when administered subcutaneously to a subject at a dose of about 0.3 mg/kg, the antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, is capable of exhibiting: (a) an area under the curve (AUC) of between about 125 and about 800 μgh/ml; and (b) a peak concentration (Cmax) of between about 1.0 and about 6.0 μg/ml.
  • In another aspect, the invention provides an isolated composition comprising an anti-IL-13 antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, wherein, when administered subcutaneously to a subject at a dose of about 3 mg/kg, the antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, is capable of exhibiting: (a) an area under the curve (AUC) of between about 1,100 and about 8,500 μgh/ml; and (b) a peak concentration (Cmax) of between about 12 and about 60 μg/ml.
  • In one embodiment, the anti-IL-13 antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, is 13C5.5, or an antigen-binding portion thereof. In another embodiment, the composition is a pharmaceutical composition.
  • In another aspect, the invention provides methods of treating or preventing asthma in a subject by administering a composition of the invention to the subject, thereby treating or preventing asthma. In one embodiment, the composition is administered once. In another embodiment, the composition is administered weekly. In yet another embodiment, the composition is administered for about 3 weeks.
  • In one embodiment, the asthma is mild to moderate asthma. In another embodiment, the subject is a human.
  • In another embodiment, the method further comprises the administration of an additional agent. In one embodiment, the additional agent is selected from the group consisting of: a therapeutic agent, an imaging agent, a cytotoxic agent, an angiogenesis inhibitor, a kinase inhibitor, a co-stimulation molecule blocker, an adhesion molecule blocker, an anti-cytokine antibody or functional fragment thereof; methotrexate, a cyclosporin, a rapamycin, an FK506, a detectable label or reporter, a TNF antagonist, an anti-rheumatic, a muscle relaxant, a narcotic, a non-steroid anti-inflammatory drug (NTHE), an analgesic, an anesthetic, a sedative, a local anesthetic, a neuromuscular blocker, an antimicrobial, an antipsoriatic, a corticosteroid, an anabolic steroid, an erythropoietin, an immunization, an immunoglobulin, an immunosuppressive, a growth hormone, a hormone replacement drug, a radiopharmaceutical, an antidepressant, an antipsychotic, a stimulant, an asthma medication, a beta agonist, an inhaled steroid, an oral steroid, an epinephrine or analog, a cytokine, and a cytokine antagonist.
  • In another aspect, the invention provides methods of treating asthma in a subject by intravenously administering to the subject an anti-IL-13 antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, wherein at least one pharmacokinetic characteristic selected from the group consisting of: (a) a maximum serum concentration (Cmax) of between about 5 and about 235 μg/mL, and (b) an area under the serum concentration-time curve (AUC) of between about 1,500 and about 98,000 μgh/mL, is achieved following administration of the antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof to the subject.
  • In one embodiment, the antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, is administered at a dose of about 0.3 mg/kg. In one embodiment, the Cmax is between about 5 and about 10 μg/mL. In one embodiment, the AUC is between about 1,500 and about 2,700 μgh/mL.
  • In another embodiment, the antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, is administered at a dose of about 3 mg/kg. In one embodiment, the Cmax is between about 55 and about 90 μg/mL. In another embodiment, the AUC is between about 20,000 and about 34,000 μgh/mL.
  • In another embodiment, the antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, is administered at a dose of about 10 mg/kg. In one embodiment, the Cmax is between about 190 and about 235 μg/mL. In one embodiment, the AUC is between about 75,000 and about 100,000 μgh/mL.
  • In another embodiment, the Cmax value is between about 20 and about 30 (μg/mL)/(mg/kg) after dose normalization. In another embodiment, the AUC is between about 6,000 and about 10,000 (μgh/mL)/(mg/kg) after dose normalization.
  • In another aspect, the invention provides methods of treating asthma in a subject by subcutaneously administering to the subject an anti-IL-13 antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, wherein at least one pharmacokinetic characteristic selected from the group consisting of: (a) a maximum serum concentration (Cmax) of between about 1 and about 60 μg/mL, and (b) an area under the serum concentration-time curve (AUC) of between about 125 and about 8,100 μgh/mL, is achieved following to administration of the antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof to the subject.
  • In one embodiment, the antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, is administered at a dose of about 0.3 mg/kg. In one embodiment, the Cmax is between about 1 and about 6 μg/mL. In another embodiment, the AUC is between about 100 and about 800 μgh/mL.
  • In another embodiment, the antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, is administered at a dose of about 3 mg/kg. In one embodiment, the Cmax is between about 12 and about 60 μg/mL. In another embodiment, the AUC is between about 1,100 and about 8,100 μgh/mL.
  • In one embodiment, the anti-IL-13 antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, is 13C5.5, or an antigen-binding portion thereof. In another embodiment, the subject is a human. In another embodiment, the anti-IL-13 antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, is administered once. In another embodiment, the anti-IL-13 antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, is administered weekly. In yet another embodiment, the anti-IL-13 antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, is administered for three weeks.
  • In one embodiment, the asthma is mild to moderate asthma.
  • In another embodiment, the method further comprises the administration of an additional agent. In one embodiment, the additional agent is selected from the group consisting of: a therapeutic agent, an imaging agent, a cytotoxic agent, an angiogenesis inhibitor, a kinase inhibitor, a co-stimulation molecule blocker, an adhesion molecule blocker, an anti-cytokine antibody or functional fragment thereof; methotrexate, a cyclosporin, a rapamycin, an FK506, a detectable label or reporter, a TNF antagonist, an anti-rheumatic, a muscle relaxant, a narcotic, a non-steroid anti-inflammatory drug (NTHE), an analgesic, an anesthetic, a sedative, a local anesthetic, a neuromuscular blocker, an antimicrobial, an antipsoriatic, a corticosteroid, an anabolic steroid, an erythropoietin, an immunization, an immunoglobulin, an immunosuppressive, a growth hormone, a hormone replacement drug, a radiopharmaceutical, an antidepressant, an antipsychotic, a stimulant, an asthma medication, a beta agonist, an inhaled steroid, an oral steroid, an epinephrine or analog, a cytokine, and a cytokine antagonist.
  • In another aspect, the invention provides methods for treating asthma in a subject by subcutaneously administering to the subject an anti-IL-13 antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, at a dose of about 0.3 mg/kg, wherein at least one pharmacokinetic characteristic selected from the group consisting of: (a) a half-life of between about 24 and 31 days; (b) a Tmax of between about 3 and about 5 days; and (c) a bioavailability of at least about 60% is achieved following administration of the antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof to the subject. In one embodiment, the bioavailability is at least about 70%.
  • In another aspect, the invention provides methods of treating asthma in a subject by subcutaneously administering to the subject an anti-IL-13 antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, at a dose of about 3 mg/kg, wherein at least one pharmacokinetic characteristic selected from the group consisting of: (a) a half-life of between about 23 and 26 days; (b) a Tmax of less than or equal to about 5 days; and (c) a bioavailability of at least about 60% is achieved following administration of the antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof to the subject. In one embodiment, the bioavailability is at least about 70%.
  • In another aspect, the invention provides methods of treating asthma in a subject comprising intravenously administering to the subject an anti-IL-13 antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, at a dose of about 0.3 mg/kg, wherein at least one pharmacokinetic characteristic selected from the group consisting of: (a) a clearance rate of between about 0.11 to about 0.19 mL/hr/kg; and (b) a volume of distribution of between about 70 to about 130 mL/kg is achieved following administration of the antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof to the subject.
  • In another aspect, the invention provides methods treating asthma in a subject by intravenously administering to the subject an anti-IL-13 antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, at a dose of about 3 mg/kg, wherein at least one pharmacokinetic characteristic selected from the group consisting of: (a) a clearance rate of between about 0.08 to about 0.14 mL/hr/kg; and (b) a volume of distribution of between about 55 to about 100 mL/kg is achieved following administration of the antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof to the subject.
  • In another aspect, the invention provides methods of treating asthma in a subject comprising intravenously administering to the subject an anti-IL-13 antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, at a dose of about 10 mg/kg, wherein at least one pharmacokinetic characteristic selected from the group consisting of: (a) a clearance rate of between about 0.09 to about 0.13 mL/hr/kg; and (b) a volume of distribution of between about 85 to about 130 mL/kg is achieved following administration of the antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof to the subject.
  • In one embodiment, the anti-IL-13 antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, is 13C5.5, or an antigen-binding portion thereof. In another embodiment, the subject is a human. In one embodiment, the anti-IL-13 antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, is administered once. In another embodiment, the anti-IL-13 antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, is administered weekly. In yet another embodiment, the anti-IL-13 antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, is administered for 3 weeks.
  • In one embodiment, the asthma is mild to moderate asthma.
  • In another embodiment, the methods further comprise the administration of an additional agent. In one embodiment, the additional agent is selected from the group consisting of: a therapeutic agent, an imaging agent, a cytotoxic agent, an angiogenesis inhibitor, a kinase inhibitor, a co-stimulation molecule blocker, an adhesion molecule blocker, an anti-cytokine antibody or functional fragment thereof; methotrexate, a cyclosporin, a rapamycin, an FK506, a detectable label or reporter, a TNF antagonist, an anti-rheumatic, a muscle relaxant, a narcotic, a non-steroid anti-inflammatory drug (NTHE), an analgesic, an anesthetic, a sedative, a local anesthetic, a neuromuscular blocker, an antimicrobial, an antipsoriatic, a corticosteroid, an anabolic steroid, an erythropoietin, an immunization, an immunoglobulin, an immunosuppressive, a growth hormone, a hormone replacement drug, a radiopharmaceutical, an antidepressant, an antipsychotic, a stimulant, an asthma medication, a beta agonist, an inhaled steroid, an oral steroid, an epinephrine or analog, a cytokine, and a cytokine antagonist.
  • In one embodiment, the subject is a human.
  • In another aspect, the invention provides an isolated composition comprising an anti-IL-13 antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, wherein, when administered intravenously to a subject at a dose of about 0.3 mg/kg, 1 mg/kg, 3 mg/kg or 10 mg/kg, the antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, is capable of exhibiting any of the pharmacokinetic parameters set forth in the specification, Tables or Figures.
  • In another aspect, the invention provides an isolated composition comprising an anti-IL-13 antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, wherein, when administered subcutaneously to a subject at a dose of about 0.3 mg/kg, 1 mg/kg or 3 mg/kg, the antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, is capable of exhibiting any of the pharmacokinetic parameters set forth in the specification, Tables or Figures.
  • In another aspect, the invention provides methods of treating or preventing asthma in a subject by intravenously administering to the subject an anti-IL-13 antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, at a dose of about 0.3 mg/kg, 1 mg/kg, 3 mg/kg or 10 mg/kg, wherein at least one of the pharmacokinetic characteristics set forth in the specification, Tables or Figures is achieved following administration of the antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, to the subject.
  • In yet another aspect, the invention provides methods of treating or preventing asthma in a subject by subcutaneously administering to the subject an anti-IL-13 antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, at a dose of about 0.3 mg/kg, 1 mg/kg, 3 mg/kg or 10 mg/kg, wherein at least one of the pharmacokinetic characteristics set forth in the specification, Tables or Figures is achieved following administration of the antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, to the subject.
  • BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
  • FIG. 1 is a graph depicting that IL-13 expression precedes pulmonary dysfunction.
  • FIG. 2 depicts that 13C5.5, an anti-IL-13 antibody, is derived from a hybridoma with a unique epitope and lineage.
  • FIG. 3 depicts that 13C5.5, an anti-IL-13 antibody, neutralizes IL-13 in the lung.
  • FIG. 4 depicts the schematic of first in human (FIH) dosing used in the Phase I Clinical Trial.
  • FIG. 5 depicts the mean 13C5.5 serum concentration-time profile after single 0.3 mg/kg, 1 mg/kg, 3 mg/kg, and 10 mg/kg intravenous infusions of 13C5.5 to healthy subjects on a linear scale.
  • FIG. 6 depicts the pharmacokinetic parameters of 13C5.5, an anti-IL-13 antibody.
  • FIG. 7 depicts the mean 13C5.5 serum concentration-time profile after single 0.3 mg/kg, 1 mg/kg, 3 mg/kg and 10 mg/kg intravenous infusions of 13C5.5 to healthy and asthma subjects on a linear scale.
  • FIG. 8 depicts the pharmacokinetic parameters of 13C5.5, an anti-IL-13 antibody.
  • FIG. 9 depicts the pharmacokinetic parameters of 13C5.5, an anti-IL-13 antibody.
  • FIG. 10 depicts the pharmacokinetic parameters of 13C5.5, an anti-IL-13 antibody. Bioavailability following subcutaneous administration was estimated to be about 70%.
  • FIG. 11 depicts the mean dose normalized Cmax values following three weekly 0.3 mg/kg (Group 8) and 3 mg/kg (Group 9) subcutaneous injections of 13C5.5 (Part 3 of the Clinical Trial).
  • FIG. 12 depicts the mean dose normalized AUC0-168 values following three weekly 0.3 mg/kg (Group 8) and 3 mg/kg (Group 9) subcutaneous injections of 13C5.5 (Part 3 of the Clinical Trial).
  • DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
  • The present invention provides methods and compositions for treating asthma, e.g., mild or moderate asthma, using an anti-IL-13 antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof.
  • In order that the present invention may be more readily understood, certain terms are first defined.
  • The term “polypeptide” as used herein, refers to any polymeric chain of amino acids. The terms “peptide” and “protein” are used interchangeably with the term polypeptide and also refer to a polymeric chain of amino acids. The term “polypeptide” encompasses native or artificial proteins, protein fragments and polypeptide analogs of a protein sequence. A polypeptide may be monomeric or polymeric.
  • The term “isolated protein” or “isolated polypeptide” is a protein or polypeptide that by virtue of its origin or source of derivation is not associated with naturally associated components that accompany it in its native state; is substantially free of other proteins from the same species; is expressed by a cell from a different species; or does not occur in nature. Thus, a polypeptide that is chemically synthesized or synthesized in a cellular system different from the cell from which it naturally originates will be “isolated” from its naturally associated components. A protein may also be rendered substantially free of naturally associated components by isolation, using protein purification techniques well known in the art.
  • The term “recovering” as used herein, refers to the process of rendering a chemical species such as a polypeptide substantially free of naturally associated components by isolation, e.g., using protein purification techniques well known in the art.
  • The terms “IL-13” and “IL-13 wild type” (abbreviated herein as IL-13, IL-13 wt), as used herein, include a cytokine that is secreted primarily by T helper 2 cells. The term includes a monomeric protein of 13 kDa polypeptide. The structure of IL-13 is described further in, for example, Moy, Diblasio et al. 2001 J Mol Biol 310 219-30. The term IL-13 is intended to include recombinant human IL-13 (rh IL-13), which can be prepared by standard recombinant expression methods. The amino acid sequence of human IL-13, SEQ ID NO. 1, is known in the art.
  • Sequence of human IL-13
    SEQ ID NO: 1
    MALLLTTVIALTCLGGFASPGPVPPSTALRELIEELVNITQNQKAPLCNG
    SMVWSINLTAGMYCAALESLINVSGCSAIEKTQRMLSGFCPHKVSAGQFS
    SLHVRDTKIEVAQFVKDLLLHLKKLFREGRFN
  • The term “IL-13 variant” (abbreviated herein as IL-13v), as used herein, includes a variant of IL-13 wherein amino acid residue 130 of SEQ ID NO:1 is changed from Arginine to Glutamine (R130Q).
  • “Biological activity” as used herein, refers to all inherent biological properties of the cytokine. Biological properties of IL-13 include but are not limited to binding IL-13 receptor; (other examples include immunoglobulin isotype switching to IgE in human B cells and suppressing inflammatory cytokine production).
  • The terms “specific binding” or “specifically binding”, as used herein, in reference to the interaction of an antibody, a protein, or a peptide with a second chemical species, mean that the interaction is dependent upon the presence of a particular structure (e.g., an antigenic determinant or epitope) on the chemical species; for example, an antibody recognizes and binds to a specific protein structure rather than to proteins generally. If an antibody is specific for epitope “A”, the presence of a molecule containing epitope A (or free, unlabeled A), in a reaction containing labeled “A” and the antibody, will reduce the amount of labeled A bound to the antibody.
  • The term “antibody”, as used herein, broadly refers to any immunoglobulin (Ig) molecule comprised of four polypeptide chains, two heavy (H) chains and two light (L) chains, or any functional fragment, mutant, variant, or derivation thereof, which retains the essential epitope binding features of an Ig molecule. Such mutant, variant, or derivative antibody formats are known in the art. Nonlimiting embodiments of which are discussed herein. In one embodiment, the antibody used in the compositions and methods of the invention is the anti-IL-13 antibody 13C5.5 described in U.S. Pat. No. 7,915,388, incorporated by reference herein. In another embodiment, the antibody used in the compositions and methods of the invention is the antibody 6A1, 3G4, tralokinumab, lebrikizumab, QAZ-576, IMA-638 or IMA-026.
  • In a full-length antibody, each heavy chain is comprised of a heavy chain variable region (abbreviated herein as HCVR or VH) and a heavy chain constant region. The heavy chain constant region is comprised of three domains, CH1, CH2 and CH3. Each light chain is comprised of a light chain variable region (abbreviated herein as LCVR or VL) and a light chain constant region. The light chain constant region is comprised of one domain, CL. The VH and VL regions can be further subdivided into regions of hypervariability, termed complementarity determining regions (CDR), interspersed with regions that are more conserved, termed framework regions (FR). Each VH and VL is composed of three CDRs and four FRs, arranged from amino-terminus to carboxy-terminus in the following order: FR1, CDR1, FR2, CDR2, FR3, CDR3, FR4. Immunoglobulin molecules can be of any type (e.g., IgG, IgE, IgM, IgD, IgA and IgY), class (e.g., IgG 1, IgG2, IgG 3, IgG4, IgA1 and IgA2) or subclass.
  • The term “antigen-binding portion” of an antibody (or simply “antibody portion”), as used herein, refers to one or more fragments of an antibody that retain the ability to specifically bind to an antigen (e.g., IL-13). It has been shown that the antigen-binding function of an antibody can be performed by fragments of a full-length antibody. Such antibody embodiments may also be bispecific, dual specific, or multi-specific formats; specifically binding to two or more different antigens. Examples of binding fragments encompassed within the term “antigen-binding portion” of an antibody include (i) a Fab fragment, a monovalent fragment consisting of the VL, VH, CL and CH1 domains; (ii) a F(ab′)2 fragment, a bivalent fragment comprising two Fab fragments linked by a disulfide bridge at the hinge region; (iii) a Fd fragment consisting of the VH and CH1 domains; (iv) a Fv fragment consisting of the VL and VH domains of a single arm of an antibody, (v) a dAb fragment (Ward et al., (1989) Nature 341:544-546, Winter et al., PCT publication WO 90/05144 A1 herein incorporated by reference), which comprises a single variable domain; and (vi) an isolated complementarity determining region (CDR). Furthermore, although the two domains of the Fv fragment, VL and VH, are coded for by separate genes, they can be joined, using recombinant methods, by a synthetic linker that enables them to be made as a single protein chain in which the VL and VH regions pair to form monovalent molecules (known as single chain Fv (scFv); see e.g., Bird et al. (1988) Science 242:423-426; and Huston et al. (1988) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 85:5879-5883). Such single chain antibodies are also intended to be encompassed within the term “antigen-binding portion” of an antibody. Other forms of single chain antibodies, such as diabodies are also encompassed. Diabodies are bivalent, bispecific antibodies in which VH and VL domains are expressed on a single polypeptide chain, but using a linker that is too short to allow for pairing between the two domains on the same chain, thereby forcing the domains to pair with complementary domains of another chain and creating two antigen binding sites (see e.g., Holliger, P., et al. (1993) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 90:6444-6448; Poljak, R. J., et al. (1994) Structure 2:1121-1123). Such antibody binding portions are known in the art (Kontermann and Dubel eds., Antibody Engineering (2001) Springer-Verlag. New York. 790 pp. (ISBN 3-540-41354-5).
  • The term “antibody construct” as used herein refers to a polypeptide comprising one or more the antigen binding portions of the invention linked to a linker polypeptide or an immunoglobulin constant domain. Linker polypeptides comprise two or more amino acid residues joined by peptide bonds and are used to link one or more antigen binding portions. Such linker polypeptides are well known in the art (see e.g., Holliger, P., et al. (1993) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 90:6444-6448; Poljak, R. J., et al. (1994) Structure 2:1121-1123). An immunoglobulin constant domain refers to a heavy or light chain constant domain. Human IgG heavy chain and light chain constant domain amino acid sequences are known in the art and disclosed in Table 2 of U.S. Pat. No. 7,915,388, the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • Still further, an antibody or antigen-binding portion thereof may be part of a larger immunoadhesion molecules, formed by covalent or noncovalent association of the antibody or antibody portion with one or more other proteins or peptides. Examples of such immunoadhesion molecules include use of the streptavidin core region to make a tetrameric scFv molecule (Kipriyanov, S. M., et al. (1995) Human Antibodies and Hybridomas 6:93-101) and use of a cysteine residue, a marker peptide and a C-terminal polyhistidine tag to make bivalent and biotinylated scFv molecules (Kipriyanov, S. M., et al. (1994) Mol. Immunol. 31:1047-1058). Antibody portions, such as Fab and F(ab′)2 fragments, can be prepared from whole antibodies using conventional techniques, such as papain or pepsin digestion, respectively, of whole antibodies. Moreover, antibodies, antibody portions and immunoadhesion molecules can be obtained using standard recombinant DNA techniques, as described herein.
  • An “isolated antibody”, as used herein, is intended to refer to an antibody that is substantially free of other antibodies having different antigenic specificities (e.g., an isolated antibody that specifically binds IL-13 is substantially free of antibodies that specifically bind antigens other than IL-13). An isolated antibody that specifically binds IL-13 may, however, have cross-reactivity to other antigens, such as IL-13 molecules from other species. Moreover, an isolated antibody may be substantially free of other cellular material and/or chemicals.
  • The term “human antibody”, as used herein, is intended to include antibodies having variable and constant regions derived from human germline immunoglobulin sequences. The human antibodies of the invention may include amino acid residues not encoded by human germline immunoglobulin sequences (e.g., mutations introduced by random or site-specific mutagenesis in vitro or by somatic mutation in vivo), for example in the CDRs and in particular CDR3. However, the term “human antibody”, as used herein, is not intended to include antibodies in which CDR sequences derived from the germline of another mammalian species, such as a mouse, have been grafted onto human framework sequences.
  • The term “recombinant human antibody”, as used herein, is intended to include all human antibodies that are prepared, expressed, created or isolated by recombinant means, such as antibodies expressed using a recombinant expression vector transfected into a host cell (described further in U.S. Pat. No. 7,915,388, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference), antibodies isolated from a recombinant, combinatorial human antibody library (Hoogenboom H. R., (1997) TIB Tech. 15:62-70; Azzazy H., and Highsmith W. E., (2002) Clin. Biochem. 35:425-445; Gavilondo J. V., and Larrick J. W. (2002) BioTechniques 29:128-145; Hoogenboom H., and Chames P. (2000) Immunology Today 21:371-378), antibodies isolated from an animal (e.g., a mouse) that is transgenic for human immunoglobulin genes (see e.g., Taylor, L. D., et al. (1992) Nucl. Acids Res. 20:6287-6295; Kellermann S-A., and Green L. L. (2002) Current Opinion in Biotechnology 13:593-597; Little M. et al (2000) Immunology Today 21:364-370) or antibodies prepared, expressed, created or isolated by any other means that involves splicing of human immunoglobulin gene sequences to other DNA sequences. Such recombinant human antibodies have variable and constant regions derived from human germline immunoglobulin sequences. In certain embodiments, however, such recombinant human antibodies are subjected to in vitro mutagenesis (or, when an animal transgenic for human Ig sequences is used, in vivo somatic mutagenesis) and thus the amino acid sequences of the VH and VL regions of the recombinant antibodies are sequences that, while derived from and related to human germline VH and VL sequences, may not naturally exist within the human antibody germline repertoire in vivo. One embodiment provides fully human antibodies capable of binding human IL-13 which can be generated using techniques well known in the art, such as, but not limited to, using human Ig phage libraries such as those disclosed in Jermutus et al., PCT publication No. WO 2005/007699 A2.
  • The term “chimeric antibody” refers to antibodies which comprise heavy and light chain variable region sequences from one species and constant region sequences from another species, such as antibodies having murine heavy and light chain variable regions linked to human constant regions.
  • The term “CDR-grafted antibody” refers to antibodies which comprise heavy and light chain variable region sequences from one species but in which the sequences of one or more of the CDR regions of VH and/or VL are replaced with CDR sequences of another species, such as antibodies having murine heavy and light chain variable regions in which one or more of the murine CDRs (e.g., CDR3) has been replaced with human CDR sequences.
  • The term “humanized antibody” refers to antibodies which comprise heavy and light chain variable region sequences from a non-human species (e.g., a mouse) but in which at least a portion of the VH and/or VL sequence has been altered to be more “human-like”, i.e., more similar to human germline variable sequences. One type of humanized antibody is a CDR-grafted antibody, in which human CDR sequences are introduced into non-human VH and VL sequences to replace the corresponding nonhuman CDR sequences. In one embodiment, humanized anti human IL-13 antibodies and antigen binding portions are provided. Such antibodies were generated by obtaining murine anti-IL-13 monoclonal antibodies using traditional hybridoma technology followed by humanization using in vitro genetic engineering, such as those disclosed in Kasaian et al PCT publication No. WO 2005/123126 A2.
  • The terms “Kabat numbering”, “Kabat definitions and “Kabat labeling” are used interchangeably herein. These terms, which are recognized in the art, refer to a system of numbering amino acid residues which are more variable (i.e. hypervariable) than other amino acid residues in the heavy and light chain variable regions of an antibody, or an antigen binding portion thereof (Kabat et al. (1971) Ann. NY Acad, Sci. 190:382-391 and, Kabat, E. A., et al. (1991) Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, Fifth Edition, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, NIH Publication No. 91-3242). For the heavy chain variable region, the hypervariable region ranges from amino acid positions 31 to 35 for CDR1, amino acid positions 50 to 65 for CDR2, and amino acid positions 95 to 102 for CDR3. For the light chain variable region, the hypervariable region ranges from amino acid positions 24 to 34 for CDR1, amino acid positions 50 to 56 for CDR2, and amino acid positions 89 to 97 for CDR3.
  • As used herein, the terms “acceptor” and “acceptor antibody” refer to the antibody or nucleic acid sequence providing or encoding at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%, or 100% of the amino acid sequences of one or more of the framework regions. In some embodiments, the term “acceptor” refers to the antibody amino acid or nucleic acid sequence providing or encoding the constant region(s). In yet another embodiment, the term “acceptor” refers to the antibody amino acid or nucleic acid sequence providing or encoding one or more of the framework regions and the constant region(s). In a specific embodiment, the term “acceptor” refers to a human antibody amino acid or nucleic acid sequence that provides or encodes at least 80%, preferably, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, at least 98%, or 100% of the amino acid sequences of one or more of the framework regions. In accordance with this embodiment, an acceptor may contain at least 1, at least 2, at least 3, least 4, at least 5, or at least 10 amino acid residues that does (do) not occur at one or more specific positions of a human antibody. An acceptor framework region and/or acceptor constant region(s) may be, e.g., derived or obtained from a germline antibody gene, a mature antibody gene, a functional antibody (e.g., antibodies well-known in the art, antibodies in development, or antibodies commercially available).
  • As used herein, the term “CDR” refers to the complementarity determining region within antibody variable sequences. There are three CDRs in each of the variable regions of the heavy chain and the light chain, which are designated CDR1, CDR2 and CDR3, for each of the variable regions. The term “CDR set” as used herein refers to a group of three CDRs that occur in a single variable region capable of binding the antigen. The exact boundaries of these CDRs have been defined differently according to different systems. The system described by Kabat (Kabat et al., Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest (National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Md. (1987) and (1991)) not only provides an unambiguous residue numbering system applicable to any variable region of an antibody, but also provides precise residue boundaries defining the three CDRs. These CDRs may be referred to as Kabat CDRs. Chothia and coworkers (Chothia & Lesk, J. Mol. Biol. 196:901-917 (1987) and Chothia et al., Nature 342:877-883 (1989)) found that certain sub-portions within Kabat CDRs adopt nearly identical peptide backbone conformations, despite having great diversity at the level of amino acid sequence. These sub-portions were designated as L1, L2 and L3 or H1, H2 and H3 where the “L” and the “H” designates the light chain and the heavy chains regions, respectively. These regions may be referred to as Chothia CDRs, which have boundaries that overlap with Kabat CDRs. Other boundaries defining CDRs overlapping with the Kabat CDRs have been described by Padlan (FASEB J. 9:133-139 (1995)) and MacCallum (J Mol Biol 262(5):732-45 (1996)). Still other CDR boundary definitions may not strictly follow one of the above systems, but will nonetheless overlap with the Kabat CDRs, although they may be shortened or lengthened in light of prediction or experimental findings that particular residues or groups of residues or even entire CDRs do not significantly impact antigen binding. The methods used herein may utilize CDRs defined according to any of these systems, although preferred embodiments use Kabat or Chothia defined CDRs.
  • As used herein, the term “canonical” residue refers to a residue in a CDR or framework that defines a particular canonical CDR structure as defined by Chothia et al. (J. Mol. Biol. 196:901-907 (1987); Chothia et al., J. Mol. Biol. 227:799 (1992), both are incorporated herein by reference). According to Chothia et al., critical portions of the CDRs of many antibodies have nearly identical peptide backbone confirmations despite great diversity at the level of amino acid sequence. Each canonical structure specifies primarily a set of peptide backbone torsion angles for a contiguous segment of amino acid residues forming a loop.
  • As used herein, the terms “donor” and “donor antibody” refer to an antibody providing one or more CDRs. In a preferred embodiment, the donor antibody is an antibody from a species different from the antibody from which the framework regions are obtained or derived. In the context of a humanized antibody, the term “donor antibody” refers to a non-human antibody providing one or more CDRs.
  • As used herein, the term “framework” or “framework sequence” refers to the remaining sequences of a variable region minus the CDRs. Because the exact definition of a CDR sequence can be determined by different systems, the meaning of a framework sequence is subject to correspondingly different interpretations. The six CDRs (CDR-L1, CDR-L2, and CDR-L3 of light chain and CDR-H1, CDR-H2, and CDR-H3 of heavy chain) also divide the framework regions on the light chain and the heavy chain into four sub-regions (FR1, FR2, FR3 and FR4) on each chain, in which CDR1 is positioned between FR1 and FR2, CDR2 between FR2 and FR3, and CDR3 between FR3 and FR4. Without specifying the particular sub-regions as FR1, FR2, FR3 or FR4, a framework region, as referred by others, represents the combined FR's within the variable region of a single, naturally occurring immunoglobulin chain. As used herein, a FR represents one of the four sub-regions, and FRs represents two or more of the four sub-regions constituting a framework region.
  • Human heavy chain and light chain acceptor sequences are known in the art. In one embodiment of the invention the human heavy chain and light chain acceptor sequences are selected from the sequences described in Table 3 and Table 4 disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 7,915,388, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • As used herein, the term “germline antibody gene” or “gene fragment” refers to an immunoglobulin sequence encoded by non-lymphoid cells that have not undergone the maturation process that leads to genetic rearrangement and mutation for expression of a particular immunoglobulin. (See, e.g., Shapiro et al., Crit. Rev. Immunol. 22(3): 183-200 (2002); Marchalonis et al., Adv Exp Med. Biol. 484:13-30 (2001)). One of the advantages provided by various embodiments of the present invention stems from the recognition that germline antibody genes are more likely than mature antibody genes to conserve essential amino acid sequence structures characteristic of individuals in the species, hence less likely to be recognized as from a foreign source when used therapeutically in that species.
  • As used herein, the term “key” residues refer to certain residues within the variable region that have more impact on the binding specificity and/or affinity of an antibody, in particular a humanized antibody. A key residue includes, but is not limited to, one or more of the following: a residue that is adjacent to a CDR, a potential glycosylation site (can be either N- or O-glycosylation site), a rare residue, a residue capable of interacting with the antigen, a residue capable of interacting with a CDR, a canonical residue, a contact residue between heavy chain variable region and light chain variable region, a residue within the Vernier zone, and a residue in the region that overlaps between the Chothia definition of a variable heavy chain CDR1 and the Kabat definition of the first heavy chain framework.
  • As used herein, the term “humanized antibody” is an antibody or a variant, derivative, analog or fragment thereof which immunospecifically binds to an antigen of interest and which comprises a framework (FR) region having substantially the amino acid sequence of a human antibody and a complementary determining region (CDR) having substantially the amino acid sequence of a non-human antibody. As used herein, the term “substantially” in the context of a CDR refers to a CDR having an amino acid sequence at least 80%, preferably at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98% or at least 99% identical to the amino acid sequence of a non-human antibody CDR. A humanized antibody comprises substantially all of at least one, and typically two, variable domains (Fab, Fab′, F(ab′)2, FabC, Fv) in which all or substantially all of the CDR regions correspond to those of a non-human immunoglobulin (i.e., donor antibody) and all or substantially all of the framework regions are those of a human immunoglobulin consensus sequence. Preferably, a humanized antibody also comprises at least a portion of an immunoglobulin constant region (Fc), typically that of a human immunoglobulin. In some embodiments, a humanized antibody contains both the light chain as well as at least the variable domain of a heavy chain. The antibody also may include the CH1, hinge, CH2, CH3, and CH4 regions of the heavy chain. In some embodiments, a humanized antibody only contains a humanized light chain. In some embodiments, a humanized antibody only contains a humanized heavy chain. In specific embodiments, a humanized antibody only contains a humanized variable domain of a light chain and/or humanized heavy chain.
  • In one embodiment of the invention, the humanized anti-IL-13 antibody is 13C5.5. 13C5.5 has the sequences SEQ ID NO:2 (heavy chain variable region) and SEQ ID NO:3 (light chain variable region). See also U.S. Pat. No. 7,915,388, the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • Heavy Chain Variable Region 13C5.5
    SEQ ID NO: 2
    EVTLRESGPGLVKPTQTLTLTCTLYGFSLSTSDMGVDWIRQPPGKGLEWL
    AHIWWDDVKRYNPALKSRLTISKDTSKNQVVLKLTSVDPVDTATYYCART
    VSSGYIYYAMDYWGQGTLVTVSS
    Light Chain Variable Region 13C5.5
    SEQ ID NO: 3
    DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTISCRASQDIRNYLNWYQQKPGKAPKLLIFY
    TSKLHSGVPSRFSGSGSGTDYTLTISSLQPEDIATYYCQQGNTLPLTFGG
    GTKVEIK
  • The humanized antibody can be selected from any class of immunoglobulins, including IgM, IgG, IgD, IgA and IgE, and any isotype, including without limitation IgG 1, IgG2, IgG3 and IgG4. The humanized antibody may comprise sequences from more than one class or isotype, and particular constant domains may be selected to optimize desired effector functions using techniques well-known in the art.
  • The framework and CDR regions of a humanized antibody need not correspond precisely to the parental sequences, e.g., the donor antibody CDR or the consensus framework may be mutagenized by substitution, insertion and/or deletion of at least one amino acid residue so that the CDR or framework residue at that site does not correspond to either the donor antibody or the consensus framework. In a preferred embodiment, such mutations, however, will not be extensive. Usually, at least 80%, preferably at least 85%, more preferably at least 90%, and most preferably at least 95% of the humanized antibody residues will correspond to those of the parental FR and CDR sequences. As used herein, the term “consensus framework” refers to the framework region in the consensus immunoglobulin sequence. As used herein, the term “consensus immunoglobulin sequence” refers to the sequence formed from the most frequently occurring amino acids (or nucleotides) in a family of related immunoglobulin sequences (See e.g., Winnaker, From Genes to Clones (Verlagsgesellschaft, Weinheim, Germany 1987). In a family of immunoglobulins, each position in the consensus sequence is occupied by the amino acid occurring most frequently at that position in the family. If two amino acids occur equally frequently, either can be included in the consensus sequence.
  • As used herein, “Vernier” zone refers to a subset of framework residues that may adjust CDR structure and fine-tune the fit to antigen as described by Foote and Winter (1992, J. Mol. Biol. 224:487-499, which is incorporated herein by reference). Vernier zone residues form a layer underlying the CDRs and may impact on the structure of CDRs and the affinity of the antibody.
  • The term “multivalent binding protein” is used in this specification to denote a binding protein comprising two or more antigen binding sites. The multivalent binding protein is preferably engineered to have the three or more antigen binding sites, and is generally not a naturally occurring antibody. The term “multispecific binding protein” refers to a binding protein capable of binding two or more related or unrelated targets. Dual variable domain (DVD) binding proteins as used herein, are binding proteins that comprise two or more antigen binding sites and are tetravalent or multivalent binding proteins. Such DVDs may be monospecific, i.e. capable of binding one antigen or multispecific, i.e. capable of binding two or more antigens. DVD binding proteins comprising two heavy chain DVD polypeptides and two light chain DVD polypeptides are referred to a DVD Ig. Each half of a DVD Ig comprises a heavy chain DVD polypeptide, and a light chain DVD polypeptide, and two antigen binding sites. Each binding site comprises a heavy chain variable domain and a light chain variable domain with a total of 6 CDRs involved in antigen binding per antigen binding site.
  • As used herein, the term “neutralizing” refers to neutralization of biological activity of a cytokine when a binding protein specifically binds the cytokine. Preferably a neutralizing binding protein is a neutralizing antibody whose binding to IL-13 and/or IL-13 results in inhibition of a biological activity of IL-13 and/or IL-13. Preferably the neutralizing binding protein binds IL-13 and/or IL-13 and reduces a biologically activity of IL-13 and/or IL-13 by at least about 20%, 40%, 60%, 80%, 85% or more Inhibition of a biological activity of IL-13 and/or IL-13 by a neutralizing binding protein can be assessed by measuring one or more indicators of IL-13 and/or IL-13 biological activity well known in the art. For example, inhibition of human IL-13 induced production of TARC(CCL-17) by A-549 cells can be measured (see Example 1.1.0 of U.S. Pat. No. 7,915,388, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference).
  • The term “activity” includes activities such as the binding specificity/affinity of an antibody for an antigen, for example, an anti-IL-13 antibody that binds to an IL-13 antigen and/or the neutralizing potency of an antibody, for example, an anti-IL-13 antibody whose binding to IL-13 inhibits the biological activity of IL-13, e.g. For example inhibition of human IL-13 induced production of TARC(CCL-17) by A-549 cells (see Example 1.1.0 of U.S. Pat. No. 7,915,388, the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference).
  • The term “epitope” includes any polypeptide determinant capable of specific binding to an immunoglobulin or T-cell receptor. In certain embodiments, epitope determinants include chemically active surface groupings of molecules such as amino acids, sugar side chains, phosphoryl, or sulfonyl, and, in certain embodiments, may have specific three dimensional structural characteristics, and/or specific charge characteristics. An epitope is a region of an antigen that is bound by an antibody. In certain embodiments, an antibody is said to specifically bind an antigen when it preferentially recognizes its target antigen in a complex mixture of proteins and/or macromolecules.
  • The term “surface plasmon resonance”, as used herein, refers to an optical phenomenon that allows for the analysis of real-time biospecific interactions by detection of alterations in protein concentrations within a biosensor matrix, for example using the BIAcore system (Pharmacia Biosensor AB, Uppsala, Sweden and Piscataway, N.J.). For further descriptions, see Jonsson, U., et al. (1993) Ann Biol. Clin. 51:19-26; Jonsson, U., et al. (1991) Biotechniques 11:620-627; Johnsson, B., et al. (1995) J. Mol. Recognit. 8:125-131; and Johnnson, B., et al. (1991) Anal. Biochem. 198:268-277.
  • The term “kon,”, as used herein, is intended to refer to the on rate constant for association of an antibody to the antigen to form the antibody/antigen complex as is known in the art.
  • The term “koff”, as used herein, is intended to refer to the off rate constant for dissociation of an antibody from the antibody/antigen complex as is known in the art.
  • The term “KD”, as used herein, is intended to refer to the dissociation constant of a particular antibody-antigen interaction as is known in the art.
  • The term “labeled binding protein” as used herein, refers to a protein with a label incorporated that provides for the identification of the binding protein. Preferably, the label is a detectable marker, e.g., incorporation of a radiolabeled amino acid or attachment to a polypeptide of biotinyl moieties that can be detected by marked avidin (e.g., streptavidin containing a fluorescent marker or enzymatic activity that can be detected by optical or colorimetric methods). Examples of labels for polypeptides include, but are not limited to, the following: radioisotopes or radionuclides (e.g., 3H, 14C, 35S, 90Y, 99Tc, 111In, 125I, 131I, 177Lu, 166Ho, or 153Sm); fluorescent labels (e.g., FITC, rhodamine, lanthanide phosphors), enzymatic labels (e.g., horseradish peroxidase, luciferase, alkaline phosphatase); chemiluminescent markers; biotinyl groups; predetermined polypeptide epitopes recognized by a secondary reporter (e.g., leucine zipper pair sequences, binding sites for secondary antibodies, metal binding domains, epitope tags); and magnetic agents, such as gadolinium chelates.
  • The term “antibody conjugate” refers to a binding protein, such as an antibody, chemically linked to a second chemical moiety, such as a therapeutic or cytotoxic agent. The term “agent” is used herein to denote a chemical compound, a mixture of chemical compounds, a biological macromolecule, or an extract made from biological materials. Preferably the therapeutic or cytotoxic agents include, but are not limited to, pertussis toxin, taxol, cytochalasin B, gramicidin D, ethidium bromide, emetine, mitomycin, etoposide, tenoposide, vincristine, vinblastine, colchicin, doxorubicin, daunorubicin, dihydroxy anthracin dione, mitoxantrone, mithramycin, actinomycin D, 1-dehydrotestosterone, glucocorticoids, procaine, tetracaine, lidocaine, propranolol, and puromycin and analogs or homologs thereof.
  • The terms “crystal”, and “crystallized” as used herein, refer to an antibody, or antigen binding portion thereof, that exists in the form of a crystal. Crystals are one form of the solid state of matter, which is distinct from other forms such as the amorphous solid state or the liquid crystalline state. Crystals are composed of regular, repeating, three-dimensional arrays of atoms, ions, molecules (e.g., proteins such as antibodies), or molecular assemblies (e.g., antigen/antibody complexes). These three-dimensional arrays are arranged according to specific mathematical relationships that are well-understood in the field. The fundamental unit, or building block, that is repeated in a crystal is called the asymmetric unit. Repetition of the asymmetric unit in an arrangement that conforms to a given, well-defined crystallographic symmetry provides the “unit cell” of the crystal. Repetition of the unit cell by regular translations in all three dimensions provides the crystal. See Giege, R. and Ducruix, A. Barrett, Crystallization of Nucleic Acids and Proteins, a Practical Approach, 2nd ea., pp. 20 1-16, Oxford University Press, New York, N.Y., (1999).”
  • The term “polynucleotide” as referred to herein means a polymeric form of two or more nucleotides, either ribonucleotides or deoxynucleotides or a modified form of either type of nucleotide. The term includes single and double stranded forms of DNA but preferably is double-stranded DNA.
  • The term “isolated polynucleotide” as used herein shall mean a polynucleotide (e.g., of genomic, cDNA, or synthetic origin, or some combination thereof) that, by virtue of its origin, the “isolated polynucleotide”: is not associated with all or a portion of a polynucleotide with which the “isolated polynucleotide” is found in nature; is operably linked to a polynucleotide that it is not linked to in nature; or does not occur in nature as part of a larger sequence.
  • The term “vector”, as used herein, is intended to refer to a nucleic acid molecule capable of transporting another nucleic acid to which it has been linked. One type of vector is a “plasmid”, which refers to a circular double stranded DNA loop into which additional DNA segments may be ligated. Another type of vector is a viral vector, wherein additional DNA segments may be ligated into the viral genome. Certain vectors are capable of autonomous replication in a host cell into which they are introduced (e.g., bacterial vectors having a bacterial origin of replication and episomal mammalian vectors). Other vectors (e.g., non-episomal mammalian vectors) can be integrated into the genome of a host cell upon introduction into the host cell, and thereby are replicated along with the host genome. Moreover, certain vectors are capable of directing the expression of genes to which they are operatively linked. Such vectors are referred to herein as “recombinant expression vectors” (or simply, “expression vectors”). In general, expression vectors of utility in recombinant DNA techniques are often in the form of plasmids. In the present specification, “plasmid” and “vector” may be used interchangeably as the plasmid is the most commonly used form of vector. However, the invention is intended to include such other forms of expression vectors, such as viral vectors (e.g., replication defective retroviruses, adenoviruses and adeno-associated viruses), which serve equivalent functions.
  • The term “operably linked” refers to a juxtaposition wherein the components described are in a relationship permitting them to function in their intended manner. A control sequence “operably linked” to a coding sequence is ligated in such a way that expression of the coding sequence is achieved under conditions compatible with the control sequences. “Operably linked” sequences include both expression control sequences that are contiguous with the gene of interest and expression control sequences that act in trans or at a distance to control the gene of interest. The term “expression control sequence” as used herein refers to polynucleotide sequences which are necessary to effect the expression and processing of coding sequences to which they are ligated. Expression control sequences include appropriate transcription initiation, termination, promoter and enhancer sequences; efficient RNA processing signals such as splicing and polyadenylation signals; sequences that stabilize cytoplasmic mRNA; sequences that enhance translation efficiency (i.e., Kozak consensus sequence); sequences that enhance protein stability; and when desired, sequences that enhance protein secretion. The nature of such control sequences differs depending upon the host organism; in prokaryotes, such control sequences generally include promoter, ribosomal binding site, and transcription termination sequence; in eukaryotes, generally, such control sequences include promoters and transcription termination sequence. The term “control sequences” is intended to include components whose presence is essential for expression and processing, and can also include additional components whose presence is advantageous, for example, leader sequences and fusion partner sequences. Protein constructs of the present invention may be expressed, and purified using expression vectors and host cells known in the art, including expression cassettes, vectors, recombinant host cells and methods for the recombinant expression and proteolytic processing of recombinant polyproteins and pre-proteins from a single open reading frame (e.g., WO 2007/014162, the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference).
  • “Transformation”, as defined herein, refers to any process by which exogenous DNA enters a host cell. Transformation may occur under natural or artificial conditions using various methods well known in the art. Transformation may rely on any known method for the insertion of foreign nucleic acid sequences into a prokaryotic or eukaryotic host cell. The method is selected based on the host cell being transformed and may include, but is not limited to, viral infection, electroporation, lipofection, and particle bombardment. Such “transformed” cells include stably transformed cells in which the inserted DNA is capable of replication either as an autonomously replicating plasmid or as part of the host chromosome. They also include cells which transiently express the inserted DNA or RNA for limited periods of time.
  • The term “recombinant host cell” (or simply “host cell”), as used herein, is intended to refer to a cell into which exogenous DNA has been introduced. It should be understood that such terms are intended to refer not only to the particular subject cell, but, to the progeny of such a cell. Because certain modifications may occur in succeeding generations due to either mutation or environmental influences, such progeny may not, in fact, be identical to the parent cell, but are still included within the scope of the term “host cell” as used herein. Preferably host cells include prokaryotic and eukaryotic cells selected from any of the Kingdoms of life. Preferred eukaryotic cells include protist, fungal, plant and animal cells. Most preferably host cells include but are not limited to the prokaryotic cell line E. coli; mammalian cell lines CHO, HEK 293 and COS; the insect cell line Sf9; and the fungal cell Saccharomyces cerevisiae.
  • Standard techniques may be used for recombinant DNA, oligonucleotide synthesis, and tissue culture and transformation (e.g., electroporation, lipofection). Enzymatic reactions and purification techniques may be performed according to manufacturer's specifications or as commonly accomplished in the art or as described herein. The foregoing techniques and procedures may be generally performed according to conventional methods well known in the art and as described in various general and more specific references that are cited and discussed throughout the present specification. See e.g., Sambrook et al. Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual (2d ed., Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y. (1989)), which is incorporated herein by reference for any purpose.
  • “Transgenic organism”, as known in the art and as used herein, refers to an organism having cells that contain a transgene, wherein the transgene introduced into the organism (or an ancestor of the organism) expresses a polypeptide not naturally expressed in the organism. A “transgene” is a DNA construct, which is stably and operably integrated into the genome of a cell from which a transgenic organism develops, directing the expression of an encoded gene product in one or more cell types or tissues of the transgenic organism.
  • The term “regulate” and “modulate” are used interchangeably, and, as used herein, refers to a change or an alteration in the activity of a molecule of interest (e.g., the biological activity of IL-13). Modulation may be an increase or a decrease in the magnitude of a certain activity or function of the molecule of interest. Exemplary activities and functions of a molecule include, but are not limited to, binding characteristics, enzymatic activity, cell receptor activation, and signal transduction.
  • Correspondingly, the term “modulator,” as used herein, is a compound capable of changing or altering an activity or function of a molecule of interest (e.g., the biological activity of IL-13). For example, a modulator may cause an increase or decrease in the magnitude of a certain activity or function of a molecule compared to the magnitude of the activity or function observed in the absence of the modulator. In certain embodiments, a modulator is an inhibitor, which decreases the magnitude of at least one activity or function of a molecule. Exemplary inhibitors include, but are not limited to, proteins, peptides, antibodies, peptibodies, carbohydrates or small organic molecules. Peptibodies are described, e.g., in WO01/83525.
  • The term “agonist”, as used herein, refers to a modulator that, when contacted with a molecule of interest, causes an increase in the magnitude of a certain activity or function of the molecule compared to the magnitude of the activity or function observed in the absence of the agonist. Particular agonists of interest may include, but are not limited to, IL-13 polypeptides or polypeptides, nucleic acids, carbohydrates, or any other molecules that bind to IL-13.
  • The term “antagonist” or “inhibitor”, as used herein, refer to a modulator that, when contacted with a molecule of interest causes a decrease in the magnitude of a certain activity or function of the molecule compared to the magnitude of the activity or function observed in the absence of the antagonist. Particular antagonists of interest include those that block or modulate the biological or immunological activity of IL-13 and/or IL-13. Antagonists and inhibitors of IL-13 and/or IL-13 may include, but are not limited to, proteins; nucleic acids, carbohydrates, or any other molecules, which bind to IL-13 and/or IL-13.
  • The term “inhibit binding to the receptor” refers to the ability of the binding protein to prevent the binding of IL-13 to one or more of its receptors. Such inhibition of binding to the receptor would result in diminishing or abolishing the biological activity mediated by binding of IL-13 to its receptor or receptors.
  • As used herein, the term “effective amount” refers to the amount of a therapy which is sufficient to reduce or ameliorate the severity and/or duration of a disorder or one or more symptoms thereof, prevent the advancement of a disorder, cause regression of a disorder, prevent the recurrence, development, onset or progression of one or more symptoms associated with a disorder, detect a disorder, or enhance or improve the prophylactic or therapeutic effect(s) of another therapy (e.g., prophylactic or therapeutic agent).
  • The term “sample”, as used herein, is used in its broadest sense. A “biological sample”, as used herein, includes, but is not limited to, any quantity of a substance from a living thing or formerly living thing. Such living things include, but are not limited to, humans, mice, rats, monkeys, dogs, rabbits and other animals. Such substances include, but are not limited to, blood, serum, urine, synovial fluid, cells, organs, tissues, bone marrow, lymph nodes and spleen.
  • The term “Cmax” refers to the maximum or peak serum or plasma concentration of an agent observed in a subject after its administration.
  • In one embodiment, the anti-IL-13 antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, of the invention (e.g., a humanized anti-IL-13 antibody such as 13C5.5, or an antigen-binding portion thereof) is administered intravenously and exhibits a maximum serum concentration (Cmax) of between about 5 and about 235 μg/mL; a peak concentration (Cmax) of between about 5 and about 8 μg/ml; a Cmax of between about 5 and about 10 μg/mL; a peak concentration (Cmax) of between about 55 and about 90 μg/ml; a peak concentration (Cmax) of between about 185 and about 250 μg/ml; a Cmax of between about 190 and about 235 μg/mL. In another embodiment, the Cmax is between about 5 and about 50, between about 50 and about 75, between about 75 and about 100, between about 100 and about 125, between about 125 and about 150, between about 150 and about 175, between about 175 and about 200, or between about 200 and about 235 μg/mL.
  • In another embodiment, the anti-IL-13 antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof (e.g., a humanized anti-IL-13 antibody such as 13C5.5, or an antigen-binding portion thereof), is administered intravenously and exhibits a Cmax value of between about 20 and about 30 (μg/mL)/(mg/kg) after dose normalization. In another embodiment, the anti-IL-13 antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, is administered intravenously and exhibits a Cmax value of about 20, about 21, about 22, about 23, about 24, about 25, about 26, about 27, about 28, about 29 and about 30 (μg/mL)/(mg/kg) after dose normalization. In another embodiment, the anti-IL-13 antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, is administered intravenously and exhibits a Cmax value of between about 10 and about 40 (μg/mL)/(mg/kg) after dose normalization.
  • In another embodiment, the anti-IL-13 antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, of the invention (e.g., a humanized anti-IL-13 antibody such as 13C5.5, or an antigen-binding portion thereof) is administered subcutaneously and exhibits a maximum serum concentration (Cmax) of between about 1 and about 60 μg/mL; a peak concentration (Cmax) of between about 1.0 and about 6.0 μg/ml; a Cmax value of between about 6 and about 12 μg/ml; a peak concentration (Cmax) of between about 12 and about 60 μg/ml; a Cmax value of between about 1 and about 10, between about 10 and about 20, between about 20 and about 30, between about 30 and about 40, between about 40 and about 50, between about 50 and about 60, between about 20 and about 60, or between about 40 and about 60 μg/ml.
  • The term “Tmax” refers to the time at which Cmax occurred. In one embodiment, the anti-IL-13 antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, of the invention (e.g., a humanized anti-IL-13 antibody such as 13C5.5, or an antigen-binding portion thereof) is administered intravenously or subcutaneously and exhibits a Tmax of between about 1 and about 5 days; a Tmax of between about 3 and about 5 days; a Tmax of less than or equal to about 5 days; a Tmax of about 1 day, a Tmax of about 2 days, a Tmax of about 3 days, a Tmax of about 4 days, a Tmax of about 5 days, a Tmax of about 6 days, a Tmax of about 7 days, a Tmax of about 8 days, a Tmax of about 9 days, or a Tmax of about 10 days.
  • The term “bioavailability” or “F %” refers to a fraction or percent of a dose which is absorbed and enters the systemic circulation after administration of a given dosage form. The dose of the anti-IL-13 antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, may be administered through any route, and, preferably, via intravenous or subcutaneous injection. In one embodiment, the anti-IL-13 antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, of the invention (e.g., a humanized anti-IL-13 antibody such as 13C5.5, or an antigen-binding portion thereof) is administered intravenously or subcutaneously and exhibits a bioavailability of at least about 60%. In another embodiment, the antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, exhibits a bioavailability of at least about 35%, at least about 40%, at least about 45%, at least about 50%, at least about 60%, at least about 65%, at least about 70%, at least about 75%, at least about 80%, at least about 85%, at least about 90%, at least about 95%, or at least about 100%.
  • The term “AUC” or “area under the curve” is related to clearance. A higher clearance rate is related to a smaller AUC, and a lower clearance rate is related to a larger AUC value. The AUC higher values represent slower clearance rates.
  • In one embodiment, the anti-IL-13 antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, of the invention (e.g., a humanized anti-IL-13 antibody such as 13C5.5, or an antigen-binding portion thereof) is administered intravenously and exhibits an area under the curve (AUC) of between about 75 and about 100,000 μgh/mL; an AUC of between about 75 and about 100; between about 1,500 and about 2,700 μgh/ml; between about 1,500 and about 3,000; between about 21,000 and about 33,500 μgh/ml; between about 1,500 and 98,000; between about 20,000 and about 34,000 μgh/mL; between about 34,000 and about 40,000; between about 40,000 and about 50,000; between about 50,000 and about 60,000; between about 60,000 and about 75,000; between about 75,000 and about 100,000 μgh/mL; about 75, about 100, about 150, about 200, about 250, about 300, about 350, about 400, about 450, about 500, about 550, about 600, about 650, about 700, about 750, about 800, about 850, about 900, about 950, about 1,000; about 1,100; about 1,200; about 1,300; about 1,400; about 1,500; about 1,600; about 1,700; about 1,800; about 1,900; about 2,000; about 2,250; about 2,500; about 2,750; about 3,000; about 4,000; about 5,000; about 6,000; about 7,000; about 8,000; about 9,000; about 10,000; about 12,000; about 15,000; about 20,000; about 25,000; about 30,000; about 35,000; about 40,000; about 45,000; about 50,000; about 55,000; about 60,000; about 65,000; about 70,000; about 75,000; about 80,000, about 85,000; about 90,000; about 95,000 or about 100,000 μgh/mL.
  • In another embodiment, the AUC is between about 6,000 and about 10,000 (μgh/mL)/(mg/kg) after dose normalization, between about 7,000 and about 9,000; about 6,000; about 6,500; about 7,000; about 7,500; about 8,000; about 8,500; about 9,000; about 9,500 or about 10,000 (μgh/mL)/(mg/kg) after dose normalization.
  • In another embodiment, the anti-IL-13 antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, of the invention (e.g., a humanized anti-IL-13 antibody such as 13C5.5, or an antigen-binding portion thereof) is administered subcutaneously and exhibits an area under the curve (AUC) of between about 125 and about 8,100 μgh/mL; between about 125 and about 800 μgh/ml; between about 800 and about 1,100; between about 1,100 and about 8,100; about 100 and about 800 μgh/mL; about 125; about 150; about 175; about 200; about 250; about 300; about 350; about 400; about 450; about 500; about 550; about 600; about 650; about 700; about 750; about 800; about 850; about 900; about 950; about 1,000; about 1,100; about 1,200; about 1,300; about 1,400; about 1,500; about 1,600; about 1,700; about 1,800; about 1,900; about 2,000; about 2,250; about 2,500; about 3,000; about 3,500; about 4,000; about 4,500; about 5,000; about 5,500; about 6,000; about 6,500; about 7,000; about 7,500; about 8,000 or about 8,100 μgh/mL.
  • As used herein, the term “clearance rate” is related to the AUC, or area under the curve. A higher clearance rate is related to a smaller AUC, and a lower clearance rate is related to a larger AUC value. The AUC higher values represent slower clearance rates.
  • In one embodiment, the anti-IL-13 antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, of the invention (e.g., a humanized anti-IL-13 antibody such as 13C5.5, or an antigen-binding portion thereof) is administered intravenously and exhibits a clearance rate of between about 0.08 and about 0.2 ml/h/kg, between about 0.08 and about 0.15 ml/h/kg; between about 0.1 and about 0.15 ml/h/kg; between about 0.11 to about 0.19 mL/hr/kg; between about 0.08 to about 0.14 mL/hr/kg; between about 0.09 to about 0.13 mL/hr/kg; about 0.08; about 0.09, about 0.1, about 0.11, about 0.12, about 0.13, about 0.14, about 0.15, about 0.16, about 0.17, about 0.18, about 0.19, about 2.0, about 2.1, about 2.2, about 2.3, about 2.4 or about 2.5 mL/h/kg.
  • As used herein, the term “volume of distribution” is a term used to quantify the distribution of a drug, e.g., an anti-IL-13 antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, between plasma and the rest of the body after dosing. The volume of distribution is the theoretical volume in which the total amount of drug would need to be uniformly distributed in order to produced the desired blood concentration of the drug.
  • In one embodiment, the anti-IL-13 antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, of the invention (e.g., a humanized anti-IL-13 antibody such as 13C5.5, or an antigen-binding portion thereof) is administered intravenously and exhibits a volume of distribution of between about 55 and about 130 mL/kg; between about 65 and 125 mL/kg; between about 55 and about 100 mL/kg; between about 90 and about 130 mL/kg; between about 70 to about 130 mL/kg; between about 85 to about 130 mL/kg; between about 100 to about 130; between about 110 to about 120; about 55, about 60, about 65, about 70, about 75, about 80, about 85, about 90, about 95, about 100, about 105, about 110, about 115, about 120, about 125, about 130 or about 135 mL/kg.
  • In one embodiment, the anti-IL-13 antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, of the invention (e.g., a humanized anti-IL-13 antibody such as 13C5.5, or an antigen-binding portion thereof) is administered intravenously or subcutaneously and has a half-life of between about 24 and 31 days; between about 23 and 26 days; between about 10 and about 40 days, between about 20 and about 30 days, about 10 days, about 15 days, about 16 days, about 17 days, about 18 days, about 19 days, about 20 days, about 21 days, about 22 days, about 23 days, about 24 days, about 25 days, about 26 days, about 27 days, about 28 days, about 29 days, about 30 days, about 31 days, about 32 days, about 33 days, about 34 days, about 35 days, about 36 days, about 37 days, about 38 days, about 39 days, or about 40 days.
  • The term “dosing” or “dose” or “dosage”, as used herein, refers to the administration of a substance (e.g., an anti-IL-13 antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof) to achieve a therapeutic objective (e.g., the treatment of asthma).
  • In one embodiment, the composition of the invention is administered once. In another embodiment, the composition of the invention is administered weekly. In another embodiment, the composition of the invention is administered for two weeks. In another embodiment, the composition of the invention is administered for three weeks. In another embodiment, the composition is administered for four weeks, five weeks, six weeks, seven weeks, eight weeks, nine weeks, ten weeks, eleven weeks, three months, four months, five months, six months, seven months, eight months, nine months, ten months, eleven months, twelve months, thirteen months, fourteen months, fifteen months, sixteen months, seventeen months, eighteen months, nineteen months, twenty months, twenty-one months, twenty-two months, twenty-three months, two years, three years, four years, five years, ten years, or for the life of the subject.
  • The term “combination” as in the phrase “a first agent in combination with a second agent” includes co-administration of a first agent and a second agent, which for example may be dissolved or intermixed in the same pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, or administration of a first agent, followed by the second agent, or administration of the second agent, followed by the first agent. The present invention, therefore, includes methods of combination therapeutic treatment and combination pharmaceutical compositions.
  • The term “concomitant” as in the phrase “concomitant therapeutic treatment” includes administering an agent in the presence of a second agent. A concomitant therapeutic treatment method includes methods in which the first, second, third, or additional agents are co-administered. A concomitant therapeutic treatment method also includes methods in which the first or additional agents are administered in the presence of a second or additional agents, wherein the second or additional agents, for example, may have been previously administered. A concomitant therapeutic treatment method may be executed step-wise by different actors. For example, one actor may administer to a subject a first agent and a second actor may to administer to the subject a second agent, and the administering steps may be executed at the same time, or nearly the same time, or at distant times, so long as the first agent (and additional agents) are after administration in the presence of the second agent (and additional agents). The actor and the subject may be the same entity (e.g., human).
  • The term “combination therapy”, as used herein, refers to the administration of two or more therapeutic substances, e.g., an anti-IL-13 antibody and another drug. The other drug(s) may be administered concomitant with, prior to, or following the administration of the anti-IL-13 antibody.
  • The term “kit” as used herein refers to a packaged product comprising components with which to administer the anti-IL-13 antibody of the invention for treatment of a IL-13 related disorder. The kit preferably comprises a box or container that holds the components of the kit. The box or container is affixed with a label or a Food and Drug Administration approved protocol. The box or container holds components of the invention which are preferably contained within plastic, polyethylene, polypropylene, ethylene, or propylene vessels. The vessels can be capped-tubes or bottles. The kit can also include instructions for administering an anti-IL-13 antibody.
  • Various aspects of the invention are described in further detail in the following subsections.
  • I. Antibodies that Bind IL-13
  • This invention provides methods and compositions for using anti-IL-13 antibodies, or antigen-binding portions thereof, for the treatment of asthma. In one aspect, the present invention provides compositions which include and/or methods which use isolated murine monoclonal antibodies, or antigen-binding portions thereof, that bind to IL-13 with high affinity, a slow off rate and high neutralizing capacity. In a second aspect, the invention provides compositions which include and/or methods which use chimeric antibodies that bind IL-13. In a third aspect, the invention provides compositions which include and/or methods which use humanized antibodies, or antigen-binding portions thereof, that bind IL-13. Preferably, the antibodies, or portions thereof, are isolated antibodies. Preferably, the antibodies are neutralizing anti-IL-13 and/or humanized or human anti-IL-13 antibodies.
  • A. Methods of Making Anti-IL-13 Antibodies
  • Antibodies to be used in the compositions and/or methods of the present invention may be made by any of a number of techniques known in the art. For example, they can be made using the techniques disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 7,915,338, the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • 1. Anti-IL-13 Monoclonal Antibodies Using Hybridoma Technology
  • Monoclonal antibodies can be prepared using a wide variety of techniques known in the art including the use of hybridoma, recombinant, and phage display technologies, or a combination thereof. For example, monoclonal antibodies can be produced using hybridoma techniques including those known in the art and taught, for example, in Harlow et al., Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual, (Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, 2nd ed. 1988); Hammerling, et al., in: Monoclonal Antibodies and T-Cell Hybridomas 563-681 (Elsevier, N.Y., 1981) (said references incorporated by reference in their entireties). The term “monoclonal antibody” as used herein is not limited to antibodies produced through hybridoma technology. The term “monoclonal antibody” refers to an antibody that is derived from a single clone, including any eukaryotic, prokaryotic, or phage clone, and not the method by which it is produced.
  • Methods for producing and screening for specific antibodies using hybridoma technology are routine and well known in the art. In one embodiment, the present invention provides methods of generating monoclonal antibodies as well as antibodies produced by the method comprising culturing a hybridoma cell secreting an antibody of the invention wherein, preferably, the hybridoma is generated by fusing splenocytes isolated from a mouse immunized with an antigen of the invention with myeloma cells and then screening the hybridomas resulting from the fusion for hybridoma clones that secrete an antibody able to bind a polypeptide of the invention (See Example 1.2). Briefly, mice can be immunized with an IL-13 antigen. In a preferred embodiment, the IL-13 antigen is administered with an adjuvant to stimulate the immune response. Such adjuvants include complete or incomplete Freund's adjuvant, RIBI (muramyl dipeptides) or ISCOM (immunostimulating complexes). Such adjuvants may protect the polypeptide from rapid dispersal by sequestering it in a local deposit, or they may contain substances that stimulate the host to secrete factors that are chemotactic for macrophages and other components of the immune system. Preferably, if a polypeptide is being administered, the immunization schedule will involve two or more administrations of the polypeptide, spread out over several weeks.
  • After immunization of an animal with an IL-13 antigen, antibodies and/or antibody-producing cells may be obtained from the animal. An anti-IL-13 antibody-containing serum is obtained from the animal by bleeding or sacrificing the animal. The serum may be used as it is obtained from the animal, an immunoglobulin fraction may be obtained from the serum, or the anti-IL-13 antibodies may be purified from the serum. Serum or immunoglobulins obtained in this manner are polyclonal, thus having a heterogeneous array of properties.
  • Once an immune response is detected, e.g., antibodies specific for the antigen IL-13 are detected in the mouse serum, the mouse spleen is harvested and splenocytes isolated. The splenocytes are then fused by well-known techniques to any suitable myeloma cells, for example cells from cell line SP20 available from the ATCC. Hybridomas are selected and cloned by limited dilution. The hybridoma clones are then assayed by methods known in the art for cells that secrete antibodies capable of binding IL-13. Ascites fluid, which generally contains high levels of antibodies, can be generated by immunizing mice with positive hybridoma clones.
  • In another embodiment, antibody-producing immortalized hybridomas may be prepared from the immunized animal. After immunization, the animal is sacrificed and the splenic B cells are fused to immortalized myeloma cells as is well known in the art. See, e.g., Harlow and Lane, supra. In a preferred embodiment, the myeloma cells do not secrete immunoglobulin polypeptides (a non-secretory cell line). After fusion and antibiotic selection, the hybridomas are screened using IL-13, or a portion thereof, or a cell expressing IL-13. In a preferred embodiment, the initial screening is performed using an enzyme-linked immunoassay (ELISA) or a radioimmunoassay (RIA), preferably an ELISA. An example of ELISA screening is provided in WO 00/37504, herein incorporated by reference.
  • Anti-IL-13 antibody-producing hybridomas are selected, cloned and further screened for desirable characteristics, including robust hybridoma growth, high antibody production and desirable antibody characteristics, as discussed further below. Hybridomas may be cultured and expanded in vivo in syngeneic animals, in animals that lack an immune system, e.g., nude mice, or in cell culture in vitro. Methods of selecting, cloning and expanding hybridomas are well known to those of ordinary skill in the art.
  • In a preferred embodiment, the hybridomas are mouse hybridomas, as described above. In another preferred embodiment, the hybridomas are produced in a non-human, non-mouse species such as rats, sheep, pigs, goats, cattle or horses. In another embodiment, the hybridomas are human hybridomas, in which a human non-secretory myeloma is fused with a human cell expressing an anti-IL-13 antibody.
  • Antibody fragments that recognize specific epitopes may be generated by known techniques. For example, Fab and F(ab′)2 fragments of the invention may be produced by proteolytic cleavage of immunoglobulin molecules, using enzymes such as papain (to produce Fab fragments) or pepsin (to produce F(ab′)2 fragments). F(ab′)2 fragments contain the variable region, the light chain constant region and the CH1 domain of the heavy chain.
  • 2. Anti-IL-13 Monoclonal Antibodies Using SLAM
  • Recombinant antibodies for use in the compositions and/or methods of the present invention may also be generated from single, isolated lymphocytes using a procedure referred to in the art as the selected lymphocyte antibody method (SLAM), as described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 7,915,388 and 5,627,052, PCT Publication WO 92/02551 and Babcock, J. S. et al. (1996) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 93:7843-7848, the entire contents of each of which are incorporated herein by reference. Briefly, single cells secreting antibodies of interest, e.g., lymphocytes derived from any one of the immunized animals described above, are screened using an antigen-specific hemolytic plaque assay, wherein the antigen IL-13, a subunit of IL-13, or a fragment thereof, is coupled to sheep red blood cells using a linker, such as biotin, and used to identify single cells that secrete antibodies with specificity for IL-13. Following identification of antibody-secreting cells of interest, heavy- and light-chain variable region cDNAs are rescued from the cells by reverse transcriptase-PCR and these variable regions can then be expressed, in the context of appropriate immunoglobulin constant regions (e.g., human constant regions), in mammalian host cells, such as COS or CHO cells. The host cells transfected with the amplified immunoglobulin sequences, derived from in vivo selected lymphocytes, can then undergo further analysis and selection in vitro, for example by panning the transfected cells to isolate cells expressing antibodies to IL-13. The amplified immunoglobulin sequences further can be manipulated in vitro, such as by in vitro affinity maturation methods such as those described in PCT Publication WO 97/29131 and PCT Publication WO 00/56772.
  • 3. Anti-IL-13 Monoclonal Antibodies Using Transgenic Animals
  • Antibodies for use in the compositions and/or methods of the present invention may also be produced by immunizing a non-human animal comprising some, or all, of the human immunoglobulin locus with an IL-13 antigen. In a preferred embodiment, the non-human animal is a XENOMOUSE transgenic mouse, an engineered mouse strain that comprises large fragments of the human immunoglobulin loci and is deficient in mouse antibody production. See, e.g., Green et al. Nature Genetics 7:13-21 (1994) and U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,916,771, 5,939,598, 5,985,615, 5,998,209, 6,075,181, 6,091,001, 6,114,598 and 6,130,364. See also WO 91/10741, published Jul. 25, 1991, WO 94/02602, published Feb. 3, 1994, WO 96/34096 and WO 96/33735, both published Oct. 31, 1996, WO 98/16654, published Apr. 23, 1998, WO 98/24893, published Jun. 11, 1998, WO 98/50433, published Nov. 12, 1998, WO 99/45031, published Sep. 10, 1999, WO 99/53049, published Oct. 21, 1999, WO 00 09560, published Feb. 24, 2000 and WO 00/037504, published Jun. 29, 2000, the entire contents of each of which are expressly incorporated herein by reference. The XENOMOUSE transgenic mouse produces an adult-like human repertoire of fully human antibodies, and generates antigen-specific human Mabs. The XENOMOUSE transgenic mouse contains approximately 80% of the human antibody repertoire through introduction of megabase sized, germline configuration YAC fragments of the human heavy chain loci and x light chain loci. See Mendez et al., Nature Genetics 15:146-156 (1997), Green and Jakobovits J. Exp. Med. 188:483-495 (1998), the disclosures of which are hereby incorporated by reference.
  • 4. Anti-IL-13 Monoclonal Antibodies Using Recombinant Antibody Libraries
  • In vitro methods also can be used to make the antibodies for use in the compositions and/or methods of the invention, wherein an antibody library is screened to identify an antibody having the desired binding specificity. Methods for such screening of recombinant antibody libraries are well known in the art and include methods described in, for example, Ladner et al. U.S. Pat. No. 5,223,409; Kang et al. PCT Publication No. WO 92/18619; Dower et al. PCT Publication No. WO 91/17271; Winter et al. PCT Publication No. WO 92/20791; Markland et al. PCT Publication No. WO 92/15679; Breitling et al. PCT Publication No. WO 93/01288; McCafferty et al. PCT Publication No. WO 92/01047; Garrard et al. PCT Publication No. WO 92/09690; Fuchs et al. (1991) Bio/Technology 9:1370-1372; Hay et al. (1992) Hum Antibod Hybridomas 3:81-85; Huse et al. (1989) Science 246:1275-1281; McCafferty et al., Nature (1990) 348:552-554; Griffiths et al. (1993) EMBO J. 12:725-734; Hawkins et al. (1992) J Mol Biol 226:889-896; Clackson et al. (1991) Nature 352:624-628; Gram et al. (1992) PNAS 89:3576-3580; Garrad et al. (1991) Bio/Technology 9:1373-1377; Hoogenboom et al. (1991) Nuc Acid Res 19:4133-4137; and Barbas et al. (1991) PNAS 88:7978-7982, US patent application publication 20030186374, and PCT Publication No. WO 97/29131, the contents of each of which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • The recombinant antibody library may be from a subject immunized with IL-13 or IL-13, or a portion of IL-13 or IL-13. Alternatively, the recombinant antibody library may be from a naive subject, i.e., one who has not been immunized with IL-13, such as a human antibody library from a human subject who has not been immunized with human IL-13. Antibodies of the invention are selected by screening the recombinant antibody library with the peptide comprising human IL-13 to thereby select those antibodies that recognize IL-13. Methods for conducting such screening and selection are well known in the art, such as described in the references in the preceding paragraph. To select antibodies of the invention having particular binding affinities for IL-13, such as those that dissociate from human IL-13 with a particular k.sub.off rate constant, the art-known method of surface plasmon resonance can be used to select antibodies having the desired k.sub.off rate constant. To select antibodies of the invention having a particular neutralizing activity for IL-13, such as those with a particular an IC.sub.50, standard methods known in the art for assessing the inhibition of IL-13 activity may be used.
  • In one aspect, the invention pertains to an isolated antibody, or an antigen-binding portion thereof, that binds human IL-13. Preferably, the antibody is a neutralizing antibody. In various embodiments, the antibody is a recombinant antibody or a monoclonal antibody.
  • For example, the antibodies of the present invention can also be generated using various phage display methods known in the art. In phage display methods, functional antibody domains are displayed on the surface of phage particles which carry the polynucleotide sequences encoding them. In a particular, such phage can be utilized to display antigen-binding domains expressed from a repertoire or combinatorial antibody library (e.g., human or murine). Phage expressing an antigen binding domain that binds the antigen of interest can be selected or identified with antigen, e.g., using labeled antigen or antigen bound or captured to a solid surface or bead. Phage used in these methods are typically filamentous phage including fd and M13 binding domains expressed from phage with Fab, Fv or disulfide stabilized Fv antibody domains recombinantly fused to either the phage gene III or gene VIII protein. Examples of phage display methods that can be used to make the antibodies of the present invention include those disclosed in Brinkman et al., J. Immunol. Methods 182:41-50 (1995); Ames et al., J. Immunol. Methods 184:177-186 (1995); Kettleborough et al., Eur. J. Immunol. 24:952-958 (1994); Persic et al., Gene 187 9-18 (1997); Burton et al., Advances in Immunology 57:191-280 (1994); PCT application No. PCT/GB91/01134; PCT publications WO 90/02809; WO 91/10737; WO 92/01047; WO 92/18619; WO 93/11236; WO 95/15982; WO 95/20401; and U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,698,426; 5,223,409; 5,403,484; 5,580,717; 5,427,908; 5,750,753; 5,821,047; 5,571,698; 5,427,908; 5,516,637; 5,780,225; 5,658,727; 5,733,743 and 5,969,108; each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
  • As described in the above references, after phage selection, the antibody coding regions from the phage can be isolated and used to generate whole antibodies including human antibodies or any other desired antigen binding fragment, and expressed in any desired host, including mammalian cells, insect cells, plant cells, yeast, and bacteria, e.g., as described in detail below. For example, techniques to recombinantly produce Fab, Fab′ and F(ab′)2 fragments can also be employed using methods known in the art such as those disclosed in PCT publication WO 92/22324; Mullinax et al., BioTechniques 12(6):864-869 (1992); and Sawai et al., AJRI 34:26-34 (1995); and Better et al., Science 240:1041-1043 (1988) (said references incorporated by reference in their entireties). Examples of techniques which can be used to produce single-chain Fvs and antibodies include those described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,946,778 and 5,258,498; Huston et al., Methods in Enzymology 203:46-88 (1991); Shu et al., PNAS 90:7995-7999 (1993); and Skerra et al., Science 240:1038-1040 (1988).
  • Alternative to screening of recombinant antibody libraries by phage display, other methodologies known in the art for screening large combinatorial libraries can be applied to the identification of dual specificity antibodies of the invention. One type of alternative expression system is one in which the recombinant antibody library is expressed as RNA-protein fusions, as described in PCT Publication No. WO 98/31700 by Szostak and Roberts, and in Roberts, R. W. and Szostak, J. W. (1997) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 94:12297-12302. In this system, a covalent fusion is created between an mRNA and the peptide or protein that it encodes by in vitro translation of synthetic mRNAs that carry puromycin, a peptidyl acceptor antibiotic, at their 3′ end. Thus, a specific mRNA can be enriched from a complex mixture of mRNAs (e.g., a combinatorial library) based on the properties of the encoded peptide or protein, e.g., antibody, or portion thereof, such as binding of the antibody, or portion thereof, to the dual specificity antigen. Nucleic acid sequences encoding antibodies, or portions thereof, recovered from screening of such libraries can be expressed by recombinant means as described above (e.g., in mammalian host cells) and, moreover, can be subjected to further affinity maturation by either additional rounds of screening of mRNA-peptide fusions in which mutations have been introduced into the originally selected sequence(s), or by other methods for affinity maturation in vitro of recombinant antibodies, as described above.
  • In another approach the antibodies for use in the compositions and/or methods of the present invention can also be generated using yeast display methods known in the art. In yeast display methods, genetic methods are used to tether antibody domains to the yeast cell wall and display them on the surface of yeast. In particular, such yeast can be utilized to display antigen-binding domains expressed from a repertoire or combinatorial antibody library (e.g., human or murine). Examples of yeast display methods that can be used to make the antibodies of the present invention include those disclosed Wittrup, et al. U.S. Pat. No. 6,699,658 incorporated herein by reference.
  • B. Production of Recombinant IL-13 Antibodies
  • Antibodies for use in the compositions and/or methods of the present invention may be produced by any of a number of techniques known in the art. For example, expression from host cells, wherein expression vector(s) encoding the heavy and light chains is (are) transfected into a host cell by standard techniques. The various forms of the term “transfection” are intended to encompass a wide variety of techniques commonly used for the introduction of exogenous DNA into a prokaryotic or eukaryotic host cell, e.g., electroporation, calcium-phosphate precipitation, DEAE-dextran transfection and the like. Although it is possible to express the antibodies of the invention in either prokaryotic or eukaryotic host cells, expression of antibodies in eukaryotic cells is preferable, and most preferable in mammalian host cells, because such eukaryotic cells (and in particular mammalian cells) are more likely than prokaryotic cells to assemble and secrete a properly folded and immunologically active antibody.
  • Preferred mammalian host cells for expressing the recombinant antibodies of the invention include Chinese Hamster Ovary (CHO cells) (including dhfr-CHO cells, described in Urlaub and ChasM, (1980) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 77:4216-4220, used with a DHFR selectable marker, e.g., as described in R. J. Kaufman and P. A. Sharp (1982) Mol. Biol. 159:601-621), NSO myeloma cells, COS cells and SP2 cells. When recombinant expression vectors encoding antibody genes are introduced into mammalian to host cells, the antibodies are produced by culturing the host cells for a period of time sufficient to allow for expression of the antibody in the host cells or, more preferably, secretion of the antibody into the culture medium in which the host cells are grown. Antibodies can be recovered from the culture medium using standard protein purification methods.
  • Host cells can also be used to produce functional antibody fragments, such as Fab fragments or scFv molecules. It will be understood that variations on the above procedure are within the scope of the present invention. For example, it may be desirable to transfect a host cell with DNA encoding functional fragments of either the light chain and/or the heavy chain of an antibody of this invention. Recombinant DNA technology may also be used to remove some, or all, of the DNA encoding either or both of the light and heavy chains that is not necessary for binding to the antigens of interest. The molecules expressed from such truncated DNA molecules are also encompassed by the antibodies of the invention. In addition, bifunctional antibodies may be produced in which one heavy and one light chain are an antibody of the invention and the other heavy and light chain are specific for an antigen other than the antigens of interest by crosslinking an antibody of the invention to a second antibody by standard chemical crosslinking methods.
  • In a preferred system for recombinant expression of an antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, of the invention, a recombinant expression vector encoding both the antibody heavy chain and the antibody light chain is introduced into dhfr-CHO cells by calcium phosphate-mediated transfection. Within the recombinant expression vector, the antibody heavy and light chain genes are each operatively linked to CMV enhancer/AdMLP promoter regulatory elements to drive high levels of transcription of the genes. The recombinant expression vector also carries a DHFR gene, which allows for selection of CHO cells that have been transfected with the vector using methotrexate selection/amplification. The selected transformant host cells are cultured to allow for expression of the antibody heavy and light chains and intact antibody is recovered from the culture medium. Standard molecular biology techniques are used to prepare the recombinant expression vector, transfect the host cells, select for transformants, culture the host cells and recover the antibody from the culture medium. Still further the invention provides a method of synthesizing a recombinant antibody of the invention by culturing a host cell of the invention in a suitable culture medium until a recombinant antibody of the invention is synthesized. The method can further comprise isolating the recombinant antibody from the culture medium.
  • 1. Anti IL-13 Antibodies
  • Table 5 of U.S. Pat. No. 7,195,388 (the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference) is a list of amino acid sequences of VH and VL regions of preferred anti-IL-13 antibodies to be used in the compositions and/or methods of the invention. These isolated anti-IL-13 antibody CDR sequences establish a family of IL-13 binding proteins, isolated in accordance with this invention, and comprising polypeptides that include the CDR sequences listed in Table 6 of U.S. Pat. No. 7,195,388 (the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference). To generate and to select CDRs of the invention having preferred IL-13 binding and/or neutralizing activity with respect to IL-13 and/or IL-13, standard methods known in the art for generating binding proteins of the present invention and assessing the IL-13 and or IL-13 binding and/or neutralizing characteristics of those binding protein may be used, including but not limited to those specifically described herein.
  • In one embodiment, the antibody used in the compositions and/or methods of the invention is the antibody 13C5.5 (see U.S. Pat. No. 7,915,388, the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference). 13C5.5 is a humanized antibody that binds with great affinity to helices A and D of interleukin 13 (IL-13) (see FIG. 1). The heavy and light chain variable region sequences of 13C5.5 are set forth above as SEQ ID NO:2 and SEQ ID NO:3, respectively.
  • 2. Anti IL-13 Chimeric Antibodies
  • A chimeric antibody is a molecule in which different portions of the antibody are derived from different animal species, such as antibodies having a variable region derived from a murine monoclonal antibody and a human immunoglobulin constant region. Methods for producing chimeric antibodies are known in the art and discussed in to detail in Example 2.1. See e.g., Morrison, Science 229:1202 (1985); Oi et al., BioTechniques 4:214 (1986); Gillies et al., (1989) J. Immunol. Methods 125:191-202; U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,807,715; 4,816,567; and 4,816,397, which are incorporated herein by reference in their entireties. In addition, techniques developed for the production of “chimeric antibodies” (Morrison et al., 1984, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 81:851-855; Neuberger et al., 1984, Nature 312:604-608; Takeda et al., 1985, Nature 314:452-454 which are incorporated herein by reference in their entireties) by splicing genes from a mouse antibody molecule of appropriate antigen specificity together with genes from a human antibody molecule of appropriate biological activity can be used.
  • In one embodiment, the chimeric antibodies for use in the compositions and/or methods of the invention are produced by replacing the heavy chain constant region of the murine monoclonal anti human IL-13 antibodies described in section 1 with a human IgG1 constant region. In a specific embodiment the chimeric antibody of the invention comprises a heavy chain variable region (VH) comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 34; SEQ ID NO: 36; SEQ ID NO: 41; SEQ ID NO: 42; SEQ ID NO: 46 and a light chain variable region (VL) comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 35; SEQ ID NO: 37; SEQ ID NO: 40; SEQ ID NO: 43; or SEQ ID NO: 47 disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 7,195,388.
  • 3. Anti IL-13 Humanized Antibodies
  • Humanized antibodies are antibody molecules from non-human species antibody that binds the desired antigen having one or more complementarity determining regions (CDRs) from the non-human species and framework regions from a human immunoglobulin molecule. Known human Ig sequences are disclosed, e.g., Kabat et al., Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, U.S. Dept. Health (1983), entirely incorporated herein by reference. Such imported sequences can be used to reduce immunogenicity or reduce, enhance or modify binding, affinity, on-rate, off-rate, avidity, specificity, half-life, or any other suitable characteristic, as known in the art.
  • Framework residues in the human framework regions may be substituted with the corresponding residue from the CDR donor antibody to alter, preferably improve, antigen binding. These framework substitutions are identified by methods well known in the art, e.g., by modeling of the interactions of the CDR and framework residues to identify framework residues important for antigen binding and sequence comparison to identify unusual framework residues at particular positions. (See, e.g., Queen et al., U.S. Pat. No. 5,585,089; Riechmann et al., Nature 332:323 (1988), which are incorporated herein by reference in their entireties.) Three-dimensional immunoglobulin models are commonly available and are familiar to those skilled in the art. Computer programs are available which illustrate and display probable three-dimensional conformational structures of selected candidate immunoglobulin sequences. Inspection of these displays permits analysis of the likely role of the residues in the functioning of the candidate immunoglobulin sequence, i.e., the analysis of residues that influence the ability of the candidate immunoglobulin to bind its antigen. In this way, FR residues can be selected and combined from the consensus and import sequences so that the desired antibody characteristic, such as increased affinity for the target antigen(s), is achieved. In general, the CDR residues are directly and most substantially involved in influencing antigen binding. Antibodies can be humanized using a variety of techniques known in the art, such as but not limited to those described in Jones et al., Nature 321:522 (1986); Verhoeyen et al., Science 239:1534 (1988)), Sims et al., J. Immunol. 151: 2296 (1993); Chothia and Lesk, J. Mol. Biol. 196:901 (1987), Carter et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 89:4285 (1992); Presta et al., J. Immunol. 151:2623 (1993), Padlan, Molecular Immunology 28(4/5):489-498 (1991); Studnicka et al., Protein Engineering 7(6):805-814 (1994), Roguska. et al., PNAS 91:969-973 (1994); PCT publication WO 91/09967, PCT/: US98/16280, US96/18978, US91/09630, US91/05939, US94/01234, GB89/01334, GB91/01134, GB92/01755; WO90/14443, WO90/14424, WO90/14430, EP 229246, EP 592,106; EP 519,596, EP 239,400, U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,565,332, 5,723,323, 5,976,862, 5,824,514, 5,817,483, 5,814,476, 5,763,192, 5,723,323, 5,766886, 5,714,352, 6,204,023, 6,180,370, 5,693,762, 5,530,101, 5,585,089, 5,225,539; 4,816,567, each entirely incorporated herein by reference, included references cited therein.
  • C. Production of Antibodies and Antibody-producing Cell Lines
  • Preferably, anti-IL-13 antibodies for use in the compositions and/or methods of the present invention exhibit a high capacity to reduce or to neutralize IL-13 activity, e.g., as assessed by any one of several in vitro and in vivo assays known in the art (e.g., see Example 1.1.0 of U.S. Pat. No. 7,195,388, the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.). For example, these antibodies neutralize IL-13-induced production of TARC by A-549 cells with IC50 values in the range of at least about 10−8 M, about 10−9 M, or about 10−10 M.
  • In preferred embodiments, the isolated antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, binds human IL-13, wherein the antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, dissociates from human IL-13 with a koff rate constant of about 0.1 s−1 or less, as determined by surface plasmon resonance, or which inhibits human IL-13 and/or human IL-13 activity with an IC50 of about 1×10.sup.-6M or less. Alternatively, the antibody, or an antigen-binding portion thereof, may dissociate from human IL-13 with a koff rate constant of about 1×10−2 s−1 or less, as determined by surface plasmon resonance, or may inhibit human IL-13 and/or human IL-13 activity with an IC50 of about 1×10−7M or less. Alternatively, the antibody, or an antigen-binding portion thereof, may dissociate from human IL-13 with a koff rate constant of about 1×10−3 s−1 or less, as determined by surface plasmon resonance, or may inhibit human IL-13 and/or human IL-13 with an IC50 of about 1×10−8M or less. Alternatively, the antibody, or an antigen-binding portion thereof, may dissociate from human IL-13 with a koff rate constant of about 1×10−4 s−1 or less, as determined by surface plasmon resonance, or may inhibit IL-13 and/or human L-13 activity with an IC50 of about 1×10−9M or less. Alternatively, the antibody, or an antigen-binding portion thereof, may dissociate from human IL-13 with a koff rate constant of about 1×10−5 s−1 or less, as determined by surface plasmon resonance, or may inhibit IL-13 and/or human IL-13 activity with an IC50 of about 1×10−10M or less. Alternatively, the antibody, or an antigen-binding portion thereof, may dissociate from human IL-13 with a koff rate constant of about 1×10−5 s−1 or less, as determined by surface plasmon resonance, or may inhibit IL-13 and/or human IL-13 activity with an IC50 of about 1×1011M or less.
  • IL-13 exerts its actions by binding to the IL-13 receptor (IL-13R) on the cell surface, the heterodimer comprised of the IL-13Rα1 chain (IL-13Rα1) and the IL-4R chain (IL-4R). IL-13 binds to IL-13Rα1 first with low affinity (KD=2−1° nM) and then recruits IL-4R to the complex, generating a high affinity receptor (KD=0.03-0.4 nM) (Aman, M. J., et al. 1996 J. Biol. Chem. 271, 29265-29270; Miloux, et al. 1997 FEBS Lett. 401, 163-166; Andrews, et al 2002 J. Biol. Chem. 277, 46073-46078). Heterodimerization of IL-13R causes activation of Janus kinases, TYK2 and JAKE constitutively associated with IL-13Rα1 and IL-4R, respectively, followed by activation of the signal transducer and activator of transcription 6 (STAT6) (Izuhara, K., and Arima, K. 2004 Drug News Perspect. 17, 91-98). There is another IL-13-binding unit, the IL-13Rα2 chain (IL-13Rα2), which binds to IL-13 with high affinity (0.25-1.2 nM) (Caput, et al 1996 J. Biol. Chem. 271, 16921-16926; Donaldson et al 1998 J. Immunol. 161, 2317-2324). No other receptor molecule is known to be involved in the IL-131L-13R2 complex. IL-13R2 is initially thought to act as a nonsignaling “decoy” receptor. However, it was later discovered that it can bind to IL-13 and signals through AP-1 pathway, leading to TNF-beta production in certain cell types including macrophages, which in turn leads to lung fibrosis (Fichtner-Feigl, 2006 Nat Med 12:99-106). Therefore both IL-13Rα1/IL-4Rα and IL-13Rα2 pathways contribute to the overall pathophysiology of asthma and other pulmonary inflammatory conditions. Therefore, a therapeutic anti-IL-13 antibody that blocks IL-13 binding to both receptors will be more effective that those that blocks only one receptor.
  • In one aspect, the instant invention provides compositions and/or methods which use monoclonal antibodies that block IL-13 binding to both IL-13Rα1 and IL-13Rα2. Both ELISA-based receptor binding assay and 125-1-labeled IL-13 binding assay on cell surface demonstrated that 13C5, both murine version and humanized version (i.e., 13C5.5), were able to effective block IL-13 binding to both receptors. Antibodies in the same lineage as 13C5, including 25C8 and 33C3, were also able to block IL-13 binding to both receptors. Epitope mapping of 13C5 indicated that its binding site(s) included the C-terminal Helix D region of human IL-13 (residues VRDTK IEVAQ FVKDL LLHLK KLFRE GR, corresponding to amino acid 104-130 of SEQ ID NO. 1). The c-terminal helix D region has been proposed to be involved in interactions with the IL-13 receptor (Zuegg et al 2001 Immunol Cell Biol. 79:332-9). Crystal structure of human IL-13 complexed with the Fab portion of 13C5.5 antibody indicated that 13C5.5 binds the C-terminal Helix D region as well as the N-terminal Helix A region of human IL-13. Preferably the antibody, or antigen binding fragment thereof binds human IL-13 such to that IL-13 with said antibody, or antigen binding fragment thereof, bound to the epitope defined by the topographic regions Ser26-Thr27-Ala28-Leu29-Arg30-Glu31-Leu32-Ile33-Glu34-Glu35-Leu36-Val37-A-sn38 and Lys123-Lys124-Leu125-Phe126-Arg127-Glu-128-Gly129-Arg130 of SEQ ID No. 1 is inhibited from binding to the IL-13 receptor. Preferably the antibody, or antigen binding fragment thereof binds human IL-13 such that IL-13 with said antibody, or antigen binding fragment thereof, bound to the epitope defined by the topographic regions Arg30-Glu3′-Leu32-Ile33-Glu34-Glu35-Leu36-Val37-Asn38 and Lys123-Lys124-Leu125-Phe126-Arg127 of SEQ ID No. 1 is inhibited from binding to the IL-13.alpha.2 receptor.
  • In certain embodiments, the antibody comprises a heavy chain constant region, such as an IgG1, IgG2, IgG3, IgG4, IgA, IgE, IgM or IgD constant region. Preferably, the heavy chain constant region is an IgG1 heavy chain constant region or an IgG4 heavy chain constant region. Furthermore, the antibody can comprise a light chain constant region, either a kappa light chain constant region or a lambda light chain constant region. Preferably, the antibody comprises a kappa light chain constant region. Alternatively, the antibody portion can be, for example, a Fab fragment or a single chain Fv fragment.
  • Replacements of amino acid residues in the Fc portion to alter antibody effector function are known in the art (Winter, et al. U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,648,260; 5,624,821). The Fc portion of an antibody mediates several important effector functions e.g. cytokine induction, ADCC, phagocytosis, complement dependent cytotoxicity (CDC) and half-life/clearance rate of antibody and antigen-antibody complexes. In some cases these effector functions are desirable for therapeutic antibody but in other cases might be unnecessary or even deleterious, depending on the therapeutic objectives. Certain human IgG isotypes, particularly IgG1 and IgG3, mediate ADCC and CDC via binding to Fc.gamma.Rs and complement C1q, respectively. Neonatal Fc receptors (FcRn) are the critical components determining the circulating half-life of antibodies. In still another embodiment at least one amino acid residue is replaced in the constant region of the antibody, for example the Fc region of the antibody, such that effector functions of the antibody are altered.
  • In one embodiment, the methods and compositions of the invention use a labeled binding protein wherein an antibody or antibody portion of the invention is derivatized or linked to another functional molecule (e.g., another peptide or protein). For example, a labeled binding protein of the invention can be derived by functionally linking an antibody or antibody portion of the invention (by chemical coupling, genetic fusion, noncovalent association or otherwise) to one or more other molecular entities, such as another antibody (e.g., a bispecific antibody or a diabody), a detectable agent, a cytotoxic agent, a pharmaceutical agent, and/or a protein or peptide that can mediate associate of the antibody or antibody portion with another molecule (such as a streptavidin core region or a polyhistidine tag).
  • Useful detectable agents with which an antibody or antibody portion of the invention may be derivatized include fluorescent compounds. Exemplary fluorescent detectable agents include fluorescein, fluorescein isothiocyanate, rhodamine, 5-dimethylamine-1-napthalenesulfonyl chloride, phycoerythrin and the like. An antibody may also be derivatized with detectable enzymes, such as alkaline phosphatase, horseradish peroxidase, glucose oxidase and the like. When an antibody is derivatized with a detectable enzyme, it is detected by adding additional reagents that the enzyme uses to produce a detectable reaction product. For example, when the detectable agent horseradish peroxidase is present, the addition of hydrogen peroxide and diaminobenzidine leads to a colored reaction product, which is detectable. An antibody may also be derivatized with biotin, and detected through indirect measurement of avidin or streptavidin binding.
  • In another embodiment, the compositions and methods of the invention use a crystallized binding protein. Preferably the invention relates to crystals of whole anti-IL-13 antibodies and fragments thereof as disclosed herein, and formulations and compositions comprising such crystals. In one embodiment the crystallized binding protein has a greater half-life in vivo than the soluble counterpart of the binding protein. In another embodiment the binding protein retains biological activity after crystallization.
  • Crystallized binding protein of the invention may be produced according methods known in the art and as disclosed in WO 02072636, incorporated herein by reference.
  • In yet another embodiment, the compositions and/or methods of the invention use a glycosylated binding protein wherein the antibody or antigen-binding portion thereof comprises one or more carbohydrate residues. Nascent in vivo protein production may undergo further processing, known as post-translational modification. In particular, sugar (glycosyl) residues may be added enzymatically, a process known as glycosylation. The resulting proteins bearing covalently linked oligosaccharide side chains are known as glycosylated proteins or glycoproteins. Antibodies are glycoproteins with one or more carbohydrate residues in the Fc domain, as well as the variable domain. Carbohydrate residues in the Fc domain have important effect on the effector function of the Fc domain, with minimal effect on antigen binding or half-life of the antibody (R. Jefferis, Biotechnol. Prog. 21 (2005), pp. 11-16). In contrast, glycosylation of the variable domain may have an effect on the antigen binding activity of the antibody. Glycosylation in the variable domain may have a negative effect on antibody binding affinity, likely due to steric hindrance (Co, M. S., et al., Mol. Immunol. (1993) 30:1361-1367), or result in increased affinity for the antigen (Wallick, S. C., et al., Exp. Med. (1988) 168:1099-1109; Wright, A., et al., EMBO J. (1991) 10:2717 2723).
  • One aspect of the present invention is directed to generating glycosylation site mutants in which the O- or N-linked glycosylation site of the binding protein has been mutated. One skilled in the art can generate such mutants using standard well-known technologies. Glycosylation site mutants that retain the biological activity, but have increased or decreased binding activity, are another object of the present invention.
  • In still another embodiment, the glycosylation of the antibody or antigen-binding portion of the invention is modified. For example, an aglycoslated antibody can be made (i.e., the antibody lacks glycosylation). Glycosylation can be altered to, for example, increase the affinity of the antibody for antigen. Such carbohydrate modifications can be accomplished by, for example, altering one or more sites of glycosylation within the antibody sequence. For example, one or more amino acid substitutions can be made that result in elimination of one or more variable region glycosylation sites to thereby eliminate glycosylation at that site. Such aglycosylation may increase the affinity of the antibody for antigen. Such an approach is described in further detail in PCT Publication WO2003016466A2, and U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,714,350 and 6,350,861, each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
  • Additionally or alternatively, a modified antibody of the invention can be made that has an altered type of glycosylation, such as a hypofucosylated antibody having reduced amounts of fucosyl residues or an antibody having increased bisecting GlcNAc structures. Such altered glycosylation patterns have been demonstrated to increase the ADCC ability of antibodies. Such carbohydrate modifications can be accomplished by, for example, expressing the antibody in a host cell with altered glycosylation machinery. Cells with altered glycosylation machinery have been described in the art and can be used as host cells in which to express recombinant antibodies of the invention to thereby produce an antibody with altered glycosylation. See, for example, Shields, R. L. et al. (2002) J. Biol. Chem. 277:26733-26740; Umana et al. (1999) Nat. Biotech. 17:176-1, as well as, European Patent No: EP 1,176,195; PCT Publications WO 03/035835; WO 99/54342 80, each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
  • Protein glycosylation depends on the amino acid sequence of the protein of interest, as well as the host cell in which the protein is expressed. Different organisms may produce different glycosylation enzymes (e.g., glycosyltransferases and glycosidases), and have different substrates (nucleotide sugars) available. Due to such factors, protein glycosylation pattern, and composition of glycosyl residues, may differ depending on the host system in which the particular protein is expressed. Glycosyl residues useful in the invention may include, but are not limited to, glucose, galactose, mannose, fucose, n-acetylglucosamine and sialic acid. Preferably the glycosylated binding protein comprises glycosyl residues such that the glycosylation pattern is human.
  • It is known to those skilled in the art that differing protein glycosylation may result in differing protein characteristics. For instance, the efficacy of a therapeutic protein produced in a microorganism host, such as yeast, and glycosylated utilizing the yeast endogenous pathway may be reduced compared to that of the same protein expressed in a mammalian cell, such as a CHO cell line. Such glycoproteins may also be immunogenic in humans and show reduced half-life in vivo after administration. Specific receptors in humans and other animals may recognize specific glycosyl residues and promote the rapid clearance of the protein from the bloodstream. Other adverse effects may include changes in protein folding, solubility, susceptibility to proteases, trafficking, transport, compartmentalization, secretion, recognition by other proteins or factors, antigenicity, or allergenicity. Accordingly, a practitioner may prefer a therapeutic protein with a specific composition and pattern of glycosylation, for example glycosylation composition and pattern identical, or at least similar, to that produced in human cells or in the species-specific cells of the intended subject animal.
  • Expressing glycosylated proteins different from that of a host cell may be achieved by genetically modifying the host cell to express heterologous glycosylation enzymes. Using techniques known in the art a practitioner may generate antibodies or antigen-binding portions thereof exhibiting human protein glycosylation. For example, yeast strains have been genetically modified to express non-naturally occurring glycosylation enzymes such that glycosylated proteins (glycoproteins) produced in these yeast strains exhibit protein glycosylation identical to that of animal cells, especially human cells (U.S. patent applications 20040018590 and 20020137134 and PCT publication WO2005100584 A2, the entire contents of each of which are incorporated by reference herein).
  • The methods and/or compositions of the present invention may also use an anti-idiotypic (anti-Id) antibody specific for such binding proteins of the invention. An anti-Id antibody is an antibody, which recognizes unique determinants generally associated with the antigen-binding region of another antibody. The anti-Id can be prepared by immunizing an animal with the binding protein or a CDR containing region thereof. The immunized animal will recognize, and respond to the idiotypic determinants of the immunizing antibody and produce an anti-Id antibody. The anti-Id antibody may also be used as an “immunogen” to induce an immune response in yet another animal, producing a so-called anti-anti-Id antibody.
  • Further, it will be appreciated by one skilled in the art that a protein of interest may be expressed using a library of host cells genetically engineered to express various glycosylation enzymes, such that member host cells of the library produce the protein of interest with variant glycosylation patterns. A practitioner may then select and isolate the protein of interest with particular novel glycosylation patterns. Preferably, the protein to having a particularly selected novel glycosylation pattern exhibits improved or altered biological properties.
  • II. Compositions of the Invention
  • The invention also provides compositions, e.g., pharmaceutical compositions, comprising an antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, of the invention and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. The compositions of the invention comprise an anti-IL-13 antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, such that when administered intravenously to a subject at a dose of about 0.3 mg/kg, the antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, is capable of exhibiting: (a) an area under the curve (AUC) of between about 1,500 and about 2,700 μgh/ml; (b) a volume of distribution of between about 65 and 125 mL/kg; (c) a peak concentration (Cmax) of between about 5 and about 8 μg/ml; and (d) a clearance rate of between about 0.1 and about 0.2 ml/h/kg.
  • In another aspect, the invention provides an isolated composition comprising an anti-IL-13 antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, such that, when administered intravenously to a subject at a dose of about 3 mg/kg, the antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, is capable of exhibiting: (a) an area under the curve (AUC) of between about 21,000 and about 33,500 μgh/ml; (b) a volume of distribution of between about 55 and about 100 mL/kg; (c) a peak concentration (Cmax) of between about 55 and about 90 μg/ml; and (d) a clearance rate of between about 0.08 and about 0.15 ml/h/kg.
  • In another aspect, the invention provides an isolated composition comprising an anti-IL-13 antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, such that, when administered intravenously to a subject at a dose of about 10 mg/kg, the antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, is capable of exhibiting: (a) an area under the curve (AUC) of between about 75 and about 100 μgh/ml; (b) a volume of distribution of between about 90 and about 130 mL/kg; (c) a peak concentration (Cmax) of between about 185 and about 250 μg/ml; and (d) a clearance rate of between about 0.1 and about 0.15 ml/h/kg.
  • In yet another aspect, the invention provides an isolated composition comprising an anti-IL-13 antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, such that, when administered subcutaneously to a subject at a dose of about 0.3 mg/kg, the antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, is capable of exhibiting: (a) an area under the curve (AUC) of between about 125 and about 800 μgh/ml; and (b) a peak concentration (Cmax) of between about 1.0 and about 6.0 μg/ml.
  • In another aspect, the invention provides an isolated composition comprising an anti-IL-13 antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, such that, when administered subcutaneously to a subject at a dose of about 3 mg/kg, the antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, is capable of exhibiting: (a) an area under the curve (AUC) of between about 1,100 and about 8,500 μgh/ml; and (b) a peak concentration (Cmax) of between about 12 and about 60 μg/ml.
  • In another aspect, the invention provides an isolated composition comprising an anti-IL-13 antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, such that, when administered intravenously to a subject at a dose of about 0.3 mg/kg, 1 mg/kg, 3 mg/kg or 10 mg/kg, the antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, is capable of exhibiting any of the pharmacokinetic parameters set forth in the specification, Tables or Figures.
  • In another aspect, the invention provides an isolated composition comprising an anti-IL-13 antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, such that, when administered subcutaneously to a subject at a dose of about 0.3 mg/kg, 1 mg/kg or 3 mg/kg, the antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, is capable of exhibiting any of the pharmacokinetic parameters set forth in the specification, Tables or Figures.
  • The pharmaceutical compositions comprising antibodies of the invention are for use in, but not limited to, diagnosing, detecting, or monitoring a disorder, in preventing, treating, managing, or ameliorating of a disorder or one or more symptoms thereof, and/or in research. In a specific embodiment, a composition comprises one or more antibodies of the invention. In another embodiment, the pharmaceutical composition comprises one or more antibodies of the invention and one or more prophylactic or therapeutic agents other than antibodies of the invention for treating a disorder in which IL-13 activity is detrimental, such as asthma. Preferably, the prophylactic or therapeutic agents known to be useful for or having been or currently being used in the prevention, treatment, management, or amelioration of a disorder or one or more symptoms thereof. In accordance with these embodiments, the composition may further comprise of a carrier, diluent or excipient.
  • Typically, a pharmaceutical composition of the invention comprises an anti-IL-13 antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. As used herein, “pharmaceutically acceptable carrier” includes any and all solvents, dispersion media, coatings, antibacterial and antifungal agents, isotonic and absorption delaying agents, and the like that are physiologically compatible. Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable carriers include one or more of water, saline, phosphate buffered saline, dextrose, glycerol, ethanol and the like, as well as combinations thereof. In many cases, it will be preferable to include isotonic agents, for example, sugars, polyalcohols such as mannitol, sorbitol, or sodium chloride in the composition. Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers may further comprise minor amounts of auxiliary substances such as wetting or emulsifying agents, preservatives or buffers, which enhance the shelf life or effectiveness of the antibody or antibody portion.
  • Various delivery systems are known and can be used to administer one or more antibodies of the invention or the combination of one or more antibodies of the invention and a prophylactic agent or therapeutic agent useful for preventing, managing, treating, or ameliorating a disorder or one or more symptoms thereof, e.g., encapsulation in liposomes, microparticles, microcapsules, recombinant cells capable of expressing the antibody or antibody fragment, receptor-mediated endocytosis (see, e.g., Wu and Wu, J. Biol. Chem. 262:4429-4432 (1987)), construction of a nucleic acid as part of a retroviral or other vector, etc. Methods of administering a prophylactic or therapeutic agent of the invention include, but are not limited to, parenteral administration (e.g., intradermal, intramuscular, intraperitoneal, intravenous and subcutaneous), epidurala administration, intratumoral administration, and mucosal administration (e.g., intranasal and oral routes). In addition, pulmonary administration can be employed, e.g., by use of an inhaler or nebulizer, and formulation with an aerosolizing agent. See, e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,019,968, 5,985,320, 5,985,309, 5,934,272, 5,874,064, 5,855,913, 5,290,540, and 4,880,078; and PCT Publication Nos. WO 92/19244, WO 97/32572, WO 97/44013, WO 98/31346, and WO 99/66903, each of which is incorporated herein by reference their to entireties. In one embodiment, an antibody of the invention, combination therapy, or a composition of the invention is administered using Alkermes AIR™ pulmonary drug delivery technology (Alkermes, Inc., Cambridge, Mass.). In a specific embodiment, prophylactic or therapeutic agents of the invention are administered intramuscularly, intravenously, intratumorally, orally, intranasally, pulmonary, or subcutaneously. The prophylactic or therapeutic agents may be administered by any convenient route, for example by infusion or bolus injection, by absorption through epithelial or mucocutaneous linings (e.g., oral mucosa, rectal and intestinal mucosa, etc.) and may be administered together with other biologically active agents. Administration can be systemic or local.
  • In a specific embodiment, it may be desirable to administer the compositions of the invention locally to the area in need of treatment; this may be achieved by, for example, and not by way of limitation, local infusion, by injection, or by means of an implant, said implant being of a porous or non-porous material, including membranes and matrices, such as sialastic membranes, polymers, fibrous matrices (e.g., Tissuel™), or collagen matrices. In one embodiment, an effective amount of one or more antibodies of the invention antagonists is administered locally to the affected area to a subject to prevent, treat, manage, and/or ameliorate a disorder or a symptom thereof. In another embodiment, an effective amount of one or more antibodies of the invention is administered locally to the affected area in combination with an effective amount of one or more therapies (e.g., one or more prophylactic or therapeutic agents) other than an antibody of the invention of a subject to prevent, treat, manage, and/or ameliorate a disorder or one or more symptoms thereof.
  • In another embodiment, the prophylactic or therapeutic agent of the invention can be delivered in a controlled release or sustained release system. In one embodiment, a pump may be used to achieve controlled or sustained release (see Langer, supra; Sefton, 1987, CRC Crit. Ref. Biomed. Eng. 14:20; Buchwald et al., 1980, Surgery 88:507; Saudek et al., 1989, N. Engl. J. Med. 321:574). In another embodiment, polymeric materials can be used to achieve controlled or sustained release of the therapies of the invention (see e.g., Medical Applications of Controlled Release, Langer and Wise (eds.), CRC Pres., Boca Raton, Fla. (1974); Controlled Drug Bioavailability, Drug Product Design and Performance, Smolen and Ball (eds.), Wiley, New York (1984); Ranger and Peppas, 1983, J., Macromol. Sci. Rev. Macromol. Chem. 23:61; see also Levy et al., 1985, Science 228:190; During et al., 1989, Ann Neurol. 25:351; Howard et al., 1989, J. Neurosurg. 7 1:105); U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,679,377; 5,916,597; 5,912,015; 5,989,463; 5,128,326; PCT Publication No. WO 99/15154; and PCT Publication No. WO 99/20253. Examples of polymers used in sustained release formulations include, but are not limited to, poly(2-hydroxy ethyl methacrylate), poly(methyl methacrylate), poly(acrylic acid), poly(ethylene-co-vinyl acetate), poly(methacrylic acid), polyglycolides (PLG), polyanhydrides, poly(N-vinyl pyrrolidone), poly(vinyl alcohol), polyacrylamide, poly(ethylene glycol), polylactides (PLA), poly(lactide-co-glycolides) (PLGA), and polyorthoesters. In a preferred embodiment, the polymer used in a sustained release formulation is inert, free of leachable impurities, stable on storage, sterile, and biodegradable. In yet another embodiment, a controlled or sustained release system can be placed in proximity of the prophylactic or therapeutic target, thus requiring only a fraction of the systemic dose (see, e.g., Goodson, in Medical Applications of Controlled Release, supra, vol. 2, pp. 115-138 (1984)).
  • Controlled release systems are discussed in the review by Langer (1990, Science 249:1527-1533). Any technique known to one of skill in the art can be used to produce sustained release formulations comprising one or more therapeutic agents of the invention. See, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 4,526,938, PCT publication WO 91/05548, PCT publication WO 96/20698, Ning et al., 1996, “Intratumoral Radioimmunotheraphy of a Human Colon Cancer Xenograft Using a Sustained-Release Gel,” Radiotherapy & Oncology 39:179-189, Song et al., 1995, “Antibody Mediated Lung Targeting of Long-Circulating Emulsions,” PDA Journal of Pharmaceutical Science & Technology 50:372-397, Cleek et al., 1997, “Biodegradable Polymeric Carriers for a bFGF Antibody for Cardiovascular Application,” Pro. Int'l. Symp. Control. Rel. Bioact. Mater. 24:853-854, and Lam et al., 1997, “Microencapsulation of Recombinant Humanized Monoclonal Antibody for Local Delivery,” Proc. Int'l. Symp. Control Rel. Bioact. Mater. 24:759-760, each of which is incorporated herein by reference in their entireties.
  • A pharmaceutical composition of the invention is formulated to be compatible with its intended route of administration. Examples of routes of administration include, but are not limited to, parenteral, e.g., intravenous, intradermal, subcutaneous, oral, intranasal (e.g., inhalation), transdermal (e.g., topical), transmucosal, and rectal administration. In a specific embodiment, the composition is formulated in accordance with routine procedures as a pharmaceutical composition adapted for intravenous, subcutaneous, intramuscular, oral, intranasal, or topical administration to human beings. Typically, compositions for intravenous administration are solutions in sterile isotonic aqueous buffer. Where necessary, the composition may also include a solubilizing agent and a local anesthetic such as lignocamne to ease pain at the site of the injection.
  • If the compositions of the invention are to be administered topically, the compositions can be formulated in the form of an ointment, cream, transdermal patch, lotion, gel, shampoo, spray, aerosol, solution, emulsion, or other form well-known to one of skill in the art. See, e.g., Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences and Introduction to Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms, 19th ed., Mack Pub. Co., Easton, Pa. (1995). For non-sprayable topical dosage forms, viscous to semi-solid or solid forms comprising a carrier or one or more excipients compatible with topical application and having a dynamic viscosity preferably greater than water are typically employed. Suitable formulations include, without limitation, solutions, suspensions, emulsions, creams, ointments, powders, liniments, salves, and the like, which are, if desired, sterilized or mixed with auxiliary agents (e.g., preservatives, stabilizers, wetting agents, buffers, or salts) for influencing various properties, such as, for example, osmotic pressure. Other suitable topical dosage forms include sprayable aerosol preparations wherein the active ingredient, preferably in combination with a solid or liquid inert carrier, is packaged in a mixture with a pressurized volatile (e.g., a gaseous propellant, such as freon) or in a squeeze bottle. Moisturizers or humectants can also be added to pharmaceutical compositions and dosage forms if desired. Examples of such additional ingredients are well known in the art.
  • For intranasal administration of a composition of the invention, the composition can be formulated in an aerosol form, spray, mist or in the form of drops. In particular, prophylactic or therapeutic agents for use according to the present invention can be conveniently delivered in the form of an aerosol spray presentation from pressurized packs or a nebuliser, with the use of a suitable propellant (e.g., dichlorodifluoromethane, trichlorofluoromethane, dichlorotetrafluoroethane, carbon dioxide or other suitable gas). In the case of a pressurized aerosol the dosage unit may be determined by providing a valve to deliver a metered amount. Capsules and cartridges (composed of, e.g., gelatin) for use in an inhaler or insufflator may be formulated containing a powder mix of the compound and a suitable powder base such as lactose or starch.
  • For oral administration, compositions of the invention can be formulated orally in the form of tablets, capsules, cachets, gelcaps, solutions, suspensions, and the like. Tablets or capsules can be prepared by conventional means with pharmaceutically acceptable excipients such as binding agents (e.g., pregelatinised maize starch, polyvinylpyrrolidone, or hydroxypropyl methylcellulose); fillers (e.g., lactose, microcrystalline cellulose, or calcium hydrogen phosphate); lubricants (e.g., magnesium stearate, talc, or silica); disintegrants (e.g., potato starch or sodium starch glycolate); or wetting agents (e.g., sodium lauryl sulphate). The tablets may be coated by methods well-known in the art. Liquid preparations for oral administration may take the form of, but not limited to, solutions, syrups or suspensions, or they may be presented as a dry product for constitution with water or other suitable vehicle before use. Such liquid preparations may be prepared by conventional means with pharmaceutically acceptable additives such as suspending agents (e.g., sorbitol syrup, cellulose derivatives, or hydrogenated edible fats); emulsifying agents (e.g., lecithin or acacia); non-aqueous vehicles (e.g., almond oil, oily esters, ethyl alcohol, or fractionated vegetable oils); and preservatives (e.g., methyl or propyl-p-hydroxybenzoates or sorbic acid). The preparations may also contain buffer salts, flavoring, coloring, and sweetening agents as appropriate. Preparations for oral administration may be suitably formulated for slow release, controlled release, or sustained release of a prophylactic or therapeutic agent(s).
  • The methods of the invention may comprise pulmonary administration, e.g., by use of an inhaler or nebulizer, of a composition formulated with an aerosolizing agent. See, e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,019,968, 5,985,320, 5,985,309, 5,934,272, 5,874,064, 5,855,913, 5,290,540, and 4,880,078; and PCT Publication Nos. WO 92/19244, WO 97/32572, WO 97/44013, WO 98/31346, and WO 99/66903, each of which is incorporated herein by reference their entireties. In a specific embodiment, an antibody of the invention, combination therapy, and/or composition of the invention is administered using Alkermes AIR™ pulmonary drug delivery technology (Alkermes, Inc., Cambridge, Mass.).
  • The methods of the invention may also comprise administration of a composition formulated for parenteral administration by injection (e.g., by bolus injection or continuous infusion). Formulations for injection may be presented in unit dosage form (e.g., in ampoules or in multi-dose containers) with an added preservative. The compositions may take such forms as suspensions, solutions or emulsions in oily or aqueous vehicles, and may contain formulatory agents such as suspending, stabilizing and/or dispersing agents. Alternatively, the active ingredient may be in powder form for constitution with a suitable vehicle (e.g., sterile pyrogen-free water) before use.
  • The methods of the invention may additionally comprise of administration of compositions formulated as depot preparations. Such long acting formulations may be administered by implantation (e.g., subcutaneously or intramuscularly) or by intramuscular injection. Thus, for example, the compositions may be formulated with suitable polymeric or hydrophobic materials (e.g., as an emulsion in an acceptable oil) or ion exchange resins, or as sparingly soluble derivatives (e.g., as a sparingly soluble salt).
  • The methods of the invention encompasses administration of compositions formulated as neutral or salt forms. Pharmaceutically acceptable salts include those formed with anions such as those derived from hydrochloric, phosphoric, acetic, oxalic, tartaric acids, etc., and those formed with cations such as those derived from sodium, potassium, ammonium, calcium, ferric hydroxides, isopropylamine, triethylamine, 2-ethylamino ethanol, histidine, procaine, etc.
  • Generally, the ingredients of compositions are supplied either separately or mixed together in unit dosage form, for example, as a dry lyophilized powder or water free concentrate in a hermetically sealed container such as an ampoule or sachette indicating the quantity of active agent. Where the mode of administration is infusion, composition can be dispensed with an infusion bottle containing sterile pharmaceutical grade water or saline. Where the mode of administration is by injection, an ampoule of sterile water for injection or saline can be provided so that the ingredients may be mixed prior to administration.
  • The compositions of the invention may be packaged in a hermetically sealed container such as an ampoule or sachette indicating the quantity of the agent. In one embodiment, the compositions of the invention may be supplied as a dry sterilized lyophilized powder or water free concentrate in a hermetically sealed container and can be reconstituted (e.g., with water or saline) to the appropriate concentration for administration to a subject. Preferably, the compositions of the invention are supplied as a dry sterile lyophilized powder in a hermetically sealed container at a unit dosage of at least 5 mg, more preferably at least 10 mg, at least 15 mg, at least 25 mg, at least 35 mg, at least 45 mg, at least 50 mg, at least 75 mg, or at least 100 mg. The lyophilized prophylactic or therapeutic agents or pharmaceutical compositions of the invention should be stored at between 2° C. and 8° C. in its original container and the prophylactic or therapeutic agents, or pharmaceutical compositions of the invention should be administered within 1 week, preferably within 5 days, within 72 hours, within 48 hours, within 24 hours, within 12 hours, within 6 hours, within 5 hours, within 3 hours, or within 1 hour after being reconstituted. In an alternative embodiment, one or more of the prophylactic or therapeutic agents or pharmaceutical compositions of the invention is supplied in liquid form in a hermetically sealed container indicating the quantity and concentration of the agent. Preferably, the liquid form of the administered composition is supplied in a hermetically sealed container at least 0.25 mg/ml, more preferably at least 0.5 mg/ml, at least 1 mg/ml, at least 2.5 mg/ml, at least 5 mg/ml, at least 8 mg/ml, at least 10 mg/ml, at least 15 mg/kg, at least 25 mg/ml, at least 50 mg/ml, at least 75 mg/ml or at least 100 mg/ml. The liquid form should be stored at between 2° C. and 8° C. in its original container.
  • Compositions of the invention are preferably suitable for parenteral administration. For example, the compositions of the invention may be prepared as an injectable solution containing 0.1-250 mg/ml antibody. The injectable solution can be composed of either a liquid or lyophilized dosage form in a flint or amber vial, ampule or pre-filled syringe. The buffer can be L-histidine (1-50 mM), optimally 5-10 mM, at pH 5.0 to 7.0 (optimally pH 6.0). Other suitable buffers include but are not limited to, sodium succinate, sodium citrate, sodium phosphate or potassium phosphate. Sodium chloride can be used to modify the toxicity of the solution at a concentration of 0-300 mM (optimally 150 mM for a liquid dosage form). Cryoprotectants can be included for a lyophilized dosage form, principally 0-10% sucrose (optimally 0.5-1.0%). Other suitable cryoprotectants include trehalose and lactose. Bulking agents can be included for a lyophilized dosage form, principally 1-10% mannitol (optimally 24%). Stabilizers can be used in both liquid and lyophilized dosage forms, principally 1-50 mM L-Methionine (optimally 5-10 mM). Other suitable bulking agents include glycine, arginine, can be included as 0-0.05% polysorbate-80 (optimally 0.005-0.01%). Additional surfactants include but are not limited to polysorbate 20 and BRIJ surfactants. The pharmaceutical composition comprising the antibodies and antibody-portions of the invention prepared as an injectable solution for parenteral administration, can further comprise an agent useful as an adjuvant, such as those used to increase the absorption, or dispersion of a therapeutic protein (e.g., antibody). A particularly useful adjuvant is hyaluronidase, such as Hylenex™ (recombinant human hyaluronidase). Addition of hyaluronidase in the injectable solution improves human bioavailability following parenteral administration, particularly subcutaneous administration. It also allows for greater injection site volumes (i.e. greater than 1 ml) with less pain and discomfort, and minimum incidence of injection site reactions. (see WO2004078140, US2006104968 incorporated herein by reference).
  • The compositions of this invention may be in a variety of forms. These include, for example, liquid, semi-solid and solid dosage forms, such as liquid solutions (e.g., injectable and infusible solutions), dispersions or suspensions, tablets, pills, powders, liposomes and suppositories. The preferred form depends on the intended mode of administration and therapeutic application. Typical preferred compositions are in the form of injectable or infusible solutions, such as compositions similar to those used for passive immunization of humans with other antibodies. The preferred mode of administration is parenteral (e.g., intravenous, subcutaneous, intraperitoneal, intramuscular). In a preferred embodiment, the antibody is administered by intravenous infusion or injection. In another preferred embodiment, the antibody is administered by intramuscular or subcutaneous injection.
  • Therapeutic compositions typically must be sterile and stable under the conditions of manufacture and storage. The composition can be formulated as a solution, microemulsion, dispersion, liposome, or other ordered structure suitable to high drug concentration. Sterile injectable solutions can be prepared by incorporating the active compound (i.e., antibody or antibody portion) in the required amount in an appropriate solvent with one or a combination of ingredients enumerated above, as required, followed by filtered sterilization. Generally, dispersions are prepared by incorporating the active compound into a sterile vehicle that contains a basic dispersion medium and the required other ingredients from those enumerated above. In the case of sterile, lyophilized powders for the preparation of sterile injectable solutions, the preferred methods of preparation are vacuum drying and spray-drying that yields a powder of the active ingredient plus any additional desired ingredient from a previously sterile-filtered solution thereof. The proper fluidity of a solution can be maintained, for example, by the use of a coating such as lecithin, by the maintenance of the required particle size in the case of dispersion and by the use of surfactants. Prolonged absorption of injectable compositions can be brought about by including, in the composition, an agent that delays absorption, for example, monostearate salts and gelatin.
  • The compositions of the present invention can be administered by a variety of methods known in the art, although for many therapeutic applications, the preferred route/mode of administration is subcutaneous injection, intravenous injection or infusion. As will be appreciated by the skilled artisan, the route and/or mode of administration will vary depending upon the desired results. In certain embodiments, the active compound may be prepared with a carrier that will protect the compound against rapid release, such as a controlled release formulation, including implants, transdermal patches, and microencapsulated delivery systems. Biodegradable, biocompatible polymers can be used, such as ethylene vinyl acetate, polyanhydrides, polyglycolic acid, collagen, polyorthoesters, and polylactic acid. Many methods for the preparation of such formulations are patented or generally known to those skilled in the art. See, e.g., Sustained and Controlled Release Drug Delivery Systems, J. R. Robinson, ed., Marcel Dekker, Inc., New York, 1978.
  • In certain embodiments, the compositions of the invention may be orally administered, for example, with an inert diluent or an assimilable edible carrier. The compound (and other ingredients, if desired) may also be enclosed in a hard or soft shell to gelatin capsule, compressed into tablets, or incorporated directly into the subject's diet. For oral therapeutic administration, the compounds may be incorporated with excipients and used in the form of ingestible tablets, buccal tablets, troches, capsules, elixirs, suspensions, syrups, wafers, and the like. To administer a compound of the invention by other than parenteral administration, it may be necessary to coat the compound with, or co-administer the compound with, a material to prevent its inactivation.
  • Supplementary active compounds can also be incorporated into the compositions. In certain embodiments, an antibody or antibody portion of the invention is coformulated with and/or coadministered with one or more additional therapeutic agents that are useful for treating disorders in which IL-13 activity is detrimental. For example, an anti-IL-13 antibody or antibody portion of the invention may be coformulated and/or coadministered with one or more additional antibodies that bind other targets (e.g., antibodies that bind other cytokines or that bind cell surface molecules). Furthermore, one or more antibodies of the invention may be used in combination with two or more of the foregoing therapeutic agents. Such combination therapies may advantageously utilize lower dosages of the administered therapeutic agents, thus avoiding possible toxicities or complications associated with the various monotherapies.
  • In certain embodiments, an anti-1′-13 antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, is linked to a half-life extending vehicle known in the art. Such vehicles include, but are not limited to, the Fc domain, polyethylene glycol, and dextran. Such vehicles are described, e.g., in U.S. application Ser. No. 09/428,082 and published PCT Application No. WO 99/25044, which are hereby incorporated by reference for any purpose.
  • The pharmaceutical compositions of the invention may include a “therapeutically effective amount” or a “prophylactically effective amount” of an antibody or antibody portion of the invention. A “therapeutically effective amount” refers to an amount effective, at dosages and for periods of time necessary, to achieve the desired therapeutic result. A therapeutically effective amount of the antibody or antibody portion may be determined by a person skilled in the art and may vary according to factors such as the disease state, age, sex, and weight of the individual, and the ability of the antibody or antibody portion to elicit a desired response in the individual. A therapeutically effective amount is also one in which any toxic or detrimental effects of the antibody, or antibody portion, are outweighed by the therapeutically beneficial effects. A “prophylactically effective amount” refers to an amount effective, at dosages and for periods of time necessary, to achieve the desired prophylactic result. Typically, since a prophylactic dose is used in subjects prior to or at an earlier stage of disease, the prophylactically effective amount will be less than the therapeutically effective amount.
  • Dosage regimens may be adjusted to provide the optimum desired response (e.g., a therapeutic or prophylactic response). For example, a single bolus may be administered, several divided doses may be administered over time or the dose may be proportionally reduced or increased as indicated by the exigencies of the therapeutic situation. It is especially advantageous to formulate parenteral compositions in dosage unit form for ease of administration and uniformity of dosage. Dosage unit form as used herein refers to physically discrete units suited as unitary dosages for the mammalian subjects to be treated; each unit containing a predetermined quantity of active compound calculated to produce the desired therapeutic effect in association with the required pharmaceutical carrier. The specification for the dosage unit forms of the invention are dictated by and directly dependent on (a) the unique characteristics of the active compound and the particular therapeutic or prophylactic effect to be achieved, and (b) the limitations inherent in the art of compounding such an active compound for the treatment of sensitivity in individuals.
  • An exemplary, non-limiting range for a therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount of an antibody or antibody portion of the invention is 0.1-20 mg/kg, more preferably 1-10 mg/kg. In one embodiment, a therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount of the antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, is 0.3 mg/kg. In another embodiment, a therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount of the antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, is 3 mg/kg. In another embodiment, a therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount of the antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, is 10 mg/kg. In yet another embodiment, a therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount of the antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, is 0.1 mg/kg, 0.2 mg/kg, 0.3 mg/kg, 0.4 mg/kg, 0.5 mg/kg, 0.6 mg/kg, 0.7 mg/kg, 0.8 mg/kg, 0.9 mg/kg, 1 mg/kg, 1.25 mg/kg, 1.5 mg/kg, 1.75 mg/kg, 2 mg/kg, 2.5 mg/kg, 3 mg/kg, 3.5 mg/kg, 4 mg/kg, 4.5 mg/kg, 5 mg/kg, 5.5 mg/kg, 6 mg/kg, 6.5 mg/kg, 7 mg/kg, 7.5 mg/kg, 8 mg/kg, 8.5 mg/kg, 9 mg/kg, 9.5 mg/kg, 10 mg/kg, 11 mg/kg, 12 mg/kg, 13 mg/kg, 14 mg/kg, 15 mg/kg, 16 mg/kg, 17 mg/kg, 18 mg/kg, 19 mg/kg or 20 mg/kg. It is to be noted that dosage values may vary with the type and severity of the condition to be alleviated. It is to be further understood that for any particular subject, specific dosage regimens should be adjusted over time according to the individual need and the professional judgment of the person administering or supervising the administration of the compositions, and that dosage ranges set forth herein are exemplary only and are not intended to limit the scope or practice of the claimed composition.
  • III. Methods of the Invention
  • In another aspect, this application features a method of treating (e.g., curing, suppressing, ameliorating, delaying or preventing the onset of, or preventing recurrence or relapse of) or preventing an IL-13-associated disorder, such as asthma, in a subject. The method includes: administering to the subject an IL-13 binding agent (particularly an antagonist), e.g., an anti-IL-13 antibody or antigen-biding portion thereof as described herein, in an amount sufficient to treat or prevent the IL-13-associated disorder, such as asthma. The IL-13 antagonist, e.g., the anti-IL-13 antibody or antigen-binding portion thereof, can be administered to the subject, alone or in combination with other therapeutic modalities as described herein.
  • In one embodiment, the subject is a mammal, e.g., a human suffering from one or more IL-13-associated disorders, including, e.g., respiratory disorders (e.g., asthma (e.g., allergic and nonallergic asthma or mild asthma, or moderate asthma), chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), and other conditions involving airway inflammation, eosinophilia, fibrosis and excess mucus production; atopic disorders (e.g., atopic dermatitis and allergic rhinitis). Accordingly, the disclosure includes the use of an IL-13 binding agent (such as an anti-IL-13 antibody or fragment thereof described herein) for a treatment described herein and the use of an IL-13 binding agent (such as an anti-IL-13 antibody or fragment thereof described herein) for preparing a medicament for a treatment described herein.
  • Examples of IL-13-associated disorders include, but are not limited to, a disorder chosen from one or more of: respiratory disorders, e.g., asthma (e.g., allergic and nonallergic asthma (e.g., asthma due to infection with, e.g., respiratory syncytial virus (RSV), e.g., in younger children)), chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), and other conditions involving airway inflammation, eosinophilia, fibrosis and excess mucus production, e.g., cystic fibrosis and pulmonary fibrosis.
  • In other embodiments, this application provides a method of treating (e.g., reducing, ameliorating) or preventing one or more symptoms associated with a respiratory disorder, e.g., asthma (e.g., allergic and nonallergic asthma); allergies;
  • chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD); a condition involving airway inflammation, eosinophilia, fibrosis and excess mucus production, e.g., cystic fibrosis and pulmonary fibrosis. For example, symptoms of asthma include, but are not limited to, wheezing, shortness of breath, bronchoconstriction, airway hyperreactivity, decreased lung capacity, fibrosis, airway inflammation, and mucus production. The method comprises administering to the subject an IL-13 antagonist, e.g., an IL-13 antibody or a fragment thereof, in an amount sufficient to treat (e.g., reduce, ameliorate) or prevent one or more symptoms. The IL-13 antibody can be administered therapeutically or prophylactically, or both. The IL-13 antagonist, e.g., the anti-IL-13 antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, can be administered to the subject, alone or in combination with other therapeutic modalities as described herein. Preferably, the subject is a mammal, e.g., a human suffering from an IL-13-associated disorder, such as asthma, as described herein.
  • In another aspect, this application provides a method for detecting the presence of IL-13 in a sample in vitro (e.g., a biological sample, such as serum, plasma, tissue, biopsy). The subject method can be used to diagnose a disorder, e.g., asthma, e.g., mild or moderate asthma. The method includes: (i) contacting the sample or a control sample with the anti-IL-13 antibody or fragment thereof as described herein; and (ii) detecting formation of a complex between the anti-IL-13 antibody or fragment thereof, and the sample or the control sample, wherein a statistically significant change in the formation of the complex in the sample relative to the control sample is indicative of the presence of the IL-13 in the sample.
  • In yet another aspect, this application provides a method for detecting the presence of IL-13 in vivo (e.g., in vivo imaging in a subject). The subject method can be used to diagnose a disorder, e.g., an IL-13-associated disorder, e.g., asthma, e.g., mild or moderate asthma. The method includes: (i) administering the anti-IL-13 antibody or fragment thereof as described herein to a subject or a control subject under conditions that allow binding of the antibody or fragment to IL-13; and (ii) detecting formation of a complex between the antibody or fragment and IL-13, wherein a statistically significant change in the formation of the complex in the subject relative to the control subject is indicative of the presence of IL-13.
  • Antibodies of the invention, or antigen binding portions thereof can be used alone or in combination to treat such diseases. It should be understood that the antibodies of the invention or antigen binding portion thereof can be used alone or in combination with an additional agent, e.g., a therapeutic agent, said additional agent being selected by the skilled artisan for its intended purpose. For example, the additional agent can be a therapeutic agent art-recognized as being useful to treat the disease or condition being treated by the antibody of the present invention. The additional agent also can be an agent that imparts a beneficial attribute to the therapeutic composition e.g., an agent which effects the viscosity of the composition.
  • It should further be understood that the combinations which are to be included within this invention are those combinations useful for their intended purpose. The agents set forth below are illustrative for purposes and not intended to be limited. The combinations, which are part of this invention, can be the antibodies of the present invention and at least one additional agent selected from the lists below. The combination can also include more than one additional agent, e.g., two or three additional agents if the combination is such that the formed composition can perform its intended function.
  • The combination therapy can include one or more IL-13 antagonists, e.g., anti-IL-13 antibodies or fragments thereof, coformulated with, and/or coadministered with, one or more additional therapeutic agents, e.g., one or more cytokine and growth factor inhibitors, immunosuppressants, anti-inflammatory agents (e.g., systemic anti-inflammatory agents), anti-fibrotic agents, metabolic inhibitors, enzyme inhibitors, and/or cytotoxic or cytostatic agents, as described in more herein.
  • Examples of preferred additional therapeutic agents that can be coadministered and/or coformulated with one or more IL-13 antagonists, e.g., anti-IL-13 antibodies or fragments thereof, include, but are not limited to, one or more of: inhaled steroids; beta-agonists, e.g., short-acting or long-acting beta-agonists; antagonists of leukotrienes or leukotriene receptors; combination drugs such as ADVAIR; IgE inhibitors, e.g., anti-IgE antibodies (e.g., XOLAIR); phosphodiesterase inhibitors (e.g., PDE4 inhibitors); xanthines; anticholinergic drugs; mast cell-stabilizing agents such as cromolyn; IL-4 inhibitors; IL-5 inhibitors; eotaxin/CCR3 inhibitors; antagonists of histamine or its receptors including H1, H2, H3, and H4, and antagonists of prostaglandin D or its receptors (DP1 and CRTH2). Such combinations can be used to treat asthma and other respiratory disorders. Additional examples of therapeutic agents that can be coadministered and/or coformulated with one or more anti-IL-13 antibodies or fragments thereof include one or more of: TNF antagonists (e.g., a soluble fragment of a TNF receptor, e.g., p55 or p75 human TNF receptor or derivatives thereof, e.g., 75 kD TNFR-IgG (75 kD TNF receptor-IgG fusion protein, ENBREL)); TNF enzyme antagonists, e.g., TNF converting enzyme (TACE) inhibitors; muscarinic receptor antagonists; TGF-beta antagonists; interferon gamma; perfenidone; chemotherapeutic agents, e.g., methotrexate, leflunomide, or a sirolimus (rapamycin) or an analog thereof, e.g., CCI-779; COX2 and cPLA2 inhibitors; NSAIDs; immunomodulators; p38 inhibitors, TPL-2, MK-2 and NFkB inhibitors, among others.
  • Other preferred combinations are cytokine suppressive anti-inflammatory drug(s) (CSAIDs); antibodies to or antagonists of other human cytokines or growth factors, for example, IL-1, IL-2, IL-3, IL-4, IL-5, IL-6, IL-7, IL-8, IL-15, IL-16, IL-18, IL-21, IL-31, interferons, EMAP-II, GM-CSF, FGF, EGF, PDGF, and edothelin-1, as well as the receptors of these cytokines and growth factors. Antibodies of the invention, or antigen binding portions thereof, can be combined with antibodies to cell surface molecules such as CD2, CD3, CD4, CD8, CD25, CD28, CD30, CD40, CD45, CD69, CD80 (B7.1), CD86 (B7.2), CD90, CTLA or their ligands including CD154 (gp39 or CD40L).
  • Preferred combinations of therapeutic agents may interfere at different points in the inflammatory cascade; preferred examples include TNF antagonists like chimeric, humanized or human TNF antibodies, D2E7, (PCT Publication No. WO 97/29131), CA2 (Remicade™), CDP 571, and soluble p55 or p75 TNF receptors, derivatives, thereof, (p75TNFR1gG (Enbrel™) or p55TNFR IgG (Lenercept), and also TNF converting enzyme (TACE) inhibitors; similarly IL-1 inhibitors (Interleukin-1-converting enzyme inhibitors, IL-1RA etc.) may be effective for the same reason. Other preferred combinations include Interleukin 4. Yet another preferred combination are other key players of the asthmatic response which may act parallel to, dependent on or in concert with IL-13 function; especially preferred are IL-9 antagonists including IL-9 antibodies. It has been shown that IL-13 and IL-9 have overlapping but distinct functions and a combination of antagonists to both may be most effective. Yet another preferred combination are anti-IL-5 antibodies. Yet other preferred combinations include antagonists of chemokines including MCP-1, MCP-4, eotaxins, RANTES, MDC, CCL-12 and CCL-17 (TARC) and chemokine receptors including CCR2, CCR3, CCR4, and CXCR4. Yet combinations can include antagonists to asthma mediators including acid mammalian chitinase, CRHT2, chymase, S1P1, S1P2, Tyk2, ROCKII, Stat6, p38, NFkB, phosphodiesterase 4 (PDE-4), mast cell trytase, NO, adenosine, IKK2, GATA3, ICAM-1, VCAM-1, and ICOS.
  • As used herein, the term “a disorder in which IL-13 activity is detrimental” is intended to include diseases and other disorders in which the presence of IL-13 in a subject suffering from the disorder has been shown to be or is suspected of being either responsible for the pathophysiology of the disorder or a factor that contributes to a worsening of the disorder. In one embodiment, the disorder in which IL-13 activity is detrimental is asthma, e.g., mild asthma or moderate asthma. Accordingly, a disorder in which IL-13 activity is detrimental is a disorder in which reduction of IL-13 activity is expected to alleviate the symptoms and/or progression of the disorder. Such disorders may be evidenced, for example, by an increase in the concentration of IL-13 in a biological fluid of a subject suffering from the disorder (e.g., an increase in the concentration of IL-13 in serum, plasma, synovial fluid, etc. of the subject), which can be detected, for example, using an anti-IL-13 antibody as described above. Non-limiting examples of disorders that can be treated with the antibodies of the invention include asthma, e.g., mild or moderate asthma, as well as those disorders discussed in the section below pertaining to pharmaceutical compositions of the antibodies of the invention.
  • IL-13 has been implicated as having a pivotal role in causing pathological responses associated with asthma. However other mediators of differential immunological pathways are also involved in asthma pathogenesis, and blocking these mediators, in addition to IL-13, may offer additional therapeutic benefit. Thus, binding proteins of the invention may be incorporated into DVD-Ig proteins where in the DVD is capable of binding target pairs including, but not limited to, IL-13 and a pro-inflammatory cytokine, such as tumor necrosis factor-α (TNF-α). TNF-α may amplify the inflammatory response in asthma and may be linked to disease severity (McDonnell, et al., Progress in Respiratory Research (2001), 31(New Drugs for Asthma, Allergy and COPD), 247-250). This suggests that blocking both IL-13 and TNF-α may have beneficial effects, particularly in severe airway disease. In a preferred embodiment the DVD-Ig of the invention binds the targets IL-13 and TNFα and is used for treating asthma.
  • The present invention is further illustrated by the following examples which should not be construed as limiting in any way. The contents of all cited references, including literature references, issued patents, and published patent applications, as cited throughout this application are hereby expressly incorporated herein by reference. It should further be understood that the contents of all the figures and tables attached hereto, as well as the entire contents of U.S. Pat. No. 7,915,388 are expressly incorporated herein by reference.
  • EXAMPLES Introduction to Examples
  • Asthma is a chronic inflammatory disorder of the airways characterized by wheezing, breathlessness, chest tightness, and cough. Asthma affects approximately 20 million people in the US, and about 75% of asthma patients are adults. Of the adult asthma patients, approximately 60% of asthma patients have mild disease, about 20% have moderate disease and the remaining 20% have severe disease.
  • Interleukin-13 (IL-13) is thought to be pivotal in the pathogenesis of human asthma, in that elevated levels of IL-13 are present in the lungs of asthma patients, and these levels correlate with disease severity (FIG. 1). Likewise, increased IL-13 is present in both sputum and in lung biopsies of patients with moderate to severe asthma who are treated with inhaled corticosteroids (ICS) or systemic corticosteroids and continue to be symptomatic. Moreover, human IL-13 genetic polymorphisms are associated with asthma and atopy (allergic hypersensitivity). IL-13 binds to two receptors, IL-13Rα1 and IL-13Rα2. IL-13 is a well-validated target for asthma as efficacy has been demonstrated using various means of IL-13 antagonism in multiple, pre-clinical models of asthma.
  • 13C5.5 is a humanized recombinant immunoglobulin IgG1 (IgG1, κ) monoclonal antibody (mAb) specific for human wild-type and variant IL-13. 13C5.5 recognizes a unique epitope on IL-13 that blocks its binding to both IL-13 receptors α1 and α2 (FIG. 2); other similar IL-13-binding antibodies analyzed to date only block the α1 receptor as determined by crystallography and biochemical characterization. 13C5.5 is selective for IL-13, and does not recognize other cytokines. Two residues (L240A and L241A) in the heavy chain were mutated to prevent Fc gamma receptor and complement binding. Likewise, 13C5.5 does not bind or stimulate human whole blood cells to release cytokines. The heavy and light chain variable regions are set forth above as SEQ ID NO:2 and SEQ ID NO:3, respectively.
  • 13C5.5 binds both human wild type and variant IL-13 with high affinity and potency; this is important because variant IL-13 is present in ˜20% of human asthmatics. 13C5.5 does not cross-react with mouse, sheep, or dog IL-13. 13C5.5 does cross-react with cynomolgus monkey rIL-13 with a 51 fold lower in vitro potency and with rat rIL-13 with a 155 fold lower in vitro potency compared to human rIL-13. Although the affinity and potency of 13C5.5 is lower against cynomolgus and rat rIL-13 in vitro, 13C5.5 fully neutralizes cynomolgus monkey rIL-13 in vitro with a half maximal inhibitory concentration (IC50) of 4.1 nM and rat IL-13 with an IC50 of 12.4 nM.
  • Initial pharmacokinetic analysis following single-dose administration of 13C5.5 was conducted in Sprague-Dawley rats and cynomolgus monkey (FIG. 3). 13C5.5 generally exhibited low clearance, low volume of distribution, and high bioavailability. The half-life varied from approximately 12 to 16 days in rats and 6 to 11 days in monkeys. The pharmacokinetics of 13C5.5 was generally similar between female and male monkeys and rats.
  • 13C5.5 was well tolerated in 4-week rat and 2-week monkey toxicology studies and had sufficient safety margins relative to the recommended starting dose for human clinical trials. The no-observed-adverse-effect-levels (NOAELs) during the repeat dose toxicology studies were 1500 mg/kg/dose via intravenous (IV) administration in rats and cynomolgus monkey and 200 mg/kg/dose via subcutaneous (SC) administration in cynomologus monkey.
  • This study was a Phase 1 first-in-human study in adult subjects with or without mild to moderate controlled asthma. This placebo-controlled study evaluated 4 single escalating doses (0.3, 1.0, 3.0, and 10.0 mg/kg) of 13C5.5 administered IV and 2 doses (0.3 and 3.0 mg/kg) of 13C5.5 administered as 3 weekly SC doses.
  • A study of 13C5.5 conducted in healthy subjects and subjects with mild-to-moderate controlled asthma allowed for collection of standard data regarding human pharmacokinetics and bioavailability of 13C5.5 as well as the tolerability, safety, and immunogenicity with single- and multiple-escalating doses of 13C5.5 in the target disease indication.
  • Experimental Protocol
  • This was a Phase 1, single and multiple escalating dose, placebo-controlled, double-blind, randomized, 3-part study which was conducted according to a sequential design. Adults in general good health (n=20) and adults with mild to moderate controlled asthma (n=27) were selected to participate in the study according to the selection criteria. No more than one subject was dosed per cohort per day.
  • Part 1 of the study consisted of four groups (Groups 1 through 4), with 5 subjects in each group. For Part 1, after meeting the selection criteria, adults in general good health (n=20) were assigned to one of the following four single dose groups:
      • Group 1 (intravenous infusion of 0.3 mg/kg 13C5.5 or placebo),
      • Group 2 (intravenous infusion of 1.0 mg/kg 13C5.5 or placebo),
      • Group 3 (intravenous infusion of 3.0 mg/kg 13C5.5 or placebo), or
      • Group 4 (intravenous infusion of 10.0 mg/kg 13C5.5 or placebo).
  • Within each group, four subjects were randomized to receive 13C5.5 and one subject was randomized to receive placebo. Dose escalation took place for a new cohort after all subjects within a dose cohort had satisfactorily completed at least the minimum one-week safety assessments.
  • Part 2 of the study consisted of three groups (Groups 5 through 7), with 5 subjects randomized to each of Groups 5, 6 and 7. For Part 2, after meeting the selection criteria, adult subjects with mild-to-moderate controlled asthma (n=15) were assigned to one of three single dose groups:
      • Group 5 (intravenous infusion of 0.3 mg/kg 13C5.5 or placebo),
      • Group 6 (intravenous infusion of 3.0 mg/kg 13C5.5 or placebo), or
      • Group 7 (intravenous infusion of 10.0 mg/kg 13C5.5 or placebo).
  • Within Groups 5, 6 and 7, four subjects were randomized to receive 13C5.5 and one subject was randomized to receive placebo.
  • As shown in FIG. 4, dosing for a cohort in Part 2 was allowed to begin after all subjects of the same dose level in Part 1 and all lower dose levels in Part 2 had satisfactorily completed at least the minimum one-week safety assessments after the last dose.
  • Part 3 of the study consisted of two groups (Groups 8 and 9), with 6 subjects randomized to each of Groups 8 and 9. For Part 3, after meeting the selection criteria, adult subjects with mild to moderate controlled asthma (n=12) were assigned to one of two groups:
      • Group 8 (subcutaneous injection of 0.3 mg/kg 13C5.5 or placebo, three weekly doses) or
      • Group 9 (subcutaneous injection of 3.0 mg/kg 13C5.5 or placebo, three weekly doses).
  • Within Groups 8 and 9, four subjects were randomized to receive 13C5.5 and two subjects were randomized to receive placebo.
  • Dosing for cohorts in Part 3 was allowed to begin after all subjects within the same dose level in Part 2, and one dose level higher in Part 1 and all lower dose levels in Part 3 had satisfactorily completed at least the minimum one-week safety assessments after the last dose (FIG. 4).
  • The study was conducted in a double-blind manner such that the investigators and subjects were blinded to treatment assignments within each group. For evaluation of safety, the medical monitor was unblinded to treatment assignments. A diagram of the treatment groups is shown in Table 1.
  • TABLE 1
    Treatment Groups
    Number of
    Part Group Regimen Subjects
    Part 1* Group 1 0.3 mg/kg 13C5.5 IV or 5 (4:1)
    Healthy Subjects placebo
    Group
    2 1.0 mg/kg 13C5.5 IV or 5 (4:1)
    placebo
    Group
    3 3.0 mg/kg 13C5.5 IV or 5 (4:1)
    placebo
    Group
    4 10.0 mg/kg 13C5.5 IV or 5 (4:1)
    placebo
    Part
    2*# Group 5 0.3 mg/kg 13C5.5 IV or 5 (4:1)
    Mild/Moderate placebo
    Controlled Group 6 3.0 mg/kg 13C5.5 IV or 5 (4:1)
    Asthma placebo
    Group
    7 10.0 mg/kg 13C5.5 IV or 5 (4:1)
    placebo
    Part
    3*$ Group 8 0.3 mg/kg 13C5.5 SC or 6 (4:2)
    Mild/Moderate placebo,
    Controlled 3 weekly doses
    Asthma Group
    9 3.0 mg/kg 13C5.5 SC or 6 (4:2)
    placebo,
    3 weekly doses
    *Dose escalation took place for a new cohort after all subjects within a cohort had satisfactorily completed at least the minimum one-week safety assessments.
    # Group 5 was dosed after completion of Group 1 and evaluation of adequate safety for that dosing cohort (minimum one-week safety assessments). A similar approach was taken with Group 6 after completion of Groups 3 and 5 and Group 7 after completion of Groups 4 and 6.
    $ Group 8 was dosed after completion of Groups 2 and 5 and evaluation of adequate safety for those dosing cohorts and evaluation of adequate safety (minimum one-week safety assessments). A similar approach was taken with Group 9 after completion of Groups 4, 6 and 8.
  • For Parts 1 and 2, study drug or placebo was administered on Study Day 1 for each dose group. For Part 3, study drug or placebo was administered on Study Days 1, 8, and 15 for each dose group. Study drug administration on Study Days 8 and 15 may have occurred within a 24-hour period of the scheduled dose in cohorts 8 and 9. A minimum of one week separated the different dose levels.
  • Subjects were confined to the study site and supervised for approximately 4 to 6 days if they were in an IV dose group (Parts 1 and 2) or approximately 6 to 8 days if they were in an SC dose group (Part 3). Confinement began in the afternoon, of the Baseline day which may have occurred anytime within a 3-day window (i.e., Study Day −3 to Study Day −1) prior to dosing on Study Day 1, and ended after the collection of the 48-hour blood samples (Study Day 3) for subject's enrolled in the IV dosing groups, or after the collection of the 96-hour blood sample (Study Day 5) for subject's enrolled in the SC dosing groups. Strenuous activity during confinement was not permitted.
  • In addition, subjects in Part 3 were confined to the study site on Study Days 8 and 15 for 24 hours. During confinement subjects received an SC dose of either 13C5.5 or placebo and were evaluated for vital signs, safety assessments, laboratory assessments, pharmacokinetics and ADA, Biomarker sampling, electrocardiograms (ECGs), and pulmonary function tests (PFTs).
  • Subjects received a standardized diet, providing approximately 30% of the daily calories from fat, no more than 45% of daily calories from carbohydrates, and providing approximately 1900 calories/day for all meals during confinement. The composition (protein, fat, carbohydrate, and total calories) of all meals was determined by a dietician, and a record was kept with the source documents. During confinement in each part of the study, the subjects consumed only the scheduled meals provided in the study and water to quench thirst. The subjects abstained from all other food and beverage.
  • For Parts 1 and 2, no food or beverage, except for water to quench thirst, was allowed on Study Day −1 from 8 hours prior to dosing until approximately 2 hours after completion of the dosing.
  • For Part 3, no food or beverage, except for water to quench thirst, was allowed on Study Days 1, 8, and 15 from 8 hours prior to dosing until approximately 2 hours after completion of the dosing on Study Day 1.
  • Inclusion Criteria
  • A subject was eligible for study participation if he/she met the following criteria:
      • 1. Males or females and age was between 18 and 55 years, inclusive.
      • 2. For Parts 2 and 3, a diagnosis of asthma for at least 6 months prior to Screening:
        • Mild to moderate controlled asthmatic subjects as defined below
          • Use of prescribed short acting beta agonists for no more than 4 puffs/week for symptomatic control of asthma
          • Long acting beta agonists (LABA) may have been taken as prescribed if used concurrently with inhaled corticosteroids (ICS). LABA was not administered for 12 hours before the screening PFTs were performed and could resume at the completion of the testing
          • If on ICS, up to a medium dose may have been used (defined as the equivalent of fluticasone MDS/HFA up to 440 mcg daily or fluticasone DPT up to 500 mcg daily)
      • 3. For Parts 2 and 3, forced expiratory volume 1 (FEV1)≧70% at the Screening and Baseline visits.
      • 4. For Parts 2 and 3, if on an ICS, a stable ICS dose for ≧4 weeks before Study Day 1 and dose was expected to remain stable throughout the study. Must have used ICS for at least 4 weeks before the screening visit.
      • 5. For Parts 2 and 3, subjects with asthma had a positive methacholine challenge test result available by history (within the past 12 months) or demonstrated airway reversibility in pulmonary function measurements by demonstrating at least 12% increase in FEV1 from best effort when tested at least 30 minutes after two to four inhalations of inhaled albuterol or nebulized albuterol (or equivalent short acting beta agonist). Up to 2 attempts could have been made at any one session to demonstrate reversibility. Subjects may have returned on another day for repeat testing if necessary. Reversibility or methacholine challenge test confirming reversibility may have been documented by medical record if performed within the past 12 months. A positive methacholine challenge was defined as a PC20 at a dose of methacholine of ≦8.0 mg/mL using American Thoracic Society standards for pulmonary function testing (see Guidelines for Methacholine and Exercise Challenge Testing 1999. Am J. Respir. Crit. Care Med., Vol. 161, pp. 309-329, 2000).
      • 6. For Parts 2 and 3, subjects had well-controlled asthma for at least 4 weeks prior to Study Day 1, as defined by:
        • Asthma symptoms ≦2 days/week (i.e., cough, wheezing, shortness of breath)
        • Nighttime awakenings ≦2 times during the prior 4-week period
        • No interference with normal activity
        • No more than 4 inhalations/week of a short acting beta agonists for asthma symptom control (excluding the prophylactic use for the prevention of exercise induced bronchospasm).
      • 7. If female, the subject met one of the following criteria:
        • Postmenopausal for at least two years,
        • Surgically sterile (bilateral oophorectomy, bilateral tubal ligation, or hysterectomy). Females who had undergone tubal ligation were required to agree to use a second form of contraception starting on the first day of confinement until 160 days after study drug treatment which included:
          • Intrauterine (IUD) devices
          • Bather methods (diaphragm with spermicide, or condom with spermicide)
          • Injected, oral, transdermal, vaginal, or implanted methods of hormonal contraceptives
      • 8. Females had negative results for pregnancy tests performed:
      • At Screening on a serum specimen obtained within 28 days prior to Study Day 1 and at Baseline, which may have occurred anytime within a 3 day window (i.e., Study Day −3 to Study Day −1) prior to dosing Study Day 1.
      • 9. If male, the subject was surgically sterile or practicing at least 1 of the following methods of birth control during the study and for 160 days after last study drug administration:
        • Subject used condom and partner(s) used an IUD
        • Subject used condom and partner(s) used oral, injected, or implanted methods of hormonal contraceptives
        • Subject used condoms and partner(s) used bather method (contraceptive sponge, diaphragm, or vaginal ring with spermicidal jellies or creams)
      • Additionally, male subjects agreed to not donate sperm during the study and for 160 days after the last dose of study drug.
      • 10. For Part 1, Body Mass Index (BMI) was 18 to 29, inclusive. For Parts 2 and 3, BMI was 18 to 34, inclusive. BMI was calculated as weight in kg divided by square of height in meters. Body weight did not exceed 120 kg.
      • 11. A condition of general good health (other than mild-moderate controlled asthma and associated medical conditions such as mild-moderate allergic rhinitis, atopic dermatitis, and gastroesophageal reflux disease) based upon the results of a medical history, physical examination, vital signs, laboratory profile and a 12-lead electrocardiogram (ECG).
      • 12. Voluntarily signed and dated an informed consent approved by an IRB, prior to the conduct of any screening or study-specific procedures.
  • Exclusion Criteria
  • A subject was not eligible for study participation if he/she met any of the following criteria:
      • 1. Subjects was using LABA therapy without concurrent use of ICS.
      • 2. For Parts 2 and 3, asthma exacerbation within 8 weeks of Study Day 1.
      • 3. For Parts 2 and 3, upper respiratory tract infection within 4 weeks of Study Day 1.
      • 4. For Parts 2 and 3, asthma exacerbation requiring systemic corticosteroids or any other reason for requiring systemic corticosteroids within 6 months of Study Day 1.
      • 5. For Parts 2 and 3, asthma exacerbation requiring emergency room (ER) visit, hospitalization, or medical intervention within 6 months of Study Day 1.
      • 6. History of clinically significant allergic reaction i.e. anaphylaxis (per the investigator) to any drug, biologic, food or vaccine.
      • 7. History of major immunologic reaction to any IgG containing agent.
      • 8. History of atopic dermatitis involving ≧10% of body surface area or requiring medical treatment other than use of low to medium potency topical corticosteroids or over-the-counter emollients within 6 months of Study Day 1.
      • 9. History of diabetes (Type I or Type II) or a fasting serum glucose level suggestive of diabetes (fasting serum glucose ≧126 mg/dL) at Screening.
      • 10. History of an allergic reaction or significant sensitivity to constituents of study drug.
      • 11. History of tuberculosis (TB) or listeriosis.
      • 12. History of persistent chronic or active infections which required hospitalization or treatment with IV antibiotics, IV antivirals or IV antifungals within 30 days of Screening or oral antibiotics/antivirals within 14 days prior to Study Day 1.
      • 13. Subjects were evaluated for latent TB infections. Subjects demonstrated absence of TB infection or exposure as evidenced by a negative chest X-ray and negative purified protein derivative (PPD) skin test.
      • 14. Positive test result for hepatitis B surface antigen (HBsAg), hepatitis C virus antibody (HCV Ab), or HIV antibodies (HIV Ab).
      • 15. Positive test result on schistosomiasis serology.
      • 16. History of unexplained diarrhea or abdominal pain of greater than 2 weeks duration.
      • 17. History of untreated parasitic infections.
      • 18. History of genetic or acquired immune deficiency.
      • 19. For Parts 2 and 3, use of any non-essential medications, vitamins and/or herbal supplements within the 2-week period prior to study drug administration. For Part 1, used any prescription, over-the-counter medications or herbal supplements within 2 weeks prior to study drug administration.
      • 20. For Parts 2 and 3, subject had taken Xolair® within 5 months of Study Day 1.
      • 21. For Parts 2 and 3, subject had a change in immunotherapy dose in the 3 months prior to Baseline.
      • 22. Received any drug by injection within 30 days or 5 half-lives (whichever was longer) prior to study drug administration.
      • 23. Received any investigational product within 30 days or 5 half-lives (whichever was longer) prior to study drug administration.
      • 24. History of cancer or lymphoproliferative disease other than a successfully treated non-metastatic cutaneous squamous cell or basal cell carcinoma.
      • 25. History of epilepsy, any clinically significant cardiac, respiratory (except mild to moderate asthma), renal, hepatic, gastrointestinal, hematologic, rheumatologic, or psychiatric disease or disorder, non-healing wounds or recurrent poor wound healing, or any uncontrolled medical illness. In addition the following were excluded:
        • Chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), congestive heart failure, pulmonary embolism, pulmonary infiltration with eosinophilia, current cough secondary to drugs, vocal cord dysfunctions.
      • 26. History of cardiopulmonary Sudden Death in any first-degree relative.
      • 27. Pregnant or breast-feeding female.
      • 28. Recent (6-month) history of drug or alcohol abuse.
      • 29. Received of any live vaccine within 3 months prior to study drug administration.
      • 30. Positive screen for drugs of abuse, alcohol, or cotinine at Screening or on admission.
      • 31. Chest X-ray at Screening indicating any clinically significant abnormality (including calcified granuloma and/or pleural scarring) as assessed by appropriate medical personnel.
      • 32. Febrile illness within 14 days prior to dosing.
      • 33. Subjects with baseline QTc interval by Friderica correction (QTcF)>450 msec for females and >430 msec for males.
      • 34. Donated or lost a significant blood volume (including plasmapheresis) or received a transfusion of any blood product within 8 weeks prior to study drug administration.
      • 35. Subject was a smoker, or had a history of smoking within the 6-month period preceding study drug administration.
      • 36. Current enrollment in another clinical study.
      • 37. Previous enrollment in this study.
      • 38. Considered by the investigator or medical monitor, for any reason, to be an unsuitable candidate to receive 13C5.5.
  • Treatments Administered
  • For Parts 1 and 2, a single dose of 13C5.5 or 13C5.5 placebo (0.3, 1.0, 3.0, or 10.0 mg/kg) was administered intravenously to each subject in the morning on Study Day 1. For Part 3, a total of 3 doses of 13C5.5 or 13C5.5 placebo (0.3 or 3.0 mg/kg) were administered subcutaneously in the morning on Study Days 1, 8, and 15. For the IV infusion, an indwelling catheter was inserted into a vein prior to dosing and was flushed with 1 mL of 13C5.5 placebo. 13C5.5 or 13C5.5 placebo was administered intravenously by continuous infusion over approximately 120 minutes with the subjects in a supine position. Following the infusion, a 1 mL 13C5.5 placebo flush was administered, and the line was maintained for a minimum of 2 hours following the completion of the infusion with a 0.9% isotonic saline solution. Subjects remained in a supine position for at least 5 minutes before infusion and until 30 minutes after the end of infusion.
  • For the SC dose, the study drug was administered subcutaneously into the left upper quadrant of the abdomen, avoiding any blood vessels, thickening or tenderness of skin, scars, fibrous tissue, stretch marks, bruising, redness, nevi, or other skin imperfections. The subject remained in a supine position for at least 30 minutes following each injection.
  • Subjects were assigned to one of nine dose groups (Table 2). Within each IV infusion group, four subjects were randomized to receive 13C5.5 and one subject received placebo. Within each SC group, four subjects received 13C5.5 and two received placebo. Dose escalation took place for a new cohort only after all subjects within a dose cohort had satisfactorily completed the minimum one-week safety assessments.
  • TABLE 2
    Investigational Product: 13C5.5
    Formulation
    13C5.5 13C5.5 Placebo
    Dosage Form Parenteral Parenteral
    Formulation Solution for Solution for
    injection in PFS injection in PFS
    Strength (mg) 100 mg per 1.0 mL N/A
    Mode of Administration IV Infusion or SC IV Infusion or SC
    injection injection
    Bulk Product Lot Number 09-023042 09-023043
    Manufacturing Site Germany Germany
    Finishing lot 09-024016 09-024017
    Retest Date 31 Jan. 2011 31 Jan. 2011
    PFS = pre-filled syringe;
    N/A = Not applicable.
  • For IV dosing, study medication in the PFS was further diluted with 13C5.5 placebo and mixed in an injection syringe for administration. For SC dosing, no dilution was required, however material was transferred to injection syringes for administration. The study drug was stored at 2° to 8° C./36° to 46° F., protected from light, and was not frozen.
  • Method of Assigning Subjects to Treatment Groups
  • As they were enrolled in the study, healthy subjects in Part 1 of the study were assigned unique consecutive numbers beginning with 1101, 1201, 1301 and 1401 for Groups 1, 2, 3, and 4, respectively. Subjects with mild to moderate controlled asthma in Part 2 were assigned unique consecutive numbers beginning with 2501, 2601 and 2701 for Groups 5, 6 and 7, respectively. Subjects with mild to moderate controlled asthma in Part 3 were assigned unique consecutive numbers beginning with 3801 and 3901 for Groups 8 and 9, respectively. The subjects were randomly assigned to receive 13C5.5 or placebo. The randomization schedule was computer-generated before the start of the study.
  • Selection of Doses in the Study
  • The maximum recommended starting dose (MRSD) for the first-in-human (FIH) trial was calculated according to the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) Guidance for Industry “Estimating the safe starting dose in the clinical trials for therapeutics in adult healthy volunteers.” Per the guidance, MRSD for proteins with molecular weight (MW)>100,000 daltons that are administered IV, should be estimated by normalizing across species in mg/kg, rather than using body surface area scaling. Additionally, the 13C5.5 in vitro and in vivo data for human versus cynomolgus monkey rIL-13 or rat rIL-13 demonstrate a ˜8-155-fold potency shift, respectively which was included in the final MRSD estimates.
  • Based on the no adverse event effect level (NOAEL) from the 2-week repeat dose cynomolgus monkey study, a safety factor of 10, and a 8-fold potency shift between monkey and human rIL-13 from in vivo pharmacology data, the MRSD was determined to be 19 mg/kg. Similarly based on the NOAEL from the 4 week repeat dose rat study, a safety factor of 10, and a 52-fold potency shift between rat and human rIL-13 from in vivo pharmacology data, the MRSD was determined to be 3 mg/kg. Furthermore, when a potency shift of 155-fold using the in vitro pharmacology data is used, the human MRSD was determined to be 1 mg/kg.
  • A range of doses were evaluated in this trial to establish dose-linearity, with the low dose selected to allow for an appropriate safety margin while minimizing the likelihood of immunogenicity. The high dose was chosen to evaluate the safety margin of high doses in both a healthy and controlled asthma population prior to proceeding into Phase 2 to enable appropriate dose ranging design in the proof-of-concept study. Safety and tolerability were established following single escalating doses prior to proceeding to multiple dosing. Subcutaneous multiple dosing was important for assessing bioavailability, potential exposure-response relationships in the asthmatic population, and immunogenicity.
  • Prior and Concomitant Therapy
  • For Part 1, concomitant medications were not to be permitted throughout the study.
  • For Parts 2 and 3, short acting beta agonist use as rescue therapy was permitted during the study. Low to medium dose ICS use, and nasal corticosteroid use was permitted during the study. Long-acting beta agonist use was allowed for patients as prescribed if LABA was being used concurrently with ICS at Screening. There should have been no plan to change asthma medications for the duration of the study.
  • Systemic corticosteroid use was permitted if needed for control of an asthma exacerbation but subjects were to be discontinued from any further treatment with 13C5.5. Subjects who required use of systemic corticosteroids were to remain in the study and followed for safety assessments.
  • Only essential medications needed for the treatment of existing medical conditions were allowed during the study. These included lipid-lowering agents, anti-hypertensives, antacids, histamine-2 receptor antagonists, proton pump inhibitors, and pain relievers such as aspirin or non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs). Antihistamine use, over-the-counter emollient use, and/or low to medium potency topical corticosteroid (Class IV, V, VI or VII) use was permitted in subjects with atopic dermatitis meeting entry criteria. Nasal corticosteroid use was permitted in subjects with allergic rhinitis. Subjects were on stable doses of permitted medications for a minimum of 8 weeks prior to Study Day 1 and remained on stable doses throughout the study. Use of acetaminophen of 2 g or less per day was allowed on an intermittent basis at the discretion of the investigator.
  • Use of non-essential medications was discouraged but if a subject reported taking any over-the-counter or prescription medications, vitamins and/or herbal supplements or if administration of any medication became necessary from 30 days prior to study drug administration through the end of the study, the name of the medication, dosage information including dose and frequency, date(s) of administration including start and end dates, and reason for use were recorded, and the medical monitor was notified.
  • 13C5.5 and ADA Assay
  • Blood samples for 13C5.5 assay and anti-drug antibody (ADA) were obtained throughout the study, as indicated in Table 3. The time that each blood sample was collected was recorded to the nearest minute in the source document and on the appropriate electronic case report form (eCRF). The timing of blood collections took priority over all other scheduled study activities except for dosing.
  • Additional blood samples for drug measurement may have been collected from subjects if they were discontinued due to adverse events; the clock time, and date the sample was taken were to be recorded.
  • Samples were to be collected within ±5 minutes of the scheduled times on Study Day 1, within ±1 hour of the scheduled times on Study Days 2 through 6, and within ±3 hours of the scheduled times on Study Days 7 through 127.
  • TABLE 3
    Serum Volume (mL) for Each Sample
    IV Doses
    Hour
    3, 4, 6,
    10, 14, 24, 1344,
    48, 72, 96, 2016,
    0 2 120, 168 336 504 672 1008 2688
    13C5.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5
    (MSD)
    ADA 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5
    (screening
    assay)
    ADA 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0
    (neutralizing
    assay)
    SC Doses
    Hour
    672, 1008,
    8, 24, 48, 72, 360, 384, 408, 1344, 2016,
    0 96, 120, 168, 336 432, 456, 504 2352, 3024
    13C5.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5
    (MSD)
    ADA 1.5 1.5 1.5
    (screening
    assay)
    ADA 2.0 2.0 2.0
    (neutralizing
    assay)
    MSD = Meso-scale-discovery assay.
  • Results from MSD assay for 13C5.5 and screening assay for ADA were reported for this study.
  • Blood samples for the 13C5.5 assay were collected by venipuncture into appropriately labeled evacuated serum collection tubes without gel separator. For IV study drug administration (Parts 1 and 2), samples for 13C5.5 assay were collected at 0 hour (pre-dose) and at 2, 3, 4, 6, 10, 14, 24, 48, 72, 96, 120, 168, 336, 504, 672, 1008, 1344, 2016, and 2688 hours following the onset of study drug administration on Study Day 1. For SC study drug administration (Part 3), samples for 13C5.5 assay were collected at 0 hour (pre-dose) and at 8, 24, 48, 72, 96, 120, 168, 336, 360, 384, 408, 432, 456, 504, 672, 1008, 1344, 2016, 2352 and 3024 hours following study drug administration on Study Day 1. The samples for hours 168 and 336 were collected immediately prior to dosing on Study Days 8 and 15, respectively. A blood sample for 13C5.5 assay was obtained at the early termination visit, if applicable. The serum volume needed for each sample is listed in Table 3. Blood was allowed to clot for 30 minutes at room temperature before centrifugation.
  • Blood samples for ADA assay were collected by venipuncture into appropriately labeled evacuated serum collection tubes without gel separator. For IV study drug administration, blood samples for ADA assay were collected on Study Day 1 at 0 hour (pre-dose) and on Study Days 15, 29, 57, 85 and 113. For SC study drug administration, blood samples for ADA assay were collected on Study Days 1 and 15 at 0 hour (pre-dose) and on Study Days 29, 43, 57, 85, 99 and 127. A blood sample for ADA assay was also obtained at the early termination visit, if applicable. The serum volume needed for each sample is listed in Table 3. Blood was allowed to clot for 30 minutes at room temperature before centrifugation.
  • Pharmacokinetic Variables
  • Values for the pharmacokinetic parameters of 13C5.5 after IV dosing were estimated using noncompartmental methods.
  • The maximum observed serum concentration (Cmax) and the time to Cmax (peak time, Tmax) were determined directly from the serum concentration-time data.
  • The value of the apparent terminal phase elimination rate constant (β, Beta) was obtained from the slope of the least squares linear regression of the logarithms of the serum concentration versus time data from the terminal log-linear phase of the profile. The terminal log-linear phase was identified using Phoenix™ WinNonlin® Version 6.1 to (Pharsight Corporation, Mountain View, Calif.) and visual inspection. A minimum of three concentration-time data points was used to determine β. The actual times used for each subject may be found in the tables of the calculated pharmacokinetic parameters. The terminal phase elimination half-life (t1/2) was calculated as ln(2)/β.
  • The area under the plasma concentration-time curve (AUC) from time 0 to the time of the last measurable concentration (AUCt) was calculated by the linear trapezoidal rule. The AUC was extrapolated to infinite time by dividing the last measurable plasma concentration (Ct) by β. Denoting the extrapolated portion of the AUC by AUCext, the AUC from time 0 to infinite time (AUC, AUCinf) was calculated as follows:

  • AUC =AUC t +AUC ext
  • The percentage of the contribution of the extrapolated AUC (AUCext) to the overall AUC was calculated by dividing the AUCext by the AUC and multiplying this quotient by 100.
  • The clearance value (CL) was calculated by dividing the administered dose by the AUC. The volume of distribution (Vdβ, VDB) value was calculated by dividing the CL by β. An estimate of the volume of distribution at steady state (Vss) was also presented.
  • Dose-normalized Cmax, AUCt and AUC were also calculated for all groups in Parts 1 and 2.
  • For the SC dose groups in Part 3, Cmax, Tmax, and AUC from 0 to 168 hours post-dose (AUC0-168) were estimated after the first and third doses. Beta and t1/2 were estimated following the third SC dose. Additionally, dose-normalized Cmax and AUC0-168 were calculated for Groups 8 and 9 in Part 3. The accumulation ratio (Rac) for the AUC0-168 for Study Day 15 relative to the AUC0-168 for Study Day 1 was also calculated.
  • Pharmacokinetics
  • For each of Parts 1, 2 and 3, serum concentrations of 13C5.5 and ADA and pharmacokinetic parameter values were tabulated for each subject and each dose group, and summary statistics were computed for each sampling time and each parameter.
  • For all the 13C5.5 single-dose regimens (groups) in healthy subjects (Part 1), analyses were performed on dose-normalized Cmax, dose-normalized AUC, Tmax and β to address the issue of linear pharmacokinetics and dose proportionality. The logarithmic transformation was employed for Cmax and AUC. For each parameter, a one-way analysis of variance (ANOVA) was performed. Subjects were classified by dose level. Body weight or another measure of size was to be included as a covariate in the model for Cmax and AUC if the regression coefficient was statistically significant at level of 0.10. Within the framework of the final model, the highest dose was compared to the lowest dose. For the logarithms of Cmax and AUC, a 95% confidence interval, as well as a point estimate, were provided for the ratio of the central value of the highest dose relative to that of the lowest dose. The point estimate and the 95% confidence interval were obtained by exponentiation of the corresponding estimate and confidence limits for the difference of logarithm means. If at least four 13C5.5 dose levels were studied, a test was also performed at significance level 0.05 on a contrast in the dose level means, with the contrast chosen to be sensitive to an approximately linear trend with the logarithm of dose.
  • ANOVAs were also conducted for the single dose regimens in subjects with mild to moderate controlled asthma (Part 2). Within the framework of the model, the hypothesis of no difference between the highest and lowest doses was tested. The analyses could or could not have been performed jointly (analyses were not performed jointly) for the two populations (healthy subjects and subjects with mild to moderate controlled asthma). If analyses had been performed jointly for the two populations, then only data from the dose levels that the two populations had in common, were to be included. In this case, the model would have had effects for population, dose level and the interaction of population by dose level. Body weight or another measure of size could have been included in the model for Cmax and AUC. If the statistic on population-dose interaction had been significant at level of 0.10, then estimates and other inferences would have been provided for each population separately. Otherwise, estimates and other inferences were to have been based on the dose level main effects.
  • ANOVA was also performed for the multiple-dose regimens (Part 3) for pharmacokinetic parameters corresponding to those of the single-dose regimens. The decision on whether to include a measure of size as a covariate was based in part on the results for Parts 1 and 2. For Cmax and AUC, point estimates and 95% confidence intervals were provided for the ratio of the central values of the two doses, as explained for Part 1.
  • Missing Values and Model Violations
  • If there had been missing values due to premature discontinuations that were possibly related to study drug, the possibility of bias as a result of the missing values would have been considered.
  • Values of pharmacokinetic variables (Cmax, AUC, etc.) are normally determined without replacing missing individual concentration values, simply using the available data, and, if necessary, performing the analysis with some missing values for a pharmacokinetic variable. However, missing concentration values for isolated individual serum samples could have been replaced (imputed) if such might have affected study conclusions or meaningfully affected point estimates.
  • If the probability distribution of a variable had non-symmetry to the degree that conclusions from the ANOVA (ANOVAs were performed for all parts rather than ANCOVAs) might have been affected or point estimates were misleading, then a transformation (an alternative to the logarithm in the case of Cmax and AUC) that yielded an approximately symmetric distribution was to have been sought. If a satisfactory transformation could not have been found or if it appeared that both tails of the probability distribution were quite long, a nonparametric analysis could have been performed. If the dose levels had unequal variances to the extent that conclusions might have been affected, then approximate methods that allowed for unequal variances would have been used.
  • Example 1 Escalating Single Doses in Healthy and Asthma Subjects (Groups 1 Through 7)
  • The mean±standard deviation (SD) serum concentration-time profiles after a single IV infusion of 0.3 mg/kg to 10 mg/kg 13C5.5 to healthy subjects (Groups 1 through 4) are presented in FIGS. 5 and 6 on linear and log-linear scales, respectively. The mean±SD serum concentration-time profiles after a single IV infusion of 0.3 mg/kg, 3.0 mg/kg or 10 mg/kg 13C5.5 to healthy subjects and subjects with mild to moderate asthma ( Groups 1, 3 through 7) are presented in FIGS. 7 and 8 on linear and log-linear scales, respectively.
  • The mean±SD pharmacokinetic parameters of 13C5.5 after a single IV infusion of 13C5.5 to healthy and asthma subjects are shown in Table 4.
  • TABLE 4
    Mean ± SD Pharmacokinetic Parameters of 13C
    Figure US20140341913A1-20141120-P00899
    Figure US20140341913A1-20141120-P00899
     a
    Single IV Infusion of 13C5.5 in Healthy Subjects and Asthma Subjects
    Group 5 Group 2 Group 3 Group 6 Group 7
    Group 1 0.3 mg/kg 1.0 mg/kg 3.0 mg/kg 3.0 mg/kg Group 4 10 mg/kg
    0.3 mg/kg (N = 4) (N = (N = (N = 4) 10 mg/kg (N = 4)
    (N = 4) Mild/ 3)# 3)# Mild/ (N = 4) Mild/
    PK Healthy Mod Healthy Healthy Mod Healthy Mod
    Parameter Unit Volunteer Asthma Volunteer Volunteer Asthma Volunteer Asthma
    Cmax μg/mL 6.88 ± 0.49 6.72 ± 0.91 20.65 ± 2.43  80.15 ± 6.11  68.55 ± 10.46 214.50 ± 27.77  292.00 ± 19.88 
    AUCt μg · hr/mL 2102 ± 495  1999 ± 450  6490 ± 1192 26214 ± 5519  24580 ± 2578  82527 ± 8957  92307 ± 9810 
    AUG μg · hr/mL 2264 ± 394  2123 ± 544  6649 ± 1362 27180 ± 6051  25037 ± 2913  87342 ± 10966 94917 ± 9276 
    t1/2 ¢ day 17.35 ± 3.34  17.24 ± 8.24  18.83 ± 4.83  22.64 ± 4.26  16.37 ± 6.35  26.66 ± 4.52  23.50 ± 4.45 
    CL mL/hr/kg 0.135 ± 0.022 0.148 ± 0.035 0.154 ± 0.028 0.114 ± 0.027 0.121 ± 0.013 0.116 ± 0.015 0.106 ± 0.010
    Vdβ mL/kg 82.4 ± 12.6 96.6 ± 25.9 102.0 ± 11.9  89.2 ± 7.6  72.8 ± 16.7 108.9 ± 18.1  89.0 ± 19.7
    Vss mL/kg 80.3 ± 4.5  90.0 ± 20.0 95.1 ± 7.3  83.1 ± 7.0  75.9 ± 15.9 97.7 ± 
    Figure US20140341913A1-20141120-P00899
    69.7 ± 
    Figure US20140341913A1-20141120-P00899
    Cmax/Dose μg/mL/ 22.93 ± 1.65  22.41 ± 3.02  20.65 ± 2.43  26.72 ± 2.04  22.85 ± 3.49  21.45 ± 2.78  29.20 ± 1.99 
    (mg/kg)
    AUCt/Dose μg · hr/ 7007 ± 1650 6664 ± 1501 6490 ± 1192 8738 ± 1840 8193 ± 859  8253 ± 896  9231 ± 981 
    mL/(mg/kg)
    AUC/Dose μg · hr/ 7546 ± 1315 7076 ± 1812 6649 ± 1362 9060 ± 2017 8346 ± 971  8734 ± 1097 9492 ± 928 
    mL/(mg/kg)
    #N = 4 for Cmax and Cmax/Dose for Groups 2 and 3.
    ¢Harmonic mean ± pseudo-standard deviation; evaluations of t1/2 were based on statistical tests for β.
    Parameter was not tested statistically.
    V ss: Estimate of volume of distribution at steady state.
    Figure US20140341913A1-20141120-P00899
    indicates data missing or illegible when filed
  • Following IV administration, the exposures, as determined by AUC and Cmax, appeared to increase in a dose dependent manner over the 0.3 mg/kg to 10 mg/kg range. Exposures (AUC and Cmax) to 13C5.5 in healthy and asthma subjects were similar at the tested doses (0.3 mg/kg, 3.0 mg/kg, and 10.0 mg/kg IV). The pharmacokinetics of 13C5.5 were similar to that of a typical immunoglobulin G1 (IgG1) with a small volume of distribution and long half-life. Harmonic mean±pseduo SD half-lives of 13C5.5 ranged from 16.4±6.35 days to 26.7±4.52 days, and mean Vdβ ranged from 72.8 to 108.9 mL/kg following IV infusions over the 0.3 mg/kg to 10.0 mg/kg dose range.
  • The total variabilities in Cmax, AUCt and AUCfor 13C5.5 expressed as percent CV for escalating 13C5.5 single IV infusions in healthy and asthma subjects are shown in Table 5.
  • TABLE 5
    Total Variability for Pharmacokinetic Parameters (Parts 1 and 2)
    Variability (% CV)
    Group 1 Group 2 Group 3 Group 4
    0.3 mg/kg 1.0 mg/kg 3.0 mg/kg 10 mg/kg
    (N = 4) (N = 3)# (N = 3)# (N = 4)
    Parameter (Units) Healthy Subjects
    Cmax μg/mL 7.2 11.8 7.6 12.9
    AUCt μg · hr/mL 23.5 18.4 21.1 10.9
    AUC μg · hr/mL 17.4 20.5 22.3 12.6
    Mild to Moderate Asthma Subjects
    Group 5 Group 6 Group 7
    0.3 mg/kg 3.0 mg/kg 10 mg/kg
    (N = 4) (N = 4) (N = 4)
    Cmax μg/mL 13.5 15.3 6.8
    AUCt μg · hr/mL 22.5 10.5 10.6
    AUC μg · hr/mL 25.6 11.6 9.8
    #N = 4 for Cmax for Groups 2 and 3.
  • Example 2 Dose Proportionality and Pharmacokinetic Linearity in Healthy and Asthma Subjects (Parts 1 and 2)
  • The mean±SD dose-normalized Cmax and AUC values for 13C5.5 following administration of single IV infusions of 13C5.5 over the 0.3 to 10 mg/kg dose range are presented in Table 4. The mean±SD dose-normalized Cmax and AUC values of 13C5.5 versus dose level are presented in FIG. 9.
  • To address the issues of pharmacokinetic linearity and dose proportionality in healthy subjects and subjects with mild to moderate asthma, an ANOVA was performed on the pharmacokinetic parameters. Subjects were classified by treatment group (regimen).
  • In healthy subjects, 13C5.5 pharmacokinetics were dose linear in Cmax and AUC. The mean Cmax, AUCt or AUC values were similar between the highest dose (10 mg/kg) and the lowest dose (0.3 mg/kg). There were no statistically significant trends (p>0.05) for changes in 13C5.5 dose-normalized Cmax, or dose-normalized AUC over the dose range (0.3 to 10 mg/kg). However, the power of the tests was low due to small number of subjects in each of the dose groups. Based on statistical tests for β, the t1/2 value for the highest dose (26.7±4.52 days, 10 mg/kg) was statistically significantly longer than the value of 17.4±3.34 days for the lowest dose of 0.3 mg/kg (Table 4). The results also indicated that there were statistically significant trends (p<0.05) for increases in 13C5.5 t1/2 across the 0.3 to 10 mg/kg dose range.
  • In subjects with mild to moderate asthma, the dose-normalized Cmax of the highest dose (10 mg/kg) was statistically significantly higher than that for the lowest dose of 0.3 mg/kg. The dose-normalized AUCt and AUCvalues of the highest dose were statistically significantly greater (p<0.05) than those of the lowest dose. However, the observed departure from dose proportionality was small with an estimate of the ratio of central values of 1.3 for Cmax and 1.4 for AUC over a 33-fold range of doses.
  • Example 3 Three Weekly SC Injections in Asthma Subjects (Groups 8 and 9)
  • The mean±SD serum concentration versus time profiles of 13C5.5 following 3 weekly SC doses of 13C5.5 for Group 8 (0.3 mg/kg) and Group 9 (3.0 mg/kg) are presented in FIG. 10 on linear and log-linear scales.
  • The mean±SD pharmacokinetic parameters of 13C5.5 following three weekly doses of 0.3 mg/kg or 3.0 mg/kg 13C5.5 SC are shown in Table 6. The accumulation following 3 weekly doses of 13C5.5 appears to be linear as the Cmax and AUC values are approximately 3-fold greater following three 0.3 mg/kg or 3.0 mg/kg weekly doses of 13C5.5. Tmax appears to be similar following the first and third 0.3 and 3.0 mg/kg doses of 13C5.5. The harmonic mean±pseudo-SD half-life for 13C5.5 was 27.29±3.33 and 24.30±1.23 days after SC administration of 0.3 and 3.0 mg/kg for three days, respectively. Using simultaneous pharmacokinetic modeling of IV and SC data, the estimated bioavailability of 13C5.5 was approximately 70%.
  • TABLE 6
    Mean ± SD Pharmacokinetic Parameters of 13C5.5 Following 3 Weekly SC Doses of 13C5.5 in Asthma Subjects
    Group 8 Group 9
    0.3 mg/kg, 0.3 mg/kg, 3.0 mg/kg, 3.0 mg/kg,
    Pharmacokinetic (Dose 1) (Dose 3) Dose 3/Dose 1 (Dose 1) (Dose 3) Dose 3/Dose 1
    Parameter Unit (N = 4) (N = 4) Rac (N = 4) (N = 4) Rac
    Cmax μg/mL 1.80 ± 0.72  4.87 ± 0.97 17.90 ± 5.91   47.08 ± 12.54
    AUC0-168 μg · hr/mL 236 ± 106  678 ± 107 3.19 2278 ± 1083  6875 ± 1343 3.29
    Tmax £ hr 108 (48-168) 84 (49-120) 108 (72-168) 108 (48-169)
    t1/2 ¢ day 27.29 ± 3.33 24.30 ± 1.23
    Cmax/Dose μg/mL/(mg/kg) 6.01 ± 2.40 16.23 ± 3.23 5.97 ± 1.97 15.69 ± 4.18
    AUC0-168/Dose μg · hr/mL/(mg/kg) 788 ± 353 2259 ± 355 759 ± 361 2292 ± 448
    Rac: Accumulation ratio, calculated as the ratio of Day 15 AUC0-168 to Day 1 AUC0-168.
    £Median (minimum-maximum).
    ¢Harmonic mean ± pseudo SD.
  • The total variabilities in Cmax and AUC0-168 for 13C5.5 express following administration of three weekly SC doses of 13C5.5 in subjects with mild to moderate asthma are shown in Table 7.
  • TABLE 7
    Total Variability for Pharmacokinetic Parameters (Part 3)
    Variability (% CV), Mild to
    Moderate Asthma Subjects
    Group 8 Group 9
    0.3 mg/kg SC 3.0 mg/kg SC
    (N = 4) (N = 4)
    Parameter (Units) Day 1 Day 15 Day 1 Day 15
    Cmax μg/mL 39.9 19.9 33.0 26.6
    AUC0-168 μg · hr/mL 44.8 15.7 47.6 19.5
  • Example 4 Dose Proportionality and Pharmacokinetic Linearity (Part 3)
  • The mean±SD dose-normalized Cmax and AUC∞ values for 13C5.5 following administration of 3 weekly SC doses of 13C5.5 0.3 or 3.0 mg/kg are presented in Table 6. The mean±SD dose-normalized Cmax and AUC∞ values of 13C5.5 versus dose level are presented in FIGS. 11 and 12, respectively.
  • To address the issues of pharmacokinetic linearity and dose proportionality an ANOVA was performed on the pharmacokinetic parameters. Subjects were classified by treatment group (regimen).
  • In subjects with mild to moderate asthma administered 3 weekly SC doses, 13C5.5 pharmacokinetics were dose linear in Cmax and AUC. The mean Tmax, Cmax and AUC0-168 values were similar between the highest dose (3.0 mg/kg) and the lowest dose (0.3 mg/kg) on both Day 1 and Day 15. Of note, the power of the tests was low due to small number of subjects in each of the dose groups.
  • Statistics/Analysis for Examples 1-4
  • Adjustments for covariates were not performed.
  • Subjects 1202 and 1304 prematurely discontinued from the study and their last assay blood samples were collected at Hour 672 and Hour 96, respectively. For these two subjects, pharmacokinetic parameters were not calculated except for Cmax and Tmax. Subject 1103 prematurely discontinued from the study and his last assay blood sample was collected at approximately 894 hours post dose. For this subject, pharmacokinetic parameters were calculated. The few cases of a missing concentration for an individual sampling time did not prevent a determination of values of the pharmacokinetic parameters in which there is confidence.
  • Subjects whose available data warranted determination of values for the pharmacokinetic parameters were included in the statistical analysis. This study was conducted at a single study center; therefore, no considerations for a plurality of centers were necessary.
  • Conclusion for Examples 1-4
  • The pharmacokinetics of 13C5.5 after single dose administration were consistent with that of a IgG1 with a long half-life and small volume of distribution. For subjects administered a single IV infusion of 13C5.5, the systemic exposure (AUC and Cmax) to 13C5.5 increased in a dose proportional manner over the dose range of 0.3 to 10 mg/kg for healthy subjects; however, for subjects with mild to moderate controlled asthma, AUC and Cmax increased in a slightly more (30 to 40%) than dose proportional manner over the same 33-fold dose range. For subjects with mild to moderate asthma administered 3 weekly SC doses, 13C5.5 pharmacokinetics were dose linear in both AUC and Cmax between the 0.3 and 3.0 mg/kg doses. The accumulation of 13C5.5 was as expected about 3-fold following three weekly SC doses.
  • During the study, 13C5.5 was well tolerated and safe when administered as a single dose up to 10 mg/kg IV or as multiple doses of 0.3 and 3 mg/kg SC. The adverse event profile in healthy adults was similar to that observed in subjects with asthma. No dose-related increases or administration-specific trends in treatment-emergent adverse events were appreciated. In each part of the study, the proportion of subjects reporting an upper respiratory tract infection or viral upper respiratory tract infection was greater among those receiving 13C5.5 compared to those receiving placebo. All of these events were of mild or moderate severity, and none were judged by the investigator to be possibly or probably related to study drug. However, the incidence of respiratory infections will continue to be monitored closely in future studies. Multiple events of blood CPK increased were reported including in one placebo subject; these events occurred following the initial confinement at the study site and were associated in each case with transient elevations in CPK and a history of increased physical activity.
  • One subject in the 13C5.5 0.3 mg/kg treatment group experienced a serious adverse event of hospitalization for bunionectomy that was assessed by the investigator as not related to study drug administration. No subjects discontinued study drug due to a treatment-emergent adverse event. Other than a report of infusion site pain in one subject, there were no adverse events of infusion-related reactions reported, and a review of events that could represent deterioration in asthma and spirometry data did not suggest a worsening of underlying disease in asthma subjects.
  • No clinically significant trends were detected in other safety analyses including vital signs, ECG variables and laboratory measurements.
  • EQUIVALENTS
  • Those skilled in the art will recognize, or be able to ascertain using no more than routine experimentation, many equivalents to the specific embodiments of the invention described herein. Such equivalents are intended to be encompassed by the following claims.

Claims (35)

1. An isolated composition comprising an anti-IL-13 antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, wherein, when administered intravenously to a subject at a dose of about 0.3 mg/kg, the antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, is capable of exhibiting:
(a) an area under the curve (AUC) of between about 1,500 and about 2,700 μgh/ml;
(b) a volume of distribution of between about 65 and 125 mL/kg;
(c) a peak concentration (Cmax) of between about 5 and about 8 μg/ml; and
(d) a clearance rate of between about 0.1 and about 0.2 ml/h/kg.
2. An isolated composition comprising an anti-IL-13 antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, wherein, when administered intravenously to a subject at a dose of about 3 mg/kg, the antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, is capable of exhibiting:
(a) an area under the curve (AUC) of between about 21,000 and about 33,500 μgh/ml;
(b) a volume of distribution of between about 55 and about 100 mL/kg;
(c) a peak concentration (Cmax) of between about 55 and about 90 μg/ml; and
(d) a clearance rate of between about 0.08 and about 0.15 ml/h/kg.
3. An isolated composition comprising an anti-IL-13 antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, wherein, when administered intravenously to a subject at a dose of about 10 mg/kg, the antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, is capable of exhibiting:
(a) an area under the curve (AUC) of between about 75 and about 100 μgh/ml;
(b) a volume of distribution of between about 90 and about 130 mL/kg;
(c) a peak concentration (Cmax) of between about 185 and about 250 μg/ml; and
(d) a clearance rate of between about 0.1 and about 0.15 ml/h/kg.
4. An isolated composition comprising an anti-IL-13 antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, wherein, when administered subcutaneously to a subject at a dose of about 0.3 mg/kg, the antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, is capable of exhibiting:
(a) an area under the curve (AUC) of between about 125 and about 800 μgh/ml; and
(b) a peak concentration (Cmax) of between about 1.0 and about 6.0 μg/ml.
5. An isolated composition comprising an anti-IL-13 antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, wherein, when administered subcutaneously to a subject at a dose of about 3 mg/kg, the antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, is capable of exhibiting:
(a) an area under the curve (AUC) of between about 1,100 and about 8,500 μgh/ml; and
(b) a peak concentration (Cmax) of between about 12 and about 60 μg/ml.
6.-7. (canceled)
8. A method of treating or preventing asthma in a subject comprising administering the composition of any one of claims 1-5 to the subject, thereby treating or preventing asthma in said subject.
9.-14. (canceled)
15. A method of treating asthma in a subject comprising intravenously administering to the subject an anti-IL-13 antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, wherein at least one pharmacokinetic characteristic selected from the group consisting of:
(a) a maximum serum concentration (Cmax) of between about 5 and about 235 μg/mL, and
(b) an area under the serum concentration-time curve (AUC) of between about 1,500 and about 98,000 μgh/mL,
is achieved following administration of the antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof to said subject.
16. The method of claim 15, wherein the antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, is administered at a dose of about 0.3 mg/kg, optionally
wherein the Cmax is between about 5 and about 10 μg/mL, or
wherein the AUC is between about 1,500 and about 2,700 μgh/mL.
17.-18. (canceled)
19. The method of claim 15, wherein the antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, is administered at a dose of about 3 mg/kg, optionally
wherein the Cmax is between about 55 and about 90 μg/mL, or
wherein the AUC is between about 20,000 and about 34,000 μgh/mL.
20.-21. (canceled)
22. The method of claim 15, wherein the antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, is administered at a dose of about 10 mg/kg, optionally
wherein the Cmax is between about 190 and about 235 μg/mL, or
wherein the AUC is between about 75,000 and about 100,000 μgh/mL.
23.-26. (canceled)
27. A method of treating asthma in a subject comprising subcutaneously administering to the subject an anti-IL-13 antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, wherein at least one pharmacokinetic characteristic selected from the group consisting of:
(a) a maximum serum concentration (Cmax) of between about 1 and about 60 μg/mL, and
(b) an area under the serum concentration-time curve (AUC) of between about 125 and about 8,100 μgh/mL,
is achieved following administration of the antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof to said subject.
28. The method of claim 27, wherein the antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, is administered at a dose of about 0.3 mg/kg, optionally
wherein the Cmax is between about 1 and about 6 μg/mL, or
wherein the AUC is between about 100 and about 800 μgh/mL.
29.-30. (canceled)
31. The method of claim 27, wherein the antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, is administered at a dose of about 3 mg/kg, optionally
wherein the Cmax is between about 12 and about 60 μg/mL, or
wherein the AUC is between about 1,100 and about 8,100 μgh/mL.
32.-40. (canceled)
41. A method of treating asthma in a subject comprising subcutaneously administering to the subject an anti-IL-13 antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, at a dose of about 0.3 mg/kg, wherein at least one pharmacokinetic characteristic selected from the group consisting of:
(a) a half-life of between about 24 and 31 days;
(b) a Tmax of between about 3 and about 5 days; and
(c) a bioavailability of at least about 60%,
is achieved following administration of the antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof to said subject.
42. (canceled)
43. A method of treating asthma in a subject comprising subcutaneously administering to the subject an anti-IL-13 antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, at a dose of about 3 mg/kg, wherein at least one pharmacokinetic characteristic selected from the group consisting of:
(a) a half-life of between about 23 and 26 days;
(b) a Tmax of less than or equal to about 5 days; and
(c) a bioavailability of at least about 60%,
is achieved following administration of the antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof to said subject.
44. (canceled)
45. A method of treating asthma in a subject comprising intravenously administering to the subject an anti-IL-13 antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, at a dose of about 0.3 mg/kg, wherein at least one pharmacokinetic characteristic selected from the group consisting of:
(a) a clearance rate of between about 0.11 to about 0.19 mL/hr/kg; and
(b) a volume of distribution of between about 70 to about 130 mL/kg is achieved following administration of the antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof to said subject.
46. A method of treating asthma in a subject comprising intravenously administering to the subject an anti-IL-13 antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, at a dose of about 3 mg/kg, wherein at least one pharmacokinetic characteristic selected from the group consisting of:
(a) a clearance rate of between about 0.08 to about 0.14 mL/hr/kg; and
(b) a volume of distribution of between about 55 to about 100 mL/kg is achieved following administration of the antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof to said subject.
47. A method of treating asthma in a subject comprising intravenously administering to the subject an anti-IL-13 antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, at a dose of about 10 mg/kg, wherein at least one pharmacokinetic characteristic selected from the group consisting of:
(a) a clearance rate of between about 0.09 to about 0.13 mL/hr/kg; and
(b) a volume of distribution of between about 85 to about 130 mL/kg is achieved following administration of the antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof to said subject.
48. The composition of claim 1 or the method of claim 41, wherein the anti-IL-13 antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, is 13C5.5, or an antigen-binding portion thereof.
49. The method of claim 41, wherein the anti-IL-13 antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, is administered once.
50. The method of claim 41, wherein the anti-IL-13 antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, is administered weekly, optionally wherein the antibody, or antigen-binding portion thereof, is administered for 3 weeks.
51.-52. (canceled)
53. The method of claim 41, further comprising administering an additional agent to said subject, optionally wherein said additional agent is selected from the group consisting of: a therapeutic agent, an imaging agent, a cytotoxic agent, an angiogenesis inhibitor, a kinase inhibitor, a co-stimulation molecule blocker, an adhesion molecule blocker, an anti-cytokine antibody or functional fragment thereof; methotrexate, a cyclosporin, a rapamycin, an FK506, a detectable label or reporter, a TNF antagonist, an anti-rheumatic, a muscle relaxant, a narcotic, a non-steroid anti-inflammatory drug (NSAID), an analgesic, an anesthetic, a sedative, a local anesthetic, a neuromuscular blocker, an antimicrobial, an antipsoriatic, a corticosteroid, an anabolic steroid, an erythropoietin, an immunization, an immunoglobulin, an immunosuppressive, a growth hormone, a hormone replacement drug, a radiopharmaceutical, an antidepressant, an antipsychotic, a stimulant, an asthma medication, a beta agonist, an inhaled steroid, an oral steroid, an epinephrine or analog, a cytokine, and a cytokine antagonist.
54. (canceled)
55. The composition claim 1 or the method of claim 15,
wherein said subject is a human, or
wherein the asthma is mild to moderate asthma.
56.-59. (canceled)
US14/232,356 2011-07-13 2012-07-02 Methods and compositions for treating asthma using anti-il-13 antibodies Abandoned US20140341913A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US14/232,356 US20140341913A1 (en) 2011-07-13 2012-07-02 Methods and compositions for treating asthma using anti-il-13 antibodies

Applications Claiming Priority (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US201161507347P 2011-07-13 2011-07-13
US14/232,356 US20140341913A1 (en) 2011-07-13 2012-07-02 Methods and compositions for treating asthma using anti-il-13 antibodies
PCT/US2012/045268 WO2013009521A2 (en) 2011-07-13 2012-07-02 Methods and compositions for treating asthma using anti-il-13 antibodies

Related Parent Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2012/045268 A-371-Of-International WO2013009521A2 (en) 2011-07-13 2012-07-02 Methods and compositions for treating asthma using anti-il-13 antibodies

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US15/633,936 Continuation US10919961B2 (en) 2011-07-13 2017-06-27 Methods and compositions for treating asthma using anti-IL-13 antibodies

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20140341913A1 true US20140341913A1 (en) 2014-11-20

Family

ID=47506802

Family Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US14/232,356 Abandoned US20140341913A1 (en) 2011-07-13 2012-07-02 Methods and compositions for treating asthma using anti-il-13 antibodies
US15/633,936 Active US10919961B2 (en) 2011-07-13 2017-06-27 Methods and compositions for treating asthma using anti-IL-13 antibodies

Family Applications After (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US15/633,936 Active US10919961B2 (en) 2011-07-13 2017-06-27 Methods and compositions for treating asthma using anti-IL-13 antibodies

Country Status (12)

Country Link
US (2) US20140341913A1 (en)
EP (2) EP2734236A4 (en)
JP (2) JP2014520847A (en)
KR (1) KR20140061403A (en)
CN (1) CN103857411A (en)
AU (2) AU2012283039A1 (en)
CA (1) CA2841970A1 (en)
HK (1) HK1198328A1 (en)
MX (1) MX2014000531A (en)
RU (1) RU2640025C2 (en)
SG (1) SG10201505454SA (en)
WO (1) WO2013009521A2 (en)

Cited By (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2017189805A1 (en) 2016-04-27 2017-11-02 Abbvie Inc. Methods of treatment of diseases in which il-13 activity is detrimental using anti-il-13 antibodies
WO2018183932A1 (en) 2017-03-30 2018-10-04 Progenity Inc. Treatment of a disease of the gastrointestinal tract with a il-13 inhibitor
US10160796B2 (en) 2016-09-08 2018-12-25 Emergo Therapeutics, Inc. Mast cell stabilizers for treatment of hypercytokinemia and viral infection
WO2020106750A1 (en) 2018-11-19 2020-05-28 Progenity, Inc. Methods and devices for treating a disease with biotherapeutics
US10919961B2 (en) 2011-07-13 2021-02-16 Abbvie, Inc. Methods and compositions for treating asthma using anti-IL-13 antibodies
WO2021119482A1 (en) 2019-12-13 2021-06-17 Progenity, Inc. Ingestible device for delivery of therapeutic agent to the gastrointestinal tract
WO2022197782A1 (en) 2021-03-17 2022-09-22 Receptos Llc Methods of treating atopic dermatitis with anti il-13 antibodies
US11478463B2 (en) 2016-10-18 2022-10-25 Emergo Therapeutics, Inc. Mast cell stabilizers for treatment of chronic inflammatory conditions
EP4252629A2 (en) 2016-12-07 2023-10-04 Biora Therapeutics, Inc. Gastrointestinal tract detection methods, devices and systems

Families Citing this family (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20150297744A1 (en) * 2014-03-28 2015-10-22 Immunogen, Inc. Anti-FOLR1 Immunoconjugate Dosing Regimens
WO2018078186A1 (en) * 2016-10-31 2018-05-03 Vectura Limited Inhalable powder composition comprising il-13 antibody
EP3807889A1 (en) * 2018-06-14 2021-04-21 AstraZeneca UK Limited Methods for treating and preventing symptoms of asthma with a corticosteroid pharmaceutical composition

Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20080171014A1 (en) * 2006-09-08 2008-07-17 Chengbin Wu Interleukin-13 binding proteins

Family Cites Families (112)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
DE3378250D1 (en) 1982-04-22 1988-11-24 Ici Plc Continuous release formulations
GB8308235D0 (en) 1983-03-25 1983-05-05 Celltech Ltd Polypeptides
US4816567A (en) 1983-04-08 1989-03-28 Genentech, Inc. Recombinant immunoglobin preparations
US5807715A (en) 1984-08-27 1998-09-15 The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University Methods and transformed mammalian lymphocyte cells for producing functional antigen-binding protein including chimeric immunoglobulin
US5128326A (en) 1984-12-06 1992-07-07 Biomatrix, Inc. Drug delivery systems based on hyaluronans derivatives thereof and their salts and methods of producing same
US6492107B1 (en) 1986-11-20 2002-12-10 Stuart Kauffman Process for obtaining DNA, RNA, peptides, polypeptides, or protein, by recombinant DNA technique
DE3590766T (en) 1985-03-30 1987-04-23
US5618920A (en) 1985-11-01 1997-04-08 Xoma Corporation Modular assembly of antibody genes, antibodies prepared thereby and use
DE3600905A1 (en) 1986-01-15 1987-07-16 Ant Nachrichtentech METHOD FOR DECODING BINARY SIGNALS AND VITERBI DECODERS AND APPLICATIONS
US5225539A (en) 1986-03-27 1993-07-06 Medical Research Council Recombinant altered antibodies and methods of making altered antibodies
GB8607679D0 (en) 1986-03-27 1986-04-30 Winter G P Recombinant dna product
US4946778A (en) 1987-09-21 1990-08-07 Genex Corporation Single polypeptide chain binding molecules
WO1988007089A1 (en) 1987-03-18 1988-09-22 Medical Research Council Altered antibodies
US5258498A (en) 1987-05-21 1993-11-02 Creative Biomolecules, Inc. Polypeptide linkers for production of biosynthetic proteins
US4880078A (en) 1987-06-29 1989-11-14 Honda Giken Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha Exhaust muffler
EP0768377A1 (en) 1988-09-02 1997-04-16 Protein Engineering Corporation Generation and selection of recombinant varied binding proteins
US5223409A (en) 1988-09-02 1993-06-29 Protein Engineering Corp. Directed evolution of novel binding proteins
US5750373A (en) 1990-12-03 1998-05-12 Genentech, Inc. Enrichment method for variant proteins having altered binding properties, M13 phagemids, and growth hormone variants
KR0184860B1 (en) 1988-11-11 1999-04-01 메디칼 리써어치 카운실 Single domain ligands receptors comprising said ligands methods for their production and use of said ligands
US5530101A (en) 1988-12-28 1996-06-25 Protein Design Labs, Inc. Humanized immunoglobulins
CA2057923A1 (en) 1989-05-16 1990-11-17 William D. Huse Co-expression of heteromeric receptors
CA2016842A1 (en) 1989-05-16 1990-11-16 Richard A. Lerner Method for tapping the immunological repertoire
CA2016841C (en) 1989-05-16 1999-09-21 William D. Huse A method for producing polymers having a preselected activity
WO1991005548A1 (en) 1989-10-10 1991-05-02 Pitman-Moore, Inc. Sustained release composition for macromolecular proteins
WO1991006287A1 (en) 1989-11-06 1991-05-16 Enzytech, Inc. Protein microspheres and methods of using them
GB8928874D0 (en) 1989-12-21 1990-02-28 Celltech Ltd Humanised antibodies
WO1991010737A1 (en) 1990-01-11 1991-07-25 Molecular Affinities Corporation Production of antibodies using gene libraries
US5780225A (en) 1990-01-12 1998-07-14 Stratagene Method for generating libaries of antibody genes comprising amplification of diverse antibody DNAs and methods for using these libraries for the production of diverse antigen combining molecules
DK0463151T3 (en) 1990-01-12 1996-07-01 Cell Genesys Inc Generation of xenogenic antibodies
US6075181A (en) 1990-01-12 2000-06-13 Abgenix, Inc. Human antibodies derived from immunized xenomice
US5427908A (en) 1990-05-01 1995-06-27 Affymax Technologies N.V. Recombinant library screening methods
GB9015198D0 (en) 1990-07-10 1990-08-29 Brien Caroline J O Binding substance
WO1992020791A1 (en) 1990-07-10 1992-11-26 Cambridge Antibody Technology Limited Methods for producing members of specific binding pairs
EP0542810A1 (en) 1990-08-02 1993-05-26 B.R. Centre Limited Methods for the production of proteins with a desired function
US5698426A (en) 1990-09-28 1997-12-16 Ixsys, Incorporated Surface expression libraries of heteromeric receptors
DK1820858T3 (en) 1991-03-01 2009-11-02 Dyax Corp Chimeric protein comprising microprotein with two or more disulfide bonds and embodiments thereof
WO1992018619A1 (en) 1991-04-10 1992-10-29 The Scripps Research Institute Heterodimeric receptor libraries using phagemids
ES2181673T3 (en) 1991-05-01 2003-03-01 Jackson H M Found Military Med PROCESS OF TREATMENT OF INFECTIOUS RESPIRATORY DISEASES.
DE69233482T2 (en) 1991-05-17 2006-01-12 Merck & Co., Inc. Method for reducing the immunogenicity of antibody variable domains
JPH07503124A (en) 1991-06-14 1995-04-06 ゾーマ・コーポレーション Antibody fragments and their complexes produced by microorganisms
DE4122599C2 (en) 1991-07-08 1993-11-11 Deutsches Krebsforsch Phagemid for screening antibodies
US5565332A (en) 1991-09-23 1996-10-15 Medical Research Council Production of chimeric antibodies - a combinatorial approach
ES2227512T3 (en) 1991-12-02 2005-04-01 Medical Research Council PRODUCTION OF ANTIBODIES AGAINST SELF-ANTIGENS FROM REPERTORIES OF ANTIBODY SEGMENTS FIXED IN A PHOTO.
CA2103887C (en) 1991-12-13 2005-08-30 Gary M. Studnicka Methods and materials for preparation of modified antibody variable domains and therapeutic uses thereof
US5714350A (en) 1992-03-09 1998-02-03 Protein Design Labs, Inc. Increasing antibody affinity by altering glycosylation in the immunoglobulin variable region
US5912015A (en) 1992-03-12 1999-06-15 Alkermes Controlled Therapeutics, Inc. Modulated release from biocompatible polymers
US5733743A (en) 1992-03-24 1998-03-31 Cambridge Antibody Technology Limited Methods for producing members of specific binding pairs
ES2301158T3 (en) 1992-07-24 2008-06-16 Amgen Fremont Inc. XENOGENIC ANTIBODY PRODUCTION.
US5639641A (en) 1992-09-09 1997-06-17 Immunogen Inc. Resurfacing of rodent antibodies
US5934272A (en) 1993-01-29 1999-08-10 Aradigm Corporation Device and method of creating aerosolized mist of respiratory drug
JPH09506262A (en) 1993-12-08 1997-06-24 ジェンザイム・コーポレイション Method for producing specific antibody
DK0744958T3 (en) 1994-01-31 2003-10-20 Univ Boston Polyclonal antibody libraries
US5516637A (en) 1994-06-10 1996-05-14 Dade International Inc. Method involving display of protein binding pairs on the surface of bacterial pili and bacteriophage
ATE252894T1 (en) 1995-01-05 2003-11-15 Univ Michigan SURFACE-MODIFIED NANOPARTICLES AND METHODS FOR THEIR PRODUCTION AND USE
US6130364A (en) 1995-03-29 2000-10-10 Abgenix, Inc. Production of antibodies using Cre-mediated site-specific recombination
US6091001A (en) 1995-03-29 2000-07-18 Abgenix, Inc. Production of antibodies using Cre-mediated site-specific recombination
US6019968A (en) 1995-04-14 2000-02-01 Inhale Therapeutic Systems, Inc. Dispersible antibody compositions and methods for their preparation and use
JPH11503914A (en) 1995-04-21 1999-04-06 セル ジェネシス,インコーポレイテッド Generation of large genomic DNA deletions
CA2761116A1 (en) 1995-04-27 1996-10-31 Amgen Fremont Inc. Human antibodies derived from immunized xenomice
CA2219486A1 (en) 1995-04-28 1996-10-31 Abgenix, Inc. Human antibodies derived from immunized xenomice
US6127977A (en) 1996-11-08 2000-10-03 Cohen; Nathan Microstrip patch antenna with fractal structure
CA2230494A1 (en) 1995-08-31 1997-03-06 Alkermes Controlled Therapeutics Inc. Composition for sustained release of an agent
JP2978435B2 (en) 1996-01-24 1999-11-15 チッソ株式会社 Method for producing acryloxypropyl silane
MX336813B (en) 1996-02-09 2016-02-02 Abbvie Biotechnology Ltd Human antibodies that bind human tnf alpha.
ATE508733T1 (en) 1996-03-04 2011-05-15 Penn State Res Found MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR INCREASE CELLULAR INTERNALIZATION
US5714352A (en) 1996-03-20 1998-02-03 Xenotech Incorporated Directed switch-mediated DNA recombination
US5985309A (en) 1996-05-24 1999-11-16 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Preparation of particles for inhalation
US5874064A (en) 1996-05-24 1999-02-23 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Aerodynamically light particles for pulmonary drug delivery
US5855913A (en) 1997-01-16 1999-01-05 Massachusetts Instite Of Technology Particles incorporating surfactants for pulmonary drug delivery
US6699658B1 (en) 1996-05-31 2004-03-02 Board Of Trustees Of The University Of Illinois Yeast cell surface display of proteins and uses thereof
US5916771A (en) 1996-10-11 1999-06-29 Abgenix, Inc. Production of a multimeric protein by cell fusion method
DK0942968T3 (en) 1996-12-03 2008-06-23 Amgen Fremont Inc Fully human antibodies that bind EGFR
JP3884484B2 (en) 1997-01-16 2007-02-21 マサチューセッツ インスティチュート オブ テクノロジー Preparation of particles for inhalation
JP3692542B2 (en) 1997-01-21 2005-09-07 ザ ジェネラル ホスピタル コーポレーション Protein selection using RNA-protein fusions
US6235883B1 (en) 1997-05-05 2001-05-22 Abgenix, Inc. Human monoclonal antibodies to epidermal growth factor receptor
US5989463A (en) 1997-09-24 1999-11-23 Alkermes Controlled Therapeutics, Inc. Methods for fabricating polymer-based controlled release devices
SE512663C2 (en) 1997-10-23 2000-04-17 Biogram Ab Active substance encapsulation process in a biodegradable polymer
CA2322749A1 (en) 1998-03-03 1999-09-10 Abgenix, Inc. Cd147 binding molecules as therapeutics
US20020029391A1 (en) 1998-04-15 2002-03-07 Claude Geoffrey Davis Epitope-driven human antibody production and gene expression profiling
WO1999054342A1 (en) 1998-04-20 1999-10-28 Pablo Umana Glycosylation engineering of antibodies for improving antibody-dependent cellular cytotoxicity
WO1999066903A2 (en) 1998-06-24 1999-12-29 Advanced Inhalation Research, Inc. Large porous particles emitted from an inhaler
US20020142374A1 (en) 1998-08-17 2002-10-03 Michael Gallo Generation of modified molecules with increased serum half-lives
BRPI9916853B8 (en) 1998-12-23 2021-05-25 Abgenix Inc monoclonal antibody or an antigen-binding fragment thereof that specifically binds to cytotoxic t-lymphocyte antigen 4 (ctla-4) and nucleic acid
PL409839A1 (en) 1999-03-25 2015-03-30 Abbott Gmbh & Co.Kg Human antibodies which bond human IL12 and methods for producing them
JP4368530B2 (en) 1999-04-09 2009-11-18 協和発酵キリン株式会社 Methods for modulating the activity of immune function molecules
CA2407956A1 (en) 2000-05-03 2001-11-08 Amgen Inc. Modified peptides as therapeutic agents
ES2330330T3 (en) 2000-06-28 2009-12-09 Glycofi, Inc. PROCEDURE OF PRODUCTION OF MODIFIED GLUCOPROTEINS.
US7449308B2 (en) 2000-06-28 2008-11-11 Glycofi, Inc. Combinatorial DNA library for producing modified N-glycans in lower eukaryotes
KR20030074693A (en) 2000-12-28 2003-09-19 알투스 바이올로직스 인코포레이티드 Crystals of whole antibodies and fragments thereof and methods for making and using them
US20040192898A1 (en) 2001-08-17 2004-09-30 Jia Audrey Yunhua Anti-abeta antibodies
US20030186374A1 (en) 2001-10-01 2003-10-02 Hufton Simon E. Multi-chain eukaryotic display vectors and uses thereof
US20030157108A1 (en) 2001-10-25 2003-08-21 Genentech, Inc. Glycoprotein compositions
KR101363658B1 (en) 2003-03-05 2014-02-14 할로자임, 아이엔씨 SOLUBLE HYALURONIDASE GLYCOPROTEIN (sHASEGP), PROCESS FOR PREPARING THE SAME, USES AND PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS COMPRISING THEREOF
US20060104968A1 (en) 2003-03-05 2006-05-18 Halozyme, Inc. Soluble glycosaminoglycanases and methods of preparing and using soluble glycosaminogly ycanases
GB0407315D0 (en) 2003-07-15 2004-05-05 Cambridge Antibody Tech Human antibody molecules
JP4063213B2 (en) 2003-12-09 2008-03-19 カシオ計算機株式会社 LIGHT SOURCE DEVICE AND PROJECTOR HAVING THE SAME
EP1737969B2 (en) 2004-04-15 2018-09-12 GlycoFi, Inc. Production of galactosylated glycoproteins in lower eukaryotes
AR049390A1 (en) 2004-06-09 2006-07-26 Wyeth Corp ANTIBODIES AGAINST HUMAN INTERLEUQUINE-13 AND USES OF THE SAME
SG164383A1 (en) 2005-07-21 2010-09-29 Abbott Lab Multiple gene expression including sorf constructs and methods with polyproteins, pro-proteins, and proteolysis
GB2430883B (en) 2005-09-30 2008-03-19 Cambridge Antibody Tech Interleukin-13 antibody composition
US7915338B2 (en) 2005-12-28 2011-03-29 3M Innovative Properties Company Adhesive with alkanoate blend
BRPI0806313A2 (en) 2007-01-09 2011-09-06 Wyeth Corp ANTI-IL-13 ANTIBODY FORMULATION; Aerosol FORMULATION OF ANTI-IL-13 ANTIBODY; Lyophilized FORMULATION OF ANTI-IL-13 ANTIBODY; PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION FOR TREATMENT OF IL-13-RELATED DISORDER; MANUFACTURE OF A PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION; METHOD OF TREATMENT OF IL-13-RELATED DISORDER; INJECTABLE SYRINGE; NASAL ADMINISTRATION DEVICE; Transdermal patch; INTRAVENOUS PURSE; KIT UNDERSTANDING AT LEAST ONE CONTAINER; KIT; AND PREJECTED INJECTABLE SYRINGE
JP2010527916A (en) * 2007-04-23 2010-08-19 ワイス・エルエルシー Methods and compositions for treating IL-13 related disorders and methods for monitoring the treatment
NZ586828A (en) * 2008-01-15 2012-12-21 Abbott Gmbh & Co Kg Powdered antibody compositions and methods of making same
JP5470817B2 (en) 2008-03-10 2014-04-16 日産自動車株式会社 Battery electrode, battery using the same, and manufacturing method thereof
RU2011127198A (en) * 2008-12-04 2013-01-10 Эбботт Лэборетриз IMMUNOGLOBULINS WITH DOUBLE VARIABLE DOMAINS AND THEIR APPLICATION
KR20120112384A (en) * 2009-09-14 2012-10-11 애보트 게엠베하 운트 콤파니 카게 Methods for treating psoriasis
US20140341913A1 (en) 2011-07-13 2014-11-20 Abbvie Inc. Methods and compositions for treating asthma using anti-il-13 antibodies
JP6136279B2 (en) 2013-01-15 2017-05-31 株式会社ジェイテクト Rolling bearing device
TWI503850B (en) 2013-03-22 2015-10-11 Polytronics Technology Corp Over-current protection device
TWI510996B (en) 2013-10-03 2015-12-01 Acer Inc Methods for controlling a touch panel and portable computers using the same
US9816280B1 (en) 2016-11-02 2017-11-14 Matthew Reitnauer Portable floor

Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20080171014A1 (en) * 2006-09-08 2008-07-17 Chengbin Wu Interleukin-13 binding proteins

Non-Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
Brorson et al. J. Immunol; 1999; Vol. 163, pages 6694-6701. *
Brummell et al. Biochemistry; 1993; Vol. 32, pages 1180-1187. *
Coleman Research in Immunol; 1994; Vol. 145; pages 33-36. *
Kobayashi et al. Protein Engineering;1999; Vol. 12; pages 879-844 . *
Nials et al, Disease Models & Mechanisms, 2008, Vol. 1, pages 213-220. *

Cited By (24)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US10919961B2 (en) 2011-07-13 2021-02-16 Abbvie, Inc. Methods and compositions for treating asthma using anti-IL-13 antibodies
US12122826B2 (en) 2016-04-27 2024-10-22 Abbvie Inc. Methods of treatment of diseases in which IL-13 activity is detrimental using anti-IL-13 antibodies
AU2017258097B2 (en) * 2016-04-27 2019-10-24 Abbvie Inc. Methods of treatment of diseases in which IL-13 activity is detrimental using anti-IL-13 antibodies
EP4276108A2 (en) 2016-04-27 2023-11-15 AbbVie Inc. Methods of treatment of diseases in which il-13 activity is detrimental using anti-il-13 antibodies
WO2017189805A1 (en) 2016-04-27 2017-11-02 Abbvie Inc. Methods of treatment of diseases in which il-13 activity is detrimental using anti-il-13 antibodies
US12129294B2 (en) 2016-04-27 2024-10-29 Abbvie Inc. Methods of treatment of diseases in which IL-13 activity is detrimental using anti-IL-13 antibodies
EA037960B1 (en) * 2016-04-27 2021-06-15 Эббви Инк. Method of treatment of eosinophilic esophagitis using an anti-il-13 antibody
US11390669B2 (en) 2016-04-27 2022-07-19 Abbvie, Inc. Methods of treatment of diseases in which IL-13 activity is detrimental using anti-IL-13 antibodies
US10160796B2 (en) 2016-09-08 2018-12-25 Emergo Therapeutics, Inc. Mast cell stabilizers for treatment of hypercytokinemia and viral infection
US10494420B2 (en) 2016-09-08 2019-12-03 Emergo Therapeutics, Inc. Mast cell stabilizers for treatment of hypercytokinemia and viral infection
US10501527B2 (en) 2016-09-08 2019-12-10 Emergo Therapeutics, Inc. Mast cell stabilizers for treatment of hypercytokinemia and viral infection
US11072648B2 (en) 2016-09-08 2021-07-27 Emergo Therapeutics, Inc. Mast cell stabilizers for treatment of fever
US10787502B2 (en) 2016-09-08 2020-09-29 Emergo Therpeutics, Inc. Mast cell stabilizers for treatment of hypercytokinemia and viral infection
US11478463B2 (en) 2016-10-18 2022-10-25 Emergo Therapeutics, Inc. Mast cell stabilizers for treatment of chronic inflammatory conditions
EP4252629A2 (en) 2016-12-07 2023-10-04 Biora Therapeutics, Inc. Gastrointestinal tract detection methods, devices and systems
WO2018183932A1 (en) 2017-03-30 2018-10-04 Progenity Inc. Treatment of a disease of the gastrointestinal tract with a il-13 inhibitor
WO2020106757A1 (en) 2018-11-19 2020-05-28 Progenity, Inc. Ingestible device for delivery of therapeutic agent to the gastrointestinal tract
WO2020106704A2 (en) 2018-11-19 2020-05-28 Progenity, Inc. Ingestible device for delivery of therapeutic agent to the gastrointestinal tract
WO2020106754A1 (en) 2018-11-19 2020-05-28 Progenity, Inc. Methods and devices for treating a disease with biotherapeutics
WO2020106750A1 (en) 2018-11-19 2020-05-28 Progenity, Inc. Methods and devices for treating a disease with biotherapeutics
WO2021119482A1 (en) 2019-12-13 2021-06-17 Progenity, Inc. Ingestible device for delivery of therapeutic agent to the gastrointestinal tract
EP4309722A2 (en) 2019-12-13 2024-01-24 Biora Therapeutics, Inc. Ingestible device for delivery of therapeutic agent to the gastrointestinal tract
WO2022197782A1 (en) 2021-03-17 2022-09-22 Receptos Llc Methods of treating atopic dermatitis with anti il-13 antibodies
US11964005B2 (en) 2021-03-17 2024-04-23 Receptos, Llc Methods of treating atopic dermatitis

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US20180079808A1 (en) 2018-03-22
MX2014000531A (en) 2014-12-05
WO2013009521A2 (en) 2013-01-17
EP3574919A1 (en) 2019-12-04
EP2734236A4 (en) 2015-04-15
RU2640025C2 (en) 2017-12-25
CN103857411A (en) 2014-06-11
NZ619873A (en) 2016-05-27
AU2017228548A1 (en) 2017-10-05
SG10201505454SA (en) 2015-09-29
HK1198328A1 (en) 2015-04-02
JP2014520847A (en) 2014-08-25
US10919961B2 (en) 2021-02-16
WO2013009521A3 (en) 2013-04-11
KR20140061403A (en) 2014-05-21
JP2017160203A (en) 2017-09-14
CA2841970A1 (en) 2013-01-17
AU2012283039A1 (en) 2014-01-30
EP2734236A2 (en) 2014-05-28
RU2014105288A (en) 2015-08-20
WO2013009521A9 (en) 2014-03-13

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US10919961B2 (en) Methods and compositions for treating asthma using anti-IL-13 antibodies
US20220289858A1 (en) Anti-cd40 antibodies and uses thereof
RU2650767C2 (en) Interleukin-13-binding proteins
AU2022268294B2 (en) Methods of treatment of diseases in which IL-13 activity is detrimental using anti-IL-13 antibodies
US20150203592A1 (en) Compositions and methods for treating osteoarthritis
NZ619873B2 (en) Methods and compositions for treating asthma using anti-il-13 antibodies

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AS Assignment

Owner name: ABBVIE, INC., ILLINOIS

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:TRIPP, CATHERINE;REEL/FRAME:032965/0220

Effective date: 20140512

STCB Information on status: application discontinuation

Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION